OP Financial Group’s Report
by the Board of Directors and
Financial Statements 2022
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s Report by the Board of Directors
1 January–31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s key indicators ................................................................................................................................................... 4
Comments by President and Group Chief Executive Officer Timo Ritakallio ............................................................................... 5
Business environment ......................................................................................................................................................................... 6
Earnings analysis and balance sheet ................................................................................................................................................. 7
2022 highlights ................................................................................................................................................................................... 10
OP Financial Group’s strategic targets and priorities .................................................................................................................... 11
Promotion of the success of owner-customers and operating region ...................................................................................... 11
Allocation of earnings ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Customer relationships and customer benefits ............................................................................................................................................... 12
Report on non-financial information ................................................................................................................................................................. 12
Sustainability and corporate responsibility ....................................................................................................................................................... 17
Multichannel services ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 18
Capital adequacy and capital base ................................................................................................................................................... 19
Key principles of risk management .................................................................................................................................................. 21
Risk profile............................................................................................................................................................................................ 21
Financial performance by segment .................................................................................................................................................. 27
Retail Banking ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27
Corporate Banking ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 29
Insurance ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 31
Group Functions .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34
ICT investments .................................................................................................................................................................................. 35
Personnel ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 35
Changes in OP Financial Group’s structure .................................................................................................................................... 35
Governance of OP Cooperative ......................................................................................................................................................... 36
Legal structure of OP Financial Group ............................................................................................................................................ 36
Events after the balance sheet date ................................................................................................................................................ 40
Outlook for 2023 ................................................................................................................................................................................ 40
Key income statement and balance sheet it
ems, and financial indicators ................................................................................ 41
Formulas for key figures and ratios ................................................................................................................................................. 43
Capital adequacy and solvency ......................................................................................................................................................... 47
Primary statements…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….49
Income statement 49
Statement of comprehensive income 50
Balance sheet 51
Statement of changes in equity 52
Cash flow statement 53
1
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Notes to financial statements………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………54
1. OP Financial Group’s accounting policies under IFRS 56
2.
OP Financial Group’s Risk Appetite Framework 86
3.
Changes in accounting policies and presentation 107
4.
Segment reporting 114
Notes to the income statement..........................................................................................................................................117
Notes to assets........................................................................................................................................................................126
Notes to liabilities and equity capital ................................................................................................................................143
Other notes to on-balance and off-balance sheet items ............................................................................................156
Notes to risk management..................................................................................................................................................173
Risk exposure of Retail and Corporate Banking ............................................................................................................174
Risk exposure by Insurance.................................................................................................................................................178
Other notes..............................................................................................................................................................................194
Statement concerning the financial statements 202
Auditor
s’ note 203
2
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s Report by the Board of Directors 1 January–31 December 2022:
Earnings before tax EUR 1,265 million – total income up by 2%,
total expenses unchanged year on year
• Earnings before tax totalled EUR 1,265 million (1,127).
• Income from customer business increased by a total of 10% to EUR 3,512 million (3,186). Net interest income
increased by 15% to EUR 1,618 million (1,409) and net insurance income by 20% to EUR 889 million (743).
Net commissions and fees decreased by 3% to EUR 1,005 million (1,034).
• Net investment income decreased to EUR –149 million (376). The overlay approach increased investment income
by EUR 143 million (–118). Including the overlay approach, investment income decreased to EUR –5 million (257).
• Total income decreased by 5% to EUR 3,426 million (3,616). Including the overlay approach, total income increased
by 2% to EUR 3,570 million (3,497).
• Total expenses decreased by 1% to EUR 1,981 million (2,007).
• Impairment loss on receivables in the income statement decreased by EUR 43 million to EUR 115 million (158).
Ratio of impairment loss on receivables to loan and guarantee portfolio was 0.11% (0.16).
• OP Financial Group’s loan portfolio grew by 2% to EUR 99 billion (97) and deposits by 2% to EUR 77 billion (76).
• CET1 ratio was 17.4% (18.2), which exceeds the minimum regulatory requirement by 5.5 percentage points.
OP Financial Group adopted a risk-weighted assets (RWA) floor, based on the Standardised Approach, in the second
quarter. On the date of transition, this decreased the CET1 ratio by one percentage point.
• Retail Banking earnings before tax increased to EUR 502 million (304). Net interest income increased by 25% to
EUR 1,194 million (959) and net commissions and fees by 3% to EUR 773 million (753). Impairment loss on
receivables increased by EUR 12 million to EUR 96 million (84). The loan portfolio decreased by 0.3% and deposits
increased by 3%.
• Corporate Banking earnings before tax decreased to EUR 416 million (474). Net interest income increased by 10%
to EUR 457 million (414), net commissions and fees decreased by 19% to EUR 166 million (204) and net
investment income decreased by 21% to EUR 136 million (171). Impairment loss on receivables decreased by
EUR 56 million to EUR 18 million (74).
• Insurance earnings before tax decreased to EUR 433 million (504). Net insurance income grew by 20% to EUR 901
million (754), particularly due to the increase in the discount rate. Investment income decreased by EUR 257 million
to EUR –87 million (170). Non-life Insurance recorded an operating combined ratio of 90.5% (85.5).
• Group Functions earnings before tax were EUR –91 million (–109).
• New OP bonuses accrued to owner-customers totalled EUR 215 million (210). OP Financial Group wants to allocate
part of its profitability improvement to support its owner-customers by increasing the OP bonuses they earn for
2023 by 30%. This means an estimated additional bonus totalling more than EUR 60 million.
• Interest payable for the year 2022 on Profit Shares held by owner-customers is estimated to total EUR 144 million
(96).
• On 30 September 2022, OP Financial Group filed an application with the European Central Bank (ECB) on the use
of the Standardised Approach in capital adequacy calculation, instead of the internal models (IRBA) and the currently
applied risk-weighted assets floor based on the Standardised Approach. Transfer to the Standardised Approach is
estimated to have no essential effect on OP Financial Group’s capital adequacy or risk exposure.
• OP Financial Group has applied IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts as of 1 January 2023. As a result of the IFRS 17
transition, OP Financial Group’s equity capital on 1 January 2022 decreased by EUR 52 million on the date of
transition. At the same time, the Group ceased to apply the overlay approach.
• Earnings before tax for 2023 are expected to be higher than in 2022. For more detailed information on the outlook,
see “Outlook for 2023”.
Earnings before tax
Q1–4/2022
€1,265 mill.
Net interest
income
Q1–4/2022
+15%
Net insurance
income
Q1–4/2022
+20%
expenses
Q1–4/2022
–1%
CET1
ratio
31 Dec 2022
17.4%
3
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s key indicators
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Earnings before tax, € million
1,265
1,127
12.2
Retail Banking
502
304
65.2
Corporate Banking
416
474
-12.2
Insurance
433
504
-14.1
Group Functions
-91
-109
-
New OP bonuses accrued to owner-customers, € million
215
210
2.1
Return on equity (ROE), %
7.2
6.6
0.6*
Return on equity, excluding OP bonuses, %
8.3
7.8
0.5*
Return on assets (ROA), %
0.59
0.54
0.05*
Return on assets, excluding OP bonuses, % 0.68
0.64
0.04*
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Change, %
CET1 ratio, %
17.4
18.2
-0.8*
Loan portfolio, € billion
98.5
96.9
1.6
Deposits, € billion
77.1
75.6
2.0
Ratio of non-performing exposures to exposures, %
2.3
2.4
-0.1*
Ratio of impairment loss on receivables to loan and
guarantee portfolio, %
0.11
0.16
-0.04*
Owner-customers (1,000)
2,066
2,049
1.0
Comparatives for the income statement are based on the corresponding figures a year ago. Unless otherwise specified, figures from 31 December 2021 are used as
comparatives for balance-sheet and other cross-sectional items.
*Change in ratio
4
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Comments by President and Group
Chief Executive Officer Timo Ritakallio
In 2022, the financial sector’s operating environment was
characterised by exceptional uncertainty. Russia’s war of
aggression in Ukraine and strongly accelerated inflation
resulted in a significant increase in market interest rates.
Combined with a weakening economic outlook, this affected
demand both for home loans and corporate finance,
particularly towards the end of the year. During the year,
stock prices fell in all major markets, which in turn reduced
demand for investment services.
Despite the uncertain operating environment, OP Financial
Group’s earnings before tax for 2022 improved by 12%,
reaching an excellent level of EUR 1,265 million. Net interest
income increased by 15% to EUR 1,618 million and net
insurance income by 20% to EUR 889 million. Meanwhile, net
commissions and fees decreased by 3% year on year, totalling
EUR 1,005 million. Net investment income fell substantially
from the previous year. Costs remained well under control,
showing a decrease of 1% year on year.
All of our three business segments performed very well last
year. Earnings by Retail Banking were particularly strong. In
the insurance business, claims expenditure returned to its
pre-pandemic level.
At around two per cent, growth in deposits and loans was
clearly slower than in previous years. Despite the weaker
economy, the loan repayment capacity of both personal and
corporate customers remained good throughout the year,
and there was no growth in non-performing exposures.
Similarly, impairment loss on receivables remained low. In
recent years, we have actively offered interest rate protection
to our home loan customers. This has proved its worth
amidst rapidly rising market interest rates. Roughly a third of
our home loan customers have taken out interest rate
protection. At the end of 2022, a growing number of
customers benefitted from interest rate protection, which cut
their loan servicing costs.
OP Financial Group’s CET1 ratio continued to be very strong,
at 17.4%, exceeding the minimum regulatory requirement by
5.5 percentage points. OP Financial Group is among Europe’s
strongest banks in terms of capital adequacy.
In income growth, we focused on income from customer
business in line with our strategic target, achieving growth of
10% in 2022. In recent years, OP Financial Group has focused
on its core business – banking and insurance – in keeping
with its strategy. While the Group’s income from customer
business has grown substantially, we have managed to keep
our costs at the same level for several years. Our continuous
strategy process, which we revised four years ago, has
proven highly effective in the business environment of recent
years, which has been marked by surprises and uncertainties.
We have also been implementing a cultural change by
adopting leaner organisational structures and an agile
method based on multi-skilled teams. This new way of
working promotes a better customer and employee
experience, and operational efficiency.
Our customers are increasingly using digital channels for their
banking and insurance matters. In 2022, we continued to
focus our development efforts on our mobile channel. At the
end of the year, OP-mobile had more than 1.4 million active
users – an increase of almost 600,000 people compared to
slightly over three years ago.
Despite the challenging investment environment, our
customers have continued to make sustainable, far-reaching
choices for their future through systematic investing. In 2022,
OP Financial Group’s mutual funds attracted more than
55,000 new unitholders, with the total number of unitholders
exceeding 1.2 million at the year end. OP Financial Group’s
market share of all unitholders in Finnish mutual funds
exceeded 30%. Stock investment also continued to be lively:
71,000 new book-entry and equity savings accounts were
opened during the year.
In line with our strategy, we continued to increasingly embed
responsibility into our investment, lending and insurance
processes, and grow the share of responsible products and
services in our offering. OP Financial Group’s sustainable
financing commitment portfolio grew by 70% from the
previous year, reaching a total of EUR 5.2 billion. At the end
of December, the share of sustainable financing products in
OP Corporate Bank’s exposures was around 17%, compared
to 11% a year earlier.
OP Financial Group is a financial services group owned by its
customers. In line with our mission, we want to support our
owner-customers in these financially challenging times. We
will allocate part of our profitability improvement to
supporting the daily lives of our almost 2.1 million owner-
customers, by increasing the OP bonuses they earn for 2023
by 30%. The value of this additional bonus is over EUR 60
million.
We will also allocate part of our strong profitability to further
improving our customer service and to carrying out various
corporate responsibility actions, with a particular focus on the
wellbeing of children and young people. Through donations
and sponsorships of nearly EUR 4.5 million, we will support
young people’s hobbies and activities promoting their financial
literacy and employment around Finland.
OP Financial Group is in an excellent position to provide for its
customers’ banking and insurance needs today and beyond.
Our leading market position, strong capital base, excellent
profitability, and customers’ trust in our brand provide us with
a strong foundation for continuing to coach our customers in
making better financial choices, pointing the way towards
futures filled with hope – together through time.
I would like to express my warmest thanks to our customers
for their trust and to our employees and governing body
members for their outstanding and successful work in 2022!
5
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Business environment
World economic growth slowed down markedly in 2022. As a
result of Russia’s aggressive war in Ukraine, the European
energy market was unstable throughout the year. Raw
material prices that rose rapidly early in the year decreased
after the middle of the year. In addition, the acceleration of
inflation to its climax since the 1980s cast a shadow on
economies in general. Strong growth in the euro area almost
came to a standstill during the latter part of the year.
In the financial market, interest rates soared, as central banks
began to tighten their policy. The European Central Bank
(ECB) started to tighten its monetary policy in the summer
and raised the deposit facility rate to two per cent in
December. The most common reference interest rate for
home loans in Finland, the 12-month Euribor, increased by
3.8 percentage points to 3.3 per cent during the year.
Stock prices fell considerably around the world. In the fourth
quarter, stock prices rebounded, as fears of the energy crisis
and higher interest rates abated.
Brisk growth of the Finnish economy dwindled in 2022.
Despite this slowdown, employment improved and the
profitability of businesses remained good. Consumer
spending decreased during the year, as inflation eroded
purchasing power. A sharp rise in reference interest rates
pushed prices down in the housing market after the
favourable first half of the year, and home sales decreased
during the rest of the year. The economic outlook is still
exceptionally uncertain, and the economy is expected to
continue to weaken during 2023. A rise in short-term
interest rates is anticipated to dampen the housing market.
In December, the annual growth rate of total deposits slowed
down to 0.7%, compared to 5.0% at the end of 2021. On an
annual basis, corporate deposits increased by 2.4% and
household deposits by 2.4%.
In December, total loans were 3.5% higher than a year
earlier. The annual growth rate of corporate loans was 4.5%.
The corresponding loan growth rate was 7.0% for housing
companies and 0.8% for households. Growth in loans to
households slowed down from its level of 4.0% at the end of
2021, while the annual growth rate of home loans slowed
down to 0.5%. The annual growth rate of consumer loans
was 3.1% in December as against 2.4% during the same
period a year earlier.
The value of mutual funds registered in Finland decreased
from the 2021 record of EUR 158.8 billion to EUR 134
billion. Assets redeemed in 2022 totalled EUR 4.4 billion.
Demand for investment services remained stable. The end of
the Covid-19 restrictions in Finland and the general rise in
costs increased claims incurred. A decline in the capital
market was partly reflected in the profitability of insurance
companies.
6
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Earnings analysis and balance sheet
Earnings analysis, € million Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Q4/2022
Q4/2021 Change, %
Earnings before tax
1,265
1,127
12.2
325
270
20.5
Retail Banking 502 304 65.2 167 80 109.1
Corporate Banking 416 474 -12.2 197 119 65.8
Insurance 433 504 -14.1 113 123 -8.0
Group Functions
-91
-109
-
-75
-39
-
Income
Net interest income
1,618
1,409
14.8
496
438
13.3
Net insurance income
889
743
19.6
336
201
67.0
Net commissions and fees 1,005 1,034 -2.8 249 273 -8.9
Net investment income -149 376 -139.6 -76 123 -161.8
Other operating income
63
54
17.0
12
8
56.0
Total income
3,426
3,616
-5.2
1,017
1,043
-2.5
Total income, incl. overlay
approach
3,570 3,497 2.1 968 973 -0.5
Expenses
Personnel costs
894
914
-2.2
246
258
-4.7
Depreciation/amortisation and
impairment loss
214 283 -24.4 55 91 -39.8
Other operating expenses 874 810 7.9 244 237 2.8
Total expenses 1,981 2,007 -1.3 545 586 -7.1
Impairment loss on receivables
-115
-158
-
-45
-63
-
Overlay approach
143
-118
-
-49
-70
-
New OP bonuses accrued to
owner-customers
215 210 2.1 54 54 -
Key indicators, € million
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Change, %
Loan portfolio
98,546
96,947
1.6
Home loans
42,304
41,522
1.9
Corporate loans
23,117
23,128
0.0
Housing company and other loans
33,125
32,297
2.6
Guarantee portfolio
3,974
4,047
-1.8
Other exposures
14,801
15,314
-3.3
Deposits
77,121
75,612
2.0
Assets under management (gross)
98,226
111,836
-12.2
Mutual funds
27,575
32,515
-15.2
Institutional clients
35,713
38,336
-6.8
Private Banking
23,326
27,831
-16.2
Unit-linked insurance assets
11,612
13,154
-11.7
Balance sheet total
175,516
174,110
0.8
Investment assets
20,754
22,945
-9.5
Insurance liabilities
7,638
8,773
-12.9
Debt securities issued to the public
37,438
34,895
7.3
Equity capital
14,335
14,184
1.1
7
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
January–December
OP Financial Group’s earnings before tax amounted to
EUR 1,265 million (1,127), up by EUR 137 million from the
previous year. Income from customer business grew by a
total of 10.2% to EUR 3,512 million (3,186). As regards
income from customer business, net interest income and net
insurance income increased. Earnings were reduced by lower
investment income.
Net interest income grew by 14.8% to EUR 1,618 million, due
to the significant increase in market interest rates. Net
interest income reported by the Retail Banking segment
increased by EUR 235 million, that by the Corporate Banking
segment by EUR 43 million and that by the Group Functions
segment by EUR 72 million. OP Financial Group’s loan
portfolio grew by 1.6% to EUR 98.5 billion and deposits by
2.0% to EUR 77.1 billion. New loans drawn down by
customers during the financial year totalled EUR 24.5 billion
(26.4).
Net insurance income increased by 19.6% to EUR 889
million. The Insurance segment’s non-life insurance premium
revenue increased by 2.8% to EUR 1,598 million and claims
incurred by 12.5% to EUR 1,012 million, excluding the
increase in the discount rate. Claims volumes have returned
to their pre-pandemic level. Large claims increased claims
incurred by EUR 180 million (134). The increase in the
discount rate for insurance liability improved net insurance
income by EUR 283 million. Operating combined ratio
reported by non-life insurance was 90.5% (85.5).
Net commissions and fees totalled EUR 1,005 million (1,034).
Net commissions and fees for payment transfer services
increased by EUR 8 million and those for lending and asset
management by EUR 4 million. Meanwhile, net commissions
and fees for mutual funds decreased by EUR 14 million and
those for life insurance by EUR 17 million. Net commissions
and fees for health and wellbeing services fell by EUR 8
million year on year following the sale of Pohjola Hospital that
was completed on 1 February 2022.
The investment environment was challenging due to higher
market interest rates and lower stock prices. Net investment
income decreased by EUR 524 million to EUR –149 million.
An overlay approach is applied to certain equity instruments
of insurance companies. Changes in the fair value of
investments within the scope of the overlay approach are
presented under the fair value reserve under shareholders’
equity. The overlay approach increased investment income by
EUR 143 million (–118). Total investment income decreased
by EUR 262 million year on year, to EUR –5 million. On
1 January 2023, OP Financial Group adopted IFRS 17
Insurance Contracts and stopped applying the overlay
approach.
Net income from financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income totalled EUR 29 million (67), of which
net capital losses accounted for EUR –10 million (14).
Net capital gains on all financial instruments recognised
through fair value reserve totalled EUR 16 million (144).
Net income from financial assets, recognised at fair value in
net investment income through profit or loss, totalled
EUR –855 million (129). Net income from financial assets
held for trading decreased by a total of EUR 382 million due
to changes in the fair value of derivatives. Fair values of
equity instruments recognised at fair value in the income
statement decreased by a total of EUR 440 million and those
of notes and bonds by a total of EUR 191 million, year on
year. An item related to the increase in the discount rate of
the insurance liability for non-life insurance, EUR 218 million,
was shown as negative value change in net investment
income. Life insurance items, which include, for example,
changes in technical items, increased net investment income
by EUR 528 million to EUR 650 million. Net income from
investment property decreased by EUR 29 million to EUR 16
million.
The combined return on investments at fair value of
OP Financial Group’s insurance companies was –13.1% (1.7).
The negative figure was affected by a rise in market interest
rates and the fall in stock prices.
Other operating income increased to EUR 63 million (54).
The sale of Pohjola Hospital increased other operating
income by EUR 32 million. A year ago, the sale of Checkout
Finland Ltd increased other operating income.
Total expenses decreased by 1.3% year on year to EUR 1,981
million. Personnel costs decreased by 2.2% to EUR 894
million. Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss on
PPE and intangible assets decreased by 24.4% to EUR 214
million. Other operating expenses increased by 7.9% to
EUR 874 million. ICT costs totalled EUR 382 million (364).
Development costs were EUR 216 million (195). Charges of
financial authorities increased by 28.0%, or EUR 18 million, to
EUR 82 million as a result of the EUR 15 million increase in
the stability contribution paid to the Single Resolution Fund
financed by the euro-area banks.
Impairment loss on loans and receivables and on investments
recognised under various income statement items that
reduced earnings amounted to EUR 196 million (164), of
which EUR 115 million (158) concerned loans and
receivables. The indirect effects of the war in Ukraine
increased impairment loss on receivables in the first quarter.
OP Financial Group has assessed the impact of higher
electricity prices and Euribor rates on the credit risk
associated with the home loan portfolio. Following this
analysis, the Group made an additional provision of EUR 42
million under expected credit losses, based on management
judgment. Final credit losses recognised totalled EUR 118
million (113). Loss allowance was EUR 750 million (751) at
the end of the financial year. Non-performing exposures
accounted for 2.3% (2.4) of the exposures. Impairment loss
on loans and receivables accounted for 0.11% (0.16) of the
loan and guarantee portfolio.
8
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s income tax amounted to EUR 242
million (224). The effective tax rate was 19.1% (19.8). The
tax-exempt capital gain on the sale of Pohjola Hospital
reduced the effective tax rate.
OP Financial Group’s equity amounted to EUR 14.3 billion
(14.2). Equity included EUR 3.4 billion (3.2) in Profit Shares,
terminated Profit Shares accounting for EUR 0.4 billion (0.3).
Comprehensive income after tax totalled EUR 139 million
(897). Changes in the fair values of equities, derivatives and
notes and bonds decreased the fair value reserve. Changes in
the fair value reserve decreased comprehensive income by a
total of EUR 979 million (–59). Gains from the
remeasurement of defined benefit plans improved
comprehensive income by EUR 96 million (40) as a result of
the increase in the discount rate used in the calculation.
Key income statement items by quarter
Q1/
Q2/
Q3/
Q4/
Q1–4/
Q1–4
Change,
€ million
2022
2022
2022
2022
2022
2021
%
Net interest income
333
341
447
496
1,618
1,409
14.8
Net insurance income
131
252
169
336
889
743
19.6
Net commissions and fees
272
243
241
249
1,005
1,034
-2.8
Net investment income
18
-131
40
-76
-149
376
-139.6
Other operating income
39
7
6
12
63
54
17.0
Total income
793
712
905
1,017
3,426
3,616
-5.2
Personnel costs
226
224
197
246
894
914
-2.2
Depreciation/amortisation and
impairment loss
57
53
49
55
214
283
-24.4
Other operating expenses
239
201
190
244
874
810
7.9
Total expenses
523
478
435
545
1,981
2,007
-1.3
Impairment loss on receivables
-83
-17
30
-45
-115
-158
-27.4
Overlay approach
51
106
35
-49
143
-118
-
OP bonuses to owner-customers
54
54
54
54
215
210
2.1
Earnings before tax
189
270
481
325
1,265
1,127
12.2
9
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
2022 highlights
Application filed with the European Central Bank
on the use of the Standardised Approach
On 30 September 2022, OP Financial Group filed an
application with the European Central Bank on the use of the
Standardised Approach in capital adequacy calculation,
instead of the internal models (IRBA) and the currently
applied risk-weighted assets floor based on the Standardised
Approach. Transfer to the Standardised Approach is
estimated to have no essential effect on OP Financial Group’s
capital adequacy or risk exposure. This was due to enhanced
regulatory requirements and discussions with the banking
supervisor, the European Central Bank, related to the
application of the Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA).
The schedule for transferring to the Standardised Approach
depends on the processing of the application at the ECB.
According to OP Financial Group’s assessment, the transfer
will take place during the first quarter of 2023.
OP Financial Group adopted a risk-weighted
assets floor, based on the Standardised Approach,
in its capital adequacy calculation
On 1 March 2022, OP Financial Group decided to adopt a
risk-weighted assets floor (SA floor) in the calculation of its
capital adequacy ratio – based on the Standardised Approach
– in the second quarter of 2022. This was due to enhance
d
r
egulatory requirements and discussions with the banking
supervisor, the European Central Bank, on the application of
the Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA). The adoption of
the SA floor in the second quarter decreased the CET1 ratio
by 1.0 percentage point at the time of transition.
Changes in the Executive Management Team of
OP Financial Group’s central cooperative
Chief Risk Officer Markku Pehkonen joined OP Cooperative’s
Executive Management Team on 1 January 2022. Pehkonen
has served as OP Financial Group’s Chief Risk Officer since
2018.
Vesa Aho, who was appointed Executive Vice President of
OP Financial Group’s Insurance Customers segment and
Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer of Pohjola
Insurance, took up his new duties on 1 March 2022. Aho
previously served as the CFO of OP Financial Group. In his
new position, Aho will also continue as member of the
Executive Management Team of OP Cooperative. Olli Lehtilä,
the previous EVP, CEO of Pohjola Insurance, became the
Managing Director of the new Uudenmaan Osuuspankki.
Mikko Timonen, who was appointed CFO and a member of
OP Cooperative’s Executive Management Team, took up his
new duties on 1 March 2022. Timonen previously worked as
Head of Business Control in OP Financial Group’s Corporate
Banking segment.
Kasimir Hirn, M.Sc. (Econ. & Bus. Adm.), assumed his duties
as OP Financial Group’s new Chief Information Officer (CIO)
and as member of OP Cooperative’s Executive Management
Team as of 1 September 2022. As the CIO, Hirn is
responsible for the development and maintenance of OP
Financial Group’s services and systems and for the
Development & Technologies unit.
OP Financial Group’s former CIO, Juho Malmberg, resigned
from OP Financial Group at his own request on 31 October
2022. He acted as Senior Advisor as of 1 September until 31
October.
Pohjola Insurance sold its hospital business
Pohjola Insurance Ltd, part of OP Financial Group, sold all
shares of Pohjola Hospital Ltd to Pihlajalinna Terveys Oy, part
of Pihlajalinna Group. On 14 January 2022, the Finnish
Competition and Consumer Authority approved the corporate
transaction, which was finalised on 1 February 2022. The net
debt free transaction price was EUR 31.8 million. In addition,
OP Financial Group sold five hospital buildings in March
2022.
OP Financial Group and Pivo withdrew from
Nordic mobile wallet project
OP Financial Group and Pivo stood aside from the joint
venture planned with Danske Bank’s MobilePay and the
Norwegian Vipps. The venture would have provided a joint
mobile payment platform for users of three services. OP
Financial Group’s Pivo, Danske Bank’s MobilePay and the
Norwegian company Vipps announced plans to create a joint
mobile payment platform in June 2021. Pivo continues to
operate independently and the cancellation of the project
does not directly affect its customers.
OP Financial Group established a new historical
foundation
Because OP Financial Group turned 120 years old on 14 May
2022, OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors established a
foundation to cherish the heritage of OP Financial Group. The
foundation’s main task is to maintain and develop OP
Financial Group’s museum, which tells the story of the
Group’s growth from cooperative credit societies into
Finland’s largest financial services group. It also promotes and
supports Finnish cooperative banking and its cultural
heritage, and manages and assembles the Group’s historical
information, collections, artefacts and material. In addition,
the foundation issues permits for using its material in
research.
10
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s strategic targets
and priorities
OP Financial Group has a strategy process in which it
assesses, reshapes and implements its strategy on an
ongoing basis. The Group systematically assesses its business
environment and operating model to be able to make and
implement new strategic choices when needed.
OP Financial Group’s mission, values, vision and strategic
priorities form a whole whose parts complement each other.
OP Financial Group’s vision is to be the leading and most
appealing financial services group in Finland. Continuous
monitoring of the business environment and the strategic
priorities will help achieve the shared vision and guide all
actions.
The Supervisory Council of OP Financial Group’s central
cooperative confirmed the Group’s strategy at its meeting on
25 August 2022. In the next few years, the Group’s
operations will be guided by the following five strategic
priorities:
• Value for customers
• Profitable growth
• Efficient, high-quality operations
• Responsible business
• Highly skilled, motivated and satisfied
personnel.
OP Financial Group’s operations are based on a
strong culture of risk management and compliance.
OP Financial
Group’s
strategic targets
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
Target
2025
Return on equity
(ROE excluding
OP bonuses), %
8.3 7.8 8.0
CET1 ratio, % 17.4 18.2
At least
CET1
requirement
+ 4 pps*
Brand
recommendations,
NPS (Net
Promoter Score,
personal and
corporate
customers)**
Banking:
27
Banking:
29
Banking:
30
Insurance:
17
Insurance:
16
Insurance:
20
Credit rating AA-/Aa3 AA-/Aa3
At least at
the level of
AA-/Aa3
* OP Financial Group’s target CET1 ratio is at least the CET1 capital adequacy
requirement plus four percentage points. The CET1 target calculated by
applying the December-end capital adequacy requirement was 15.9%.
** Average of quarters (per financial year)
In 2022, OP Financial Group updated the essential
meanings of its values – people first, responsibility and
succeeding together.
Promotion of the success of owner-
customers and operating region
OP Financial Group’s mission is to promote the sustainable
prosperity, security and wellbeing of its owner-customers
and operating region. The Group’s operations are based on
its values, mission, a strong capital base, capable risk
management and customer respect.
Allocation of earnings
OP Financial Group aims to provide its owner-customers with
the services they need, as efficiently as possible. The shared
success will be used for the benefit of owner-customers in
the form of loyalty benefits and other financial benefits as
well as the maintenance and further development of service
capabilities.
OP Financial Group’s estimated earnings allocation for 2022
that is to be confirmed after the end of the financial year:
*) Customers = OP bonuses, discounts and interest on Profit Shares to
owner-customers
Implementing OP Financial Group’s mission successfully
requires a strong capital base which the requirements set by
the authorities also necessitate. A stronger capital base will
require efficiency and earnings power of the Group in the
years to come too. In addition to the part returned to owner-
customers, a significant part of earnings is used to strengthen
OP Financial Group’s capital base.
Benefits created by OP Financial Group are allocated to
owner-customers on the basis of the extent to which each
owner-customer of an OP cooperative bank uses the Group’s
services. The owner-customers’ loyalty benefit programme
consists of OP bonuses – accrued on the basis of an owner-
customer’s transactions with OP – as well as benefits and
discounts granted on OP’s banking services, insurance
contracts and savings and investment services. Owner-
customers also have the opportunity to contribute capital to
their own OP cooperative bank through Profit Shares.
Interest will be paid annually on Profit Shares as the banks’
profit distribution.
In 2022, OP Financial Group celebrated its 120
th
anniversary
by increasing the return target for Profit Shares by 1.20
percentage points. This means that the return target stands
11
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
at 4.45%. Interest payment and its amount depend on the
financial performance of the issuing OP cooperative bank.
OP Financial Group wants to allocate part of its strong
profitability to further improving its customer service and to
carrying out various corporate responsibility actions. In 2023,
the Group will focus on the wellbeing of children and young
people in particular. Through donations and sponsorships of
nearly EUR 4.5 million, OP Financial Group will support young
people’s hobbies and activities promoting their financial
literacy and employment around Finland.
OP Financial Group is one of the largest taxpayers in Finland
measured by tax on profits. As a major taxpayer, OP is
contributing to prosperity in the whole of Finland.
OP Financial Group paid EUR 214 million in corporate tax for
2021.
Customer relationships and customer
benefits
OP Financial Group had a total of 2.1 million (2.0) owner-
customers at the end of the financial year. The number of
owner-customers increased by 16,000.
The number of banking customers totalled 3.6 million (3.6).
Retail Banking had a total of 3.3 million customers (3.3) and
Corporate Banking 0.3 million customers (0.3). Non-life
insurance had a total of 1.7 million customers (1.6) and life
insurance 0.4 million customers (0.4).
The number of joint banking and insurance customers
totalled 1.3 million (1.3).
OP cooperative banks’ owner-customers earn OP bonuses
through banking, insurance and wealth management
transactions. The value of new OP bonuses accrued in
January–December totalled EUR 215 million (210). During
the financial year, a total of EUR 101 million (107) of
OP bonuses were used to pay for banking and wealth
management services and EUR 114 million (112) to pay
non-life insurance premiums.
Owner-customers benefitted EUR 62 million (57) from the
reduced price of the daily services package of Retail Banking.
Owner-customers were provided with EUR 60 million (58) in
non-life insurance loyalty discounts. They also bought, sold
and switched units in most mutual funds without separate
charges. The value of this benefit amounted to EUR 8 million
(7).
The abovementioned OP bonuses and customer benefits
totalled EUR 345 million (332), accounting for 21.4% (22.8) of
OP Financial Group’s earnings before tax and granted
benefits.
Contributions made by OP cooperative banks’ owner-
customers to the OP cooperative banks’ Profit Shares and
cooperative shares totalled EUR 3.6 billion (3.5). The return
target for Profit Shares for 2022 was an interest rate of
4.45% (3.25). Interest payable on Profit Shares accrued
during the financial year is estimated to total EUR 144 million
(96).
Report on non-financial information
OP Financial Group is made up of 108 OP cooperative banks
and the central cooperative which they own, including its
subsidiaries and affiliated entities. On 31 December 2022, OP
Financial Group had 12,999 employees. The Group's
business consists of the following three business segments:
Retail Banking (Banking Personal and SME Customers),
Corporate Banking (Banking Corporate and Institutional
customers), and Insurance (Insurance Customers). The
Group’s main area of operation is Finland. In addition, OP
Corporate Bank operates in Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania.
The entire financial sector is being shaped by higher ESG
expectations among customers and other stakeholders,
regulation on sustainable finance, and supervisory
requirements. Responsible business is one of OP Financial
Group’s strategic priorities. The Group has defined the
following values that guide its operations and support its
mission: people first, responsibility, and succeeding together.
OP Financial Group follows the Code of Business Ethics in its
operations. This includes the key principles for corporate
responsibility and environmental impact that all employees
and members of governing bodies of OP Financial Group
must observe. The Group is committed to complying with
international principles that guide operational responsibility.
The most important of these are the principles of the United
Nations Global Compact initiative, the Principles for
Responsible Banking under the United Nations Environment
Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI), the UN Principles for
Responsible Investment (UN PRI) and the UN Principles for
Sustainable Insurance (UN PSI). OP is one of the founding
members of Finland’s Sustainable Investment Forum (Finsif)
and an active member of Finnish Business & Society (FIBS),
the largest corporate responsibility network in the Nordic
countries.
OP Financial Group’s corporate responsibility activities are
guided by a Group-level sustainability programme that was
revised in August 2022.
OP Financial Group will publish its sustainability report for
2022 as part of its annual review. The report is based on the
GRI Universal Standards and includes information
supplementing this report. The report also includes a review
based on the TCFD framework (Task-force on Climate
related Financial Disclosures). OP Financial Group will publish
its sustainability report for 2022 as part of its annual review
in week 10.
12
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Environmental and climate-related aspects
The financial sector plays a key role in the fight against
climate change, particularly in financing and investment
operations, but also as part of sustainable insurance and
claims management. OP Financial Group wants its operations
to have a positive effect on the climate and the environment
and enable a change towards a more sustainable future
together with its customers. The Group supports its
customers’ preparation for the effects of climate change and
their shift towards low-carbon operations by, for example,
providing them with green loans tailored for environmentally
friendly projects.
OP Financial Group is committed to the Paris Agreement,
which aims to hold the increase in the global average
temperature well below 2°C above pre-industrial levels and
to limit the rise in temperatures to 1.5°C above pre-industrial
levels. OP Financial Group has developed two products based
on the international framework for sustainable finance: green
loans and sustainability-linked loans. Green loans are
designed for corporate customers that can make a
commitment to using the borrowed funds to promote specific
projects, while sustainability-linked loans are for corporate
customers that are prepared to pursue sustainability-based
performance targets agreed with the lender. These targets
affect the loan margin. The combined exposures of these
loans and limits increased to EUR 5.2 billion (3.0) in 2022.
OP Financial Group has issued three green bonds:
OP Corporate Bank’s EUR 500 million green bond and the
EUR 500 million senior non-preferred green bond issued in
January 2022, as well as the EUR 700 million green covered
bond issued by OP Mortgage Bank.
In its loan decisions, OP Financial Group considers the ESG
themes and risks related to environmental, social and
governance factors in accordance with the EBA (European
Banking Authority) Guidelines on loan origination and
monitoring. OP Financial Group prepares an ESG analysis of
its corporate customers as part of assessing their
creditworthiness. The purpose of the analysis is to assess
how well the companies have included essential ESG themes
in their business models and how these themes will affect
their business operations and potential.
OP Financial Group’s goal is to make its own operations
carbon neutral by 2025, which means not producing
emissions from the energy and fuels that the Group uses.
These direct (Scope 1) and indirect (Scope 2) emissions
include emissions from the oil used by heating and stand-by
generators, district heating, district cooling as well as energy
production. The aim is to minimise energy consumption. For
this purpose, we have been building an energy management
system which will provide us with more detailed information
regarding our properties’ energy consumption and emissions.
OP Financial Group calculates emissions from its own
operations in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol
(GHG), and greenhouse gases are indicated as CO2
equivalents. In 2022, Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions totalled
7,156 CO2e tonnes (25,485).
OP Financial Group’s most significant climate impacts arise
through our financing and investments. With respect to
indirect emissions, OP Financial Group reports the emission
distribution of its exposures for the most significant sectors.
After OP Financial Group joined the PCAF calculation method
in 2022, the emissions are focused more accurately based on
the fund use targets financed by us. The information
OP Financial Group uses for the emission calculation methods
is also more comparable and precise than before. Due to the
change in the calculation method, the GHG emissions of the
financing and investment portfolios are not comparable to
those of 2021.
OP Financial Group is committed to ensuring that its
corporate loan portfolios are carbon neutral by 2050. In
addition to this long-term target, the Group has a roadmap
for major reductions in emissions before 2050, especially in
Finland, its main corporate financing market. OP Financial
Group will cut 25% of its corporate loan portfolio emissions by
2030, compared with the 2022 level.
In line with the UNEP FI Principles for Responsible Banking,
OP Financial Group is committed to aligning its loan portfolio
with the Paris Agreement. The Group will not finance new
coal power plants or coal mines, including companies that
plan to build them. Neither will it provide finance to new
corporate customers whose financial dependence on using
coal as an energy source is over 5%, measured in net
sales.
OP Asset Management and OP Fund Management Company
are committed to becoming carbon neutral in their managed
funds by 2050. In addition, we will halve the greenhouse gas
emission intensity of our mutual funds by 2030, compared
with the 2019 level. We will stepwise tighten our coal-
exclusion policy in such a way that, by the end of 2030, our
direct and active investments exclude business related to coal
mining or coal power generation.
OP Fund Management Company publishes carbon footprint
calculations for its managed equity and fixed income funds
twice a year, and fund-specific ESG analyses for the majority
of such funds four times a year. These analyses show not
only the overall sustainability and corporate responsibility
score for the whole portfolio but also the percentage of the
portfolio companies’ net sales attributable to renewable
energy, energy efficiency and green buildings.
OP Financial Group and the European Investment Fund
agreed on new risk sharing guarantee facilities in December
2022. The guarantee facilities promote the green transition
and companies’ innovation activities and bring additional
financing of approximately EUR 200 million to the market.
The guarantee facilities help SMEs obtain financing for
investments that accelerate the green transition and enable
them to implement projects with lower collateral
requirements. The different guarantee facility solutions will be
available at OP cooperative banks in the early spring of 2023.
13
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
In early 2022, OP Corporate Bank plc issued a green bond
worth EUR 500 million in accordance with its updated Green
Bond Framework. Proceeds raised through this bond are also
used to promote sustainable corporate finance.
At the end of 2022, a total of 45.6% of OP Financial Group's
mutual funds were funds that promote ESG characteristics
(EU regulation on sustainable finance, article 8 or 9).
OP offers four sustainability-themed funds: OP-Sustainable
World, OP-Climate, OP-Clean Water and OP-Low-carbon
World. In addition to theme funds, responsible investment
funds include index funds and the OP-Target funds available
on OP-mobile. Five index funds (OP-America Index, OP-
Europe Index, OP-World Index, OP-Asia Index and OP-Nordic
Countries Index) track ESG indexes which place greater
weight on companies that integrate ESG risks better than
their peers. These funds do not invest in companies that have
ties to the manufacture of controversial weapons or that
have violated international standards. Target funds, too, place
greater weight on companies that integrate ESG risks better
than their peers, and target funds avoid investments in
controversial sectors. Assets under management invested
through responsible investment funds totalled EUR 13.0
billion (8.8) at the end of 2022.
OP Real Estate Asset Management Ltd is committed to
promoting carbon neutrality in its property investment
operations. Its responsibility targets include carbon neutral
energy by 2030 and carbon neutral construction by 2050.
In addition to its GRI sustainability reporting, OP evaluates its
impacts on climate change in the annual CDP survey. In the
survey for 2022, OP Financial Group reached the score B.
Aspects related to personnel and other areas of
social responsibility
OP Financial Group is committed to being a responsible actor
and respecting human rights, including OECD Guidelines,
employee rights and the fundamental principles and rights
named in the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work. The Group is committed to the UN Global
Compact initiative and to promoting human rights, labour
standards, environmental protection and anti-corruption.
The Group’s value descriptions updated in 2022 emphasise
value to the customer, diversity of personnel, appreciating
differences and viewing them as strengths, as well as
transformation and continuous learning.
One of OP Financial Group’s strategic priorities is highly
skilled, motivated and satisfied personnel. The aim of
OP Financial Group’s employee wellbeing policy is to maintain
and promote the health and wellbeing of all employees
through close and well-organised management of
occupational health and safety and wellbeing at work.
This creates the basis for a good employee experience.
Key elements supporting employee wellbeing at OP Financial
Group include early intervention, extensive occupational
healthcare services, rehabilitation, flexibility at work and
diversity management.
Employee experience is measured through regular personnel
surveys and by monitoring the health rate indicator. In 2022,
sickness absences accounted for 3.1% of regular working
hours. The ‘health rate’ (percentage of personnel with no
sickness absences) was 54% of all personnel in 2022.
OP Financial Group aims to promote diversity in its
organisations. The goal is to have a personnel structure that
reflects the diversity of the Group’s clientele regarding age,
gender, nationality and other background factors. The
Group’s corporate culture and practices are non-
discriminating and diverse and promote a sense of belonging,
and this is what its sustainability programme aims to
reinforce. The Group considers diversity to be an asset and
guarantees equal opportunities, rights and fair treatment for
everyone. The Group’s employees have equal opportunities
and rights at all stages of the employment relationship,
including recruitment, career transitions and salary. We pay
attention to our personnel’s diverse experiences and
competencies. We regularly monitor and promote the
implementation and development of equality and diversity by
means such as personnel surveys and candidate experience
measurement during recruitment.
To promote diversity, OP Financial Group’s objective is that
the proportion of both genders in defined executive positions
is at least 40%. The proportion of women in these positions
was 31% (30) at the end of 2022. The proportion of women
in these positions was 21% at the end of 2017. The Group
monitors on an annual basis the distribution of personnel in
various task groups by factors such as gender, pay and age.
OP Financial Group requires that its personnel have diverse
skills, in addition to regulatory competence requirements. The
Group supervises these competencies and reports them
through completed e-courses, according to various needs.
Online courses compulsory to all OP Financial Group
employees include preventing money laundering, code of
business ethics, cybersecurity in the workplace and security
training. As of 2023, all employees must complete an ESG
training, too.
Increasing financial literacy in Finland is an integral part of OP
Financial Group’s corporate responsibility efforts. In 2022, the
Group strengthened the financial literacy of more than
90,000 (39,000) children and young people. The Group also
provided training in digital literacy to a total of 12,000 (8,400)
older people.
OP Financial Group’s charity donations in 2022 totalled
around EUR 2.7 million (2.4). The donations were channelled
in line with themes that support the Group’s sustainability
programme and values.
Aspects related to human rights
OP Financial Group respects human rights and aims to
prevent discrimination in all its activities. The Group’s own
operations do not involve any significant human rights risks
or impacts. Indirectly, such impacts may arise from the supply
14
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
chain or from the operations of investees and financed
parties. OP Financial Group’s Supplier Code of Conduct
requires that product and service suppliers ensure the
fulfilment of human rights in their supply chains. The Group
measures this by monitoring the number of discrimination
incidents and the number of reports filed through the
whistleblowing channel.
OP Corporate Bank’s ESG analyses for large corporate
customers enable it to systematically assess companies’ social
impacts and risks, in addition to environmental matters.
Human rights aspects are included in OP Asset
Management’s process of keeping up with and influencing
international standards. OP Financial Group does not make
active direct investments in companies that have violated
international norms and where engagement to urge
corrective measures has been unsuccessful.
The most important objective of internal data protection
procedures is to ensure that all stakeholders can trust the
way in which OP Financial Group manages data protection
matters and processes customer data responsibly.
OP Financial Group was the first Finnish company to publish
its ethical guidelines for artificial intelligence.
OP Financial Group aims to improve equal opportunities in
the digital society by developing the accessibility of the
Group’s digital services. OP Accessible – an easy-to-use,
clear-language web service for daily banking – is the OP
service which best meets accessibility requirements. It is also
easy to use with various assistive software and devices.
Accessibility of OP Financial Group’s other digital services is
continuously improving as development efforts progress.
Already today, the Group’s mobile apps accept login with
fingerprint, and key code lists are also available in Braille.
In March 2022, the Group published a new guide for older
people. It assists and guides them in doing their banking
independently without a computer or a smartphone.
Prevention of corruption and financial crime
OP Financial Group is committed to acting on the Code of
Business Ethics. Responsibility involves managing conflicts of
interest and abolishing corruption. The Group has compiled
an online course for all employees to ensure that the Code of
Business Ethics is observed. The course must be taken every
year. All employees must also pass the online course on
managing conflicts of interest and anti-corruption on an
annual basis.
OP Financial Group regularly analyses and assesses risks
involved in its operations, including risks related to corruption,
in accordance with the related application guide, OP Financial
Group’s operational risk management procedures. As
required by regulation and guidelines issued by authorities,
the Group has drawn up policies and procedures for knowing
its customers and performing ongoing customer due
diligence as well as for staff training, instructions and
protection.
OP Financial Group is committed to the continuous
strengthening and improvement of its capabilities in financial
crime prevention. All Group employees must annually pass
the online course on preventing money laundering. Any
suspicious transactions will be reported to the Financial
Intelligence Unit in line with regulatory requirements. Internal
control is complemented by the opportunity of anyone
employed by the Group and other stakeholders to report
through an independent channel if they suspect
discrimination or a violation of rules or regulations
(whistleblowing). Actions that are against OP Financial
Group’s values can also be reported. Reports can be filed at
any time via OP Financial Group’s intranet or website. All
reports are processed with confidentiality by designated
specialists of the independent Compliance function.
Risks and their management in respect of non-
financial information
From the perspective of a financial services provider, the
drivers of change in the business environment, such as
changes related to climate and the environment, may be
channelled into financial risks in the banking and insurance
business through various impact chains. Climate and
environmental risk factors can be divided into physical risk
factors and transition risk factors. Physical risks include risks
arising from extreme weather phenomena, such as floods
and heatwaves, or from other environmental risk factors
such as the scarcity or contamination of natural resources.
Transition risks may arise if climate policy actions to reduce
emissions are taken too abruptly or too late. Risks arise from
new regulations, changes in customer behaviour or the
adoption of new technology.
Credit risk is affected by, for example, the sector to which
financing is provided or investment made. Physical risks may
affect the value of real property, including the value of
collateral through buildings, for example. The transition to a
low-carbon economy may affect the value of assets that are
dependent on energy inefficient or fossil fuels, for example.
Through changes in market expectations, climate and
environmental risk factors may impact on both the market
risks involved in OP Financial Group’s investment operations
and the preferences of our investor clients. The Group can
respond to changes in investor preferences by providing, for
example, bonds recently added to asset management’s
product portfolio.
Extreme weather phenomena may cause physical damage
and, thus, operational risks in our business locations. Failure
to fulfil our shareholders’ expectations regarding responsibility
may cause reputational damage.
From social and employee perspectives, risks may arise from
projects being financed and the availability of skilled
workforce. From a human rights perspective, risks may arise,
for example, through investments. Corruption and bribery
risks may arise in connection with financing decisions or due
to negligence in customer due diligence procedures.
15
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
The business concerned and process owners are responsible
for the management of risks that apply to their own activities.
OP Financial Group’s risk management and compliance
organisations also oversee risks, risk management and
compliance related to ESG factors. The Risk Committee of OP
Cooperative’s Board of Directors oversees risk management,
including that related to climate and environmental factors.
Taxonomy eligibility
The aim of the EU Taxonomy for sustainable finance that
entered into force in 2021 is to determine the sustainability
of financing and investment instruments. OP Financial Group
reports taxonomy eligibility information for 2022. In future
years, the Group will present key performance indicators for
sustainable finance on its taxonomy-eligible assets in
accordance with the disclosure obligations established under
the taxonomy.
Home loans contribute to economic activities classified in
taxonomy regulation, in other words, they are taxonomy
eligible.
Home loans (31 Dec) € million
Share of
balance sheet
assets, %
Taxonomy-
eligible, %
2022
42,304
24.3
100.0
2021
41,522
23.8
100.0
As regards Insurance business, the proportion of taxonomy-
eligible economic activities related to non-life insurance is
reported for 2022. Insurance contracts are taxonomy eligible
if they fall within the lines of insurance specified in the EU
Taxonomy criteria and if, based on the insurance terms and
conditions, the insurance contracts cover losses arising from
threats related to climate change. Insurance covers provided
by Pohjola Insurance are regarded as taxonomy-eligible,
excluding general liability, business interruption, luggage and
legal expenses insurance. The indicator applied is gross
premiums written.
Insurance business,
Q1–4/2022
€ million %
Non-life insurance
gross premiums written 1,606 100.0
Taxonomy-eligible
1,407
87.6
Taxonomy-non-eligible 199 12.4
Reinsurance
gross premiums written 82
100.0
Taxonomy-eligible 56 68.3
Taxonomy-non-eligible 26 31.7
Insurance business,
Q1–4/2021
€ million %
Non-life insurance
gross premiums written 1,543 100.0
Taxonomy-eligible 1,357 87.9
Taxonomy-non-eligible
186
12.1
Reinsurance
gross premiums written
70
100.0
Taxonomy-eligible 49 70.5
Taxonomy-non-eligible 21 29.5
As regards other functions, OP Financial Group reports their
taxonomy eligibility on the basis of the taxonomy reporting of
the companies in question. The figures are based on the
percentage of taxonomy-eligible net sales reported by the
companies.
31 Dec 2022 € million
Share of
balance
sheet
assets, %
Taxonomy-
eligible, %
Corporate lending, NFRD
exposures* 5,951 3.4 21.8
Non-life insurance
investments**
4,100
2.4
2.6
Life insurance investments**
16,600
9.5
3.3
Banking notes and bonds***
7,082
4.1
4.0
Total 33,733 19.4
*Companies subject to the NFRD (Non-Financial Reporting Directive) includes
listed European companies with more than 500 employees.
**Fair value of investments. Life insurance investments include unit-linked
investments and separated balance sheets.
***Excluding notes and bonds held for trading.
Information on the NFRD exposures of corporate lending has
been collected from the public taxonomy eligibility reports of
the companies concerned.
Taxonomy figures related to investments are based on
information collected by an external supplier on figures
reported by investees.
Balance sheet information,
31 Dec 2022
€ million
Share of balance
sheet assets, %
Total balance sheet assets
175,516
100.0
Exposures to central
governments, central banks and
supranational issuers
39,481 22.5
Derivative contracts, assets
4,117 2.3
Financial assets held for trading
381 0.2
Receivables from credit
institutions payable on demand
652 0.4
16
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Balance sheet information,
31 Dec. 2021 € million
Share of balance
sheet assets, %
Total balance sheet assets
174,110
100.0
Exposures to central
governments, central banks and
supranational issuers
36,236
20.8
Derivative contracts, assets 3,467 2.0
Financial assets held for trading 409 0.2
Receivables from credit
institutions payable on demand 283 0.2
As regards 2022, OP Financial Group does not report
taxonomy eligibility information on nuclear power and natural
gas under the EU Taxonomy Complementary Climate
Delegated Act, because companies do not publish such
information.
OP Financial Group constantly assesses the impacts of the EU
Taxonomy on the Group, its strategy and customers. The
Group guides its customers in preparing for and adapting to
the various effects of climate change and the related risks.
The Group is monitoring developments in sustainable finance
regulation and the EU taxonomy since they will change the
business environment and the conditions for success.
The Group analyses the taxonomy alignment of non-life
insurance products and engages in product development.
The Group has begun to prepare for taxonomy alignment
reporting for 2023.
Voluntary information supplementing taxonomy
reporting
Based on taxonomy regulation applied to the financial sector,
OP Financial Group discloses voluntary information as part of
taxonomy reporting. The Group reports assessment
information on the taxonomy eligibility of investments. This
reporting is based on the assessments performed by an
external supplier regarding the taxonomy eligibility of the
activities subject to investment by OP Financial Group. The
target group subject to the assessments is wider than that of
companies subject to the Non-Financial Reporting Directive
(NFRD). OP Financial Group reports the taxonomy eligibility of
the NFRD exposures of corporate lending and the eligibility of
banking notes and bonds for 2021 on a voluntary basis. For
2022, these items are subject to mandatory reporting.
31 Dec 2022
€ million
Share of
balance
sheet
assets, %
Taxonomy-
eligible, %
Non-life insurance investments* 4,100 2.4 18.5
Life insurance investments* 16,600 9.5 25.3
Total 20,700 11.9
*Fair value of investments. Life insurance investments include unit-linked
investments and separated balance sheets.
31 Dec 2021 € million
Share of
balance
sheet
assets, %
Taxonomy-
eligible, %
Corporate lending, NFRD
exposures* 7,802 4.5 33.1
Non-life insurance
investments** 4,235 2.4 37.3
Life insurance investments** 19,473 11.2 12.9
Banking notes and bonds*** 7,899
4.5
3.4
Total 39,409 22.6
*Companies subject to the NFRD (Non-Financial Reporting Directive) includes
listed European companies with more than 500 employees. As regards
corporate lending, the information covers Finnish companies only. The figures
for 2021 and 2022 are not comparable because the
source of information
and the calculation method changed in 2022.
**Fair value of investments. Life insurance investments include unit-linked
investments and separated balance sheets.
***Excluding notes and bonds held for trading.
Sustainability and corporate responsibility
Sustainability and corporate responsibility form an integral
part of OP Financial Group’s business and strategy, and
responsible business is one of OP Financial Group’s strategic
priorities. The Group published its new sustainability
programme in August 2022. The programme and its policy
priorities implement OP Financial Group’s strategy and guide
its sustainability and corporate responsibility actions.
OP Financial Group’s sustainability programme is built around
three themes: Climate and the environment, People and
communities and Corporate governance.
The programme is based on OP Financial Group’s values,
megatrends in the business environment and materiality
assessment. The sustainability programme and its goals have
been worked on together with different stakeholders. The
Climate and environment section sets goals for the provision
of sustainable financial and investment products, the
emission reductions of loan and investment portfolios as well
as the promotion of biodiversity. The People and
communities section focuses on the wellbeing of local
communities and on supporting management of personal
finances and financial literacy. Corporate governance involves
integrating responsibility with all business and related risk-
taking and a goal to enhance governance diversity.
OP Financial Group is committed to complying with the ten
principles of the UN Global Compact initiative in the areas of
human rights, labour rights, the environment and anti-
corruption. OP has agreed to follow the UN Principles for
Responsible Investment and the UN Principles of Sustainable
Insurance. OP Financial Group is a Founding Signatory of the
Principles for Responsible Banking under the United Nations
Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI).
OP Financial Group is committed to the international
Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF), which
aims to develop and implement a harmonised approach to
17
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
assessing and disclosing greenhouse gas emissions
associated with partners’ loans and investments.
Sustainability and corporate responsibility
highlights 2022
In January, OP Corporate Bank plc issued a 500 million-euro
senior non-preferred green bond with a maturity of 5.5
years. The bond was targeted at international responsible
institutional investors. Proceeds raised with the green bond
are allocated to sustainable corporate finance. Eligible sectors
to be funded include renewable energy, green buildings and
environmentally sustainable management of living natural
resources and land use.
In April, OP Mortgage Bank issued a one-billion-euro green
covered bond with a maturity of 5.5 years. This fixed-rate
covered bond is targeted at international institutional
investors, and proceeds raised with the bond will be allocated
to OP Financial Group’s home loans recognised as green ones
according to the Green Covered Bond Framework of
OP Mortgage Bank. The sector to be financed is energy-
efficient residential buildings (green buildings).
In April–May, OP Financial Group organised the Financial
Literacy Competition, which has a long tradition, in
cooperation with The Association for Teachers of History and
Social Studies in Finland (HYOL ry). This year, around 20,000
young people from 325 schools all over Finland participated
in the national competition. In May, OP Financial Group
donated EUR 500,000 to Finnish Red Cross for helping the
Ukrainians.
OP Financial Group donated a total of EUR 1.8 million to
Finnish universities. The Group’s central cooperative’s, that is
to say OP Cooperative’s, share of the donation was EUR 1.2
million. It was equally distributed between ten universities
that teach economic sciences: Aalto University, the
universities of Eastern Finland, Jyväskylä, Oulu, Tampere,
Turku and Vaasa, as well as LUT University, Hanken School
of Economics and Åbo Akademi each received a donation of
EUR 120,000. In addition, OP cooperative banks donated a
total of EUR 620,000 to their regional universities. With the
donations to universities, OP Financial Group aims to support
Finnish expertise and research, create opportunities for
sustainable growth and promote the long-term success of its
operating region.
Through its campaign “Summer jobs paid for by OP”, OP
provided 2,000 young people with a summer job in the third
sector. OP cooperative banks donated funding to non-profit
associations for hiring young people from 15 to 17 years for
two weeks. Enhancing the wellbeing of children and youths
and their confidence in the future, and supporting the
employment of young people form an important part of OP
cooperative banks’ sustainability actions. In July, OP and Hope
ry organised for the sixth time the Backpack for every back
campaign to collect school backpacks at OP cooperative banks
across Finland. This year, a total of 2,500 backpacks were
collected for the children of families living on limited means.
OP Financial Group launched its new sustainability
pr
ogramme in August 2022. The programme and its goals
guide the Group’s sustainability activities.
Pohjola Insurance and several OP cooperative banks around
Finland have joined the Dreams programme to strengthen
youths’ dreams, wellbeing and faith in the future. Over the
next two years, Dreams visits will be carried out to as many
as 240 schools across Finland with support from Pohjola
Insurance and OP cooperative banks.
OP Financial Group has been supporting MIELI Mental Health
Finland’s Crisis Helpline since 2020. This autumn’s donation
of 30 000 euros provides a total of 200,000 euros for
MIELI’s Crisis Helpline. These donations have provided
multiple forms of assistance for the Crisis Helpline, such as
enabling the hiring of crisis workers.
As a member of the national ‘Down a degree’ initiative,
OP Financial Group began to launch energy-saving measures
in September with the aim of cutting its heating energy
consumption by five per cent this winter. The Group will
reduce the indoor temperature of its offices by one degree
and take several other energy-saving measures. Through
this energy saving challenge, OP Financial Group encourages
all customers and partners to join the campaign.
OP Financial Group has developed two products based on the
international framework for sustainable finance: green loans
and sustainability-linked loans. Green loans are designed for
corporate customers that can make a commitment to using
the borrowed funds to promote specific projects, while
sustainability-linked loans are for corporate customers that
are prepared to pursue sustainability-based performance
targets agreed with the lender. These targets affect the loan
margin. At the end December, total exposures from these
loans and facilities stood at EUR 5.2 billion (3.0).
In December 2022, OP Financial Group and the European
Investment Fund signed an agreement on new risk sharing
guarantee facilities. The aim is to help SMEs obtain financing
for investments that accelerate the green transition and
enable them to implement projects with lower collateral
requirements.
Multichannel services
OP Financial Group has a multichannel service network
comprising online, mobile, branch and telephone services. In
December, the Group’s mobile channels (OP-mobile, OP
Business mobile) had more than 1.4 million active users
(1.3). The Group provides personal customer service both at
branches and digitally.
18
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Mobile and online
services,
no. of logins (million)
Q1–4/
2022
Q1–4/
2021
Change, %
OP-mobile 513.6 481.3 6.7
OP Business mobile 27.3 20.9 30.6
Pivo
43.4
44.4
-2.3
Op.fi* 73.8 53.4 38.2
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021 Change, %
Siirto payment,
registered customers
(OP)
1,148,218 1,054,931 8.8
* The figures are not comparable due to a change in the measurement
method in 2022.
In March, OP introduced the Google Pay service to its
customers in Finland, alongside the Apple Pay service. The
service enables customers to pay for their purchases using
Android phones or smartwatches in contactless payment
readers and on apps and online stores. In December,
OP extended the service to cover customers using
Mastercard.
In March, OP published a new guide for older people to
support them in using non-digital banking services, and
finding options for the daily use of services without a
computer or smartphone.
OP Financial Group has an extensive branch network with
297 branches (324) across the country. In addition, Pohjola
Insurance has a comprehensive network of agencies and
partnerships.
OP Financial Group has extensive presence in the most
common social media channels where it has a total of
650,000 followers (630,000). In addition to OP Financial
Group’s national social media accounts, many OP cooperative
banks have their own social media accounts where they
share publications targeted at local customers.
Capital adequacy and capital base
Capital adequacy under the Act on the
Supervision of Financial and Insurance
Conglomerates
OP Financial Group’s capital base, calculated according to the
Act on the Supervision of Financial and Insurance
Conglomerates (FiCo), exceeded the minimum amount
specified in the Act by EUR 4.1 billion (4.5). Banking capital
requirement remained unchanged at 13.8%, calculated on
risk-weighted assets. The ratio of OP Financial Group’s capital
base to the minimum capital requirement was 137% (146).
The ratio weakened by around 15 percentage points as a
result of the adoption of the risk-weighted assets floor based
on the Standardised Approach (SA floor). As a result of the
buffer requirements for banking and the solvency
requirements for insurance companies, the minimum FiCo
solvency of 100% reflects the level within which the
conglomerate can operate without regulatory obligations
resulting from buffers below the required level.
Capital adequacy for credit institutions
OP Financial Group’s CET1 ratio was 17.4% (18.2), which
exceeds the minimum regulatory requirement by 5.5
percentage points. The ratio decreased by one percentage
point at the time of transition to the SA floor in the second
quarter. The ratio was improved by earnings performance
and the issues of Profit Shares.
As a credit institution, OP Financial Group’s capital adequacy
is on a solid basis compared to the statutory requirements
and those set by the authorities. The statutory minimum for
the capital adequacy ratio is 8% and for the CET1 ratio 4.5%;
the minimum requirement of 1.6% for AT1 and T2, which
needs to be covered with CET1, raises the CET1 minimum to
6.1%. The requirement for the capital conservation buffer of
2.5% under the Act on Credit Institutions, the O-SII buffer of
1% and the ECB’s P2R requirement increase, in practice, the
minimum total capital ratio to 13.8% and the minimum CET1
ratio to 11.9%, including the shortfalls of Additional Tier 1
(AT1) and Tier 2 (T2) capital.
The CET1 capital of OP Financial Group as credit institution
was EUR 12.6 billion (12.0). The CET1 capital was improved
by Banking earnings and Profit Share issues. The amount of
Profit Shares in CET1 capital was EUR 3.2 billion (3.1).
19
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
The risk exposure amount (REA) totalled EUR 72.3 billion
(65.7), or 10% higher than on 31 December 2021. The SA
floor increased the total risk exposure amount. OP Financial
Group shifted to the Standardised Approach in its capital
adequacy measurement for credit institution exposures and
certain minor parts of corporate exposures during the third
quarter. This change had no substantial effect on the CET1
ratio. The Group previously applied the IRBA for such
exposures.
OP Financial Group treats insurance holdings within the
financial conglomerate as risk-weighted assets, based on
permission from the ECB. Equity investments include
EUR 8.6 billion (6.8) in risk-weighted assets of the Group’s
internal insurance holdings. The increase was due to the
adoption of the Simple Risk Weight Approach – a risk weight
of 370% – replacing the previous PD/LGD method. Under the
Standardised Approach, the risk weight of insurance
company holdings is 100%.
The Finnish Financial Supervisory Authority (FIN-FSA) makes
a macroprudential policy decision on a quarterly basis. In
December 2022, the FIN-FSA reiterated its decision not to
impose a countercyclical capital buffer requirement on banks.
In its macroeconomic stability decision in December 2022,
the FIN-FSA indicated imposing a systemic risk buffer in the
first quarter of 2023. In connection with its macroprudential
policy decision of June 2022, the FIN-FSA performed an
annual review of banks’ capital buffer requirements and
decided to raise OP Financial Group’s O-SII buffer by 0.5
percentage points to 1.5%, effective as of 1 January 2023.
The minimum leverage ratio for OP Financial Group’s
Banking was 7.6% (7.4). This higher ratio was due to Banking
earnings in particular. The regulatory minimum requirement
is 3%.
On 30 September 2022, OP Financial Group filed an
application with the ECB on the use of the Standardised
Approach in capital adequacy calculation, instead of the
internal models (IRBA) and the currently applied risk-
weighted assets floor based on the Standardised Approach.
Transfer to the Standardised Approach is estimated to have
no essential effect on OP Financial Group’s capital adequacy
or risk exposure. According to OP Financial Group’s
assessment, the transfer will take place during the first
quarter of 2023.
The future changes in the EU Capital Requirements
Regulation (CRR3), which will implement the final elements of
Basel III, are assessed to not have a substantial effect on the
capital adequacy of OP Financial Group. The changes should
take effect in 2025.
OP Financial Group’s Capital Adequacy and Risk Management
Report and OP Amalgamation's Pillar III tables will be
published in week 10.
Insurance
The solvency position of insurance companies is strong. The
solvency of the insurance business was improved mainly by
higher interest rates and lower market risks.
Non-life insurance
Life insurance
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
Capital base, € mill.* 1,658 1,464 1,523 1,656
Solvency capital
requirement (SCR),
€ mill.*
671 840 567 833
Solvency ratio, %* 247 174 269
199
Solvency ratio, %
(excl. transitional
provision)
247 174 232 173
*including transitional provisions
ECB’s supervision
OP Financial Group is supervised by the European Central
Bank.
On 25 April 2019, OP Financial Group received the ECB’s
decision on increases in the risk weights of mortgage-backed
retail exposures as part of the targeted review of internal
models (TRIM). These risk weight increases will be valid until
further notice, until the qualitative requirements set out in the
decision have been met.
On 19 February 2020, OP Financial Group received the ECB’s
decision concerning the change in the definition of default, in
which the ECB set risk weighting factors for corporate and
retail exposures. These risk-weighting factors will be valid
until the qualitative requirements set out in the decision have
been met.
On 11 December 2020, OP Financial Group received the
ECB’s decision concerning increases in the risk weights of
retail exposures. The decision overruled the ECB’s earlier
decision issued on 2 February 2017.
20
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
On 18 March 2021, OP Financial Group received the ECB’s
decision concerning an increase in the risk parameter of
corporate exposures. This risk parameter factor will be valid
until the qualitative requirements set out in the decision have
been met.
The ECB has set a capital requirement for OP Financial
Group based on the supervisory review and evaluation
process (SREP). The capital buffer requirement (P2R) set by
the ECB is 2.25% (2.25) as of 1 January 2022.
Liabilities under the Resolution Act
Under regulation applied to crisis resolution of credit
institutions and investment firms, the resolution authority is
authorised to intervene in the terms and conditions of
investment products issued by a bank in a way that affects an
investor’s position. The EU’s Single Resolution Board (SRB)
based in Brussels is OP Financial Group’s resolution authority.
The SRB has confirmed a resolution strategy for OP Financial
Group whereby the resolution measures would focus on the
OP amalgamation and on the new OP Corporate Bank that
would be formed in case of resolution.
On 21 February 2022, the resolution authority updated the
Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities
(MREL) for OP Financial Group. The updated MREL is 25.8%
of the risk-weighted assets (RWA) and 9.9% of the leverage
ratio exposures (LRE).
As part of the MREL, the resolution authority has set a
subordination requirement for OP Financial Group in
accordance with the Single Resolution Mechanisms
Regulation. The subordination requirement determines how
much of the MREL must be met with own funds or with
subordinated liabilities. From 2022, the subordination
requirement supplementing the MREL is 22% of the total risk
exposure amount and 9.9% of the leverage ratio exposures.
From the beginning of 2024, the subordination requirement
will be 24% of the total risk exposure amount and 9.9% of the
leverage ratio exposures. The requirements include a
combined buffer requirement (CBR) of 3.5%.
OP Financial Group’s buffer for the MREL was EUR 9.0 billion
and for the subordination requirement EUR 1.9 billion. The
amount of senior non-preferred (SNP) bonds issued by
OP Financial Group totalled EUR 4.4 billion. These bonds
provide funds for the MREL subordination requirement.
Key principles of risk management
At OP Financial Group, OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors is
the most important decision-making body for duties related
to risk management. OP Cooperative’s Supervisory Council
confirms the decisions by the Board of Directors that apply to
OP Financial Group’s risk appetite. The Risk Committee of the
Board of Directors assists the Board of Directors in
performing duties related to risk-taking and risk
management. Based on the decision by the President and
Group Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Management
Team has set up a Risk Management Committee, Steering
and Compliance Committee and Banking ALM Committee
that approve instructions and policy descriptions specifying
the Risk Appetite Statement and the Risk Appetite
Framework.
Senior management prepares business divisions’ strategic
choices that, in terms of risk-taking, are based on OP
Financial Group’s Risk Appetite Statement, confirmed by OP
Cooperative’s Supervisory Council. The Risk Appetite
Statement outlines and gives grounds for what risks each
business is ready to take and to what extent. Businesses are
obliged to operate within the limits of these restrictions.
Senior management decides on the division of responsibilities
related to risk-taking: what risks different revenue logics
(product and service packages) can take, and any potential
elaborations on what risks legal entities and various functions
within those revenue logics can take.
Senior management must ensure the maintenance and
development of sufficient resourcing and expertise for the
monitoring functions of the first, second and third line of
defence. The governance structure provides the basis for the
fact that the key principles guiding operations and the related
policies and operating instructions have been prepared and
resolved appropriately and that each activity is assessed and
supervised in appropriate manner in view of quality, extent
and complexity by expert parties that are independent of
business, in addition to monitoring performed by the business
concerned.
OP Financial Group’s remuneration schemes are built in line
with the Group’s mission, values and targets, while taking
account of regulatory compliance. Remuneration must not
incentivise staff to excessive risk-taking or to actions against
the customer’s best interests. Compliance and Risk
Management are involved in the preparation of the
remuneration principles, remuneration policy and
remuneration schemes and in the determination of
supervisory practices related to remuneration processes.
The principles of corporate governance as required by joint
and several liability define and determine the bank-specific
corporate governance of the central cooperative and its
member cooperative banks, as required under joint and
several liability. In addition, the principles of internal control,
good corporate governance, good business practices and
corporate security set preconditions for practices.
Risk profile
OP Financial Group’s risk-taking starts from the fact that the
Group assumes risks that are associated with executing the
Group’s mission. In its risk-taking, OP Financial Group
emphasises moderation, responsibility and careful action.
Risk-taking is directed and limited by means of principles and
limits prepared by senior management and approved by the
management body.
21
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s success is based on the trust of
customers and other stakeholders, on the adequacy of capital
and liquidity, and on extensive data and knowledge of
customers. Risk-taking is based on understanding matters
affecting customers’ future operations and success in the
current business environment and in situations where the
business environment is affected by an unexpected shock or
change in trend.
OP Financial Group analyses the business environment as
part of the ongoing strategy process. Megatrends and future
visions behind the strategy reflect driving forces that affect
the daily activities, conditions and future of OP Financial
Group and its customers. Such factors currently shaping the
business environment include sustainable development and
responsibility (ESG), demographic change in the population,
geopolitical factors, energy crisis in Europe, strongly
accelerated inflation, exceptionally rapid increase in market
interest rates and fast technological progress. For example,
climate and environmental changes and other factors in the
business environment are considered thoroughly so that their
effects on the customers’ future success are understood.
Through advice and business decisions, OP Financial Group
encourages its customers in developing their sustainable and
successful business in the future.
Considering that OP Financial Group’s business covers various
areas of the financial sector on an extensive basis,
unexpected external shocks from the economic environment
may cause various direct and indirect effects on the
prosperity of OP Financial Group’s customers and on the
Group’s premises, IT infrastructure and personnel.
If materialised, they may affect the risk profile, capitalisation,
liquidity and the continuity of daily business in various ways.
The Group assesses the effects of such potential shocks by
means of scenario work.
In 2022, OP Financial Group’s operational risks were well
managed. Their materialisation resulted in gross losses of
EUR 7 million (10). As regards other risks, the risk profile is
discussed in more detail by business segment.
Assessment of the effects of the war in
Ukraine on OP Financial Group’s risks
Russia’s aggressive war in Ukraine may have an indirect
effect on OP Financial Group’s income and risks as a result of
customers’ changed business conditions, and a direct effect
on the general financial market conditions and obstruction of
the technical infrastructure. The impacts may be realised, for
example, in the following ways:
• higher impairment loss on receivables
• l
ower values of investment assets
• e
ffects of extensive sanctions and counter sanctions
on OP Financial Group or its customers’ activities
• p
roblems in the availability of wholesale funding and
a rise in the wholesale funding price
• pr
oblems in business continuity as a result of cyber
attacks on OP Financial Group or its customers.
Retail Banking and Corporate Banking
Major risks in banking are associated with credit risk arising
from customer business, and market risk.
Banking credit risk exposure remained stable, its risk level
remained moderate and the overall quality of the loan
portfolio remained good. A rise in interest rates may have a
negative effect on credit risk exposure.
OP Financial Group has no significant direct exposures to
Russia. The impacts of the war in Ukraine on credit risk
exposure mainly affect corporate loans indirectly, especially
due to changes in energy and raw material prices, and
individual customer relationships.
The market risk level of Corporate Banking’s long-term
investments decreased in the fourth quarter. No major
changes were made to the asset class allocation during the
financial year. The VaR, a measure of market risks, was
EUR 29 million (33) on 31 December 2022. The VaR risk
metric includes banking’s long-term bond investments as
well as derivatives that hedge their interest rate risks.
The market risks of the Markets function decreased slightly
due to changes made in the open amount of credit spread.
This is reflected in the decrease in Expected Shortfall (ES) and
especially in the share of credit spread compared with the
third quarter.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Q4/21 Q1/22 Q2/22 Q3/22 Q4/22
€ million
Corporate banking’s market risk VaR at a confidence
level of 95% and a retention period of 10 days
Equity risk
FX risk
Interest rate risk
Credit risk
Other
Total
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
€ million
Market risk ES at a confidence level of 97.5 %
and a holding period of 1 day
Treasury trading (OP
MB*)
Commodity risk (NPV)
Structured products
Credit spread risk
Currency risk
Interest rate risk
22
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Non-performing and forborne exposures
Performing
forborne
exposures (gross)
Non-performing
receivables (gross)
Doubtful
receivables (gross)
Loss allowance
Doubtful
receivables (net)
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
Over 90 days past due,
€ billion
0.52 0.64 0.52 0.64 0.19 0.24 0.33 0.40
Unlikely to be paid,
€ billion
0.91 0.78 0.91 0.78 0.16 0.13 0.75 0.65
Forborne exposures,
€ billion
3.38 3.41 1.32 1.34 4.70 4.75 0.18 0.20 4.51 4.55
Total, € billion 3.38 3.41 2.74 2.76 6.12 6.17 0.53 0.58 5.59 5.59
OP Financial Group Retail Banking Corporate Banking
Key ratios
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
Ratio of doubtful receivables to exposures, % 5.23 5.31 6.75 6.57 1.88 2.29
Ratio of non-performing exposures to
exposures, %
2.34 2.37 2.72 2.61 1.50 1.77
Ratio of performing forborne exposures to
exposures, %
2.89 2.93 4.04 3.95 0.38 0.52
Ratio of performing forborne exposures to
doubtful receivables, %
55.2 55.3 59.8 60.2 20.3 22.9
Ratio of loss allowance (receivables from
customers) to doubtful receivables, %
12.0 11.9 8.5 7.5 38.4 41.5
No single customer’s exposure exceeded 10% of OP Financial
Group’s capital base after allowances and other recognition of
credit risk mitigation.
The graph shows the distribution of OP Financial Group’s corporate
loans by sector as percentages at the end of the financial year.
Retail Banking’s interest rate risk in the banking book
measured as the effect of a one-percentage point interest
rate increase on net interest income was EUR 286 million
(380) and as the effect of a one-percentage point decrease
EUR –289 million (–90) on the average per year. Interest
income risk is calculated for a one-year period by dividing the
sum of the interest income risk for the next three years by
three.
Corporate Banking’s interest rate risk in the banking book
measured as the effect of a one-percentage point interest
rate increase on net interest income was EUR 16 million (56)
and as the effect of a one-percentage point decrease
EUR –16 million (59) on the average per year.
Deposits within the scope of deposit guarantee and managed
by OP Financial Group totalled EUR 44.2 billion (43.0) at the
end of December. The Deposit Guarantee Fund compensates
a maximum of EUR 100,000 for each OP Financial Group
customer.
23
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Loss allowance by sector
The graph shows the loss allowance of different sectors and the ratio
of loss allowance to gross exposures of the sector at the end of the
financial year, 31 December 2022.
Insurance
Non-life insurance
Major risks within non-life insurance include underwriting
risks associated with claims developments, market risks
associated with investments covering insurance liabilities,
a faster-than-expected increase in life expectancy of the
beneficiaries related to insurance liability for annuities,
interest rates used in insurance liability valuation and the
difference between the discount rate applied to insurance
liabilities and market interest rates. The discount rate applied
in insurance liability valuation was increased by 0.8
percentage points to 2.0 per cent in the fourth quarter.
In IFRS accounting, insurance liabilities discounted with
a constant interest rate have been made more market-
consistent by applying a supplementary interest rate
provision whose value change is based on changes in the
risk-free yield curve.
A one-year increase in life expectancy would increase
insurance liability for annuities by EUR 38 million (45).
A 0.1 percentage point decrease in interest rates used in
insurance liability valuation would increase insurance liabilities
by EUR 22 million (29).
No significant changes took place in non-life insurance’s
underwriting risks during the financial year. Non-life
insurance’s significant market risks include the equity risk and
the increasing insurance liability value and capital
requirement resulting from lower market interest rates.
The market risk level of the investments of non-life insurance
increased during the fourth quarter. The increase is explained
by the increase in credit spread risk. The VaR, a measure of
market risk, was EUR 49 million (49) on 31 December 2022.
VaR includes the company’s investment balance including
investments, insurance liabilities and derivatives that hedge
interest rate risk associated with insurance liabilities.
Non-life insurance’s direct business transactions with Russia
or Ukraine are minor, both in terms of insurance and
investments. More significant business impacts arise from
developments in the capital market.
Life insurance
The key risks associated with life insurance are the market
risks of life insurance’s investment assets, the interest rate
used for the valuation of insurance liabilities, a faster-than-
expected life expectancy increase among those insured, and
the lapse and surrender risk arising from changes in
customer behaviour.
A one-year increase in life expectancy would increase
insurance liability by EUR 25 million (28). A 0.1 percentage
point decrease in interest rates used in insurance liability
valuation would increase insurance liabilities by EUR 17
million (26). The decrease in interest rate sensitivity is due to
higher interest rates and the change in the cash flows of
insurance liabilities.
Investment risks associated with separated insurance
portfolios and risks associated with changes in customer
behaviour have been buffered. The buffer is sufficient to
cover a significant negative return on the investment assets
included in the separated portfolios, after which OP Financial
Group will bear the risks associated with the portfolios.
The buffers totalled EUR 246 million (292) on 31 December
2022.
The market risk level of the investments of life insurance
increased during the fourth quarter. The increase is explained
by the increase in credit spread risk. VaR, a measure of
market risk, was EUR 35 million (35) on 31 December 2022.
VaR includes life insurance’s investment balance, including
investments, insurance liabilities and derivatives that hedge
against interest rate risk associated with insurance liabilities.
Market risks associated with separated life insurance
portfolios, assets that buffer against those risks or customer
bonuses, are not included in the calculation.
Life insurance’s direct investments in Russia or Ukraine are
minor. More significant business impacts arise from general
developments in the capital market. The geopolitical situation
affects life insurance business also through the fact that some
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Q4/21 Q1/22 Q2/22
Q3/22 Q4/22
€ million
Non-life insurance
’s market risk VaR at a confidence
level of 95% and a retention period of
10 days
Equity risk
FX risk
Interest rate risk
Credit risk
Other
Tota l
24
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
investment instruments comprising the underlying assets for
unit-linked insurance have been closed.
Group Functions
Major risks related to the Group Functions segment include
credit and market risks associated with the liquidity buffer,
and liquidity risks. The most significant market risk factor is
the effect of credit spread changes on the value of notes and
bonds included in the liquidity buffer.
OP Financial Group’s funding position and liquidity is strong.
Between January and December, OP Financial Group issued
long-term bonds worth a total of EUR 8.0 billion (3.8),
EUR 1.0 billion of which was a retained covered bond.
The loan-to-deposit ratio remained stable during the
financial year.
The market risk of notes and bonds in the liquidity buffer
(VaR with 95% confidence) decreased during the financial
year. No major changes occurred in the asset class allocation.
The VaR risk metric that measures market risk associated
with the liquidity buffer was EUR 27 million (30) on
31 December 2022. The VaR risk metric includes the long-
term bond investments within the liquidity buffer and the
derivative contracts that hedge their interest rate risks.
OP Financial Group secures its liquidity through a liquidity
buffer which consists mainly of deposits with central banks
and receivables eligible as collateral for central bank
refinancing. The liquidity buffer is sufficient to cover the need
for short-term funding for known and predictable payment
flows and in a liquidity stress scenario.
OP Financial Group monitors its liquidity and the adequacy of
its liquidity buffer using, for example, the LCR (Liquidity
Coverage Ratio). According to regulation, the LCR must be at
least 100%. OP Financial Group’s LCR was 217% (212) at the
end of the financial year.
OP Financial Group monitors its long-term funding
sufficiency, for example, by means of the Net Stable Funding
Ratio (NSFR), which measures structural funding risk.
According to regulation, the NSFR must be at least 100%.
OP Financial Group’s NSFR was 128% (130) at the end of the
financial year.
Liquidity buffer
€ billion
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Change, %
Deposits with
central banks
34.8 32.6 6.
7
Notes and bonds
eligible as collateral
2.1 4.0 -48.2
Total
36.9
36.7
0.7
Receivables
ineligible as
collateral
0.7 1.0 -27.0
Liquidity buffer at
market value
37.6 37.6 -0.1
Collateral haircut
-0.2 -0.3
Liquidity buffer at
collateral value
37.4 37.3 0.3
The liquidity buffer comprises notes, bonds and securitised
assets issued by governments, municipalities, financial
institutions and companies all showing good credit ratings.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Q4/21 Q1/22 Q2/22 Q3/22
Q4/22
€ million
Life insurance’s market risk VaR at a confidence level of
95% and a retention period of 10 days
Equity risk
FX risk
Interest rate risk
Credit risk
Other
Tota l
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Q4/21 Q1/22 Q2/22 Q3/22 Q4/22
€ million
Liquidity buffer’s market risk VaR at a confidence level
of 95% and a retention period of 10 days
Equity risk
FX risk
Interest rate risk
Credit risk
Other
Total
25
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Credit ratings
OP Corporate Bank plc’s credit ratings on
31 December 2022
Rating
a
gency
Short-
te
rm
debt Outlook
Long-
term
debt Outlook
Standard &
Poor's
A-1+ - AA-
Stable
Moody's P-1 Stable Aa3 Stable
Pohjola Insurance Ltd’s financial strength ratings
on 31 December 2022
Rating agency
Financial
s
trength rating Outlook
Standard & Poor's A+ Stable
Moody's A2 Stable
OP Corporate Bank plc and Pohjola Insurance Ltd have credit
ratings affirmed by Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings Europe
Limited and Moody’s Investors Service (Nordics) AB. When
assessing OP Corporate Bank’s credit rating, credit rating
agencies take account of the entire OP Financial Group’s
financial position.
26
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Financial performance by segment
OP Financial Group’s business segments are Retail Banking (Banking Personal and SME Customers), Corporate Banking (Banking
Corporate and Institutional Customers) and Insurance (Insurance Customers). Non-business segment operations are presented
under the Group Functions segment (formerly the Other Operations segment). OP Financial Group prepares its segment reporting in
compliance with its accounting policies.
Retail Banking
• Earnings before tax increased to EUR 502 million (304).
• Total income increased by 12.6% to EUR 1,996 million. Income from customer business increased by a total of
12.1%: net interest income increased by 24.5% to EUR 1,194 million and net commissions and fees by 2.6% to EUR
773 million.
• Total expenses increased by 0.7% to EUR 1,229 million. Personnel costs increased by 2.0% to EUR 455 million and
other operating expenses by 2.1% to EUR 720 million.
• Impairment loss on receivables increased to EUR 96 million (84). Non-performing exposures (gross) accounted for
2.7% (2.6) of the exposures.
• The loan portfolio decreased by 0.3% to EUR 70.7 billion, and deposits increased by 2.8% to EUR 63.9 billion.
• The most significant development investments focused on upgrading the core banking system and developing
digital services.
Key figures and ratios
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Net interest income
1,194
959
24.5
Net commissions and fees
773
753
2.6
Net investment income
-9
-16
-
Other income
39
78
-50.0
Total income
1,996
1,773
12.6
Personnel costs
455
447
2.0
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss
53
69
-22.0
Other operating expenses
720
705
2.1
Total expenses
1,229
1,221
0.7
Impairment loss on receivables
-96
-84
-
OP bonuses to owner-customers
-168
-165
-
Earnings before tax
502
304
65.2
Cost/income ratio, %
61.6
68.8
-7.2*
Ratio of non-performing exposures to exposures, % * 2.7 2.6 0.1*
Ratio of impairment loss on receivables to loan and guarantee
portfolio, %
0.13 0.12 0.02*
Return on assets (ROA), %
0.40
0.26
0.15*
Return on assets, excluding OP bonuses, %
0.54
0.40
0.14*
€ million
Home loans drawn down
7,513
8,805
-14.7
Corporate loans drawn down
2,702
2,639
2.4
No. of brokered residential property and property transactions
10,844
13,177
-17.7
€ billion
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Change, %
Loan portfolio
Home loans
42.3
41.5
1.9
Corporate loans
8.3
8.2
2.1
Housing company and other loans
20.1
21.3
-5.5
Total loan portfolio
70.7
71.0
-0.3
Guarantee portfolio
1.0
0.9
1.4
Other exposures
8.3
9.6
-13.5
Deposits
Current and payment transfer deposits
42.3
41.4
2.2
Investment deposits
21.6
20.8
4.0
Total deposits
63.9
62.2
2.8
* Change in ratio
27
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s Retail Banking segment consists of
banking and asset management services for personal and
SME customers at OP cooperative banks and at the central
cooperative consolidated.
Economic uncertainty and higher inflation and reference
interest rates affected the housing market. The volume of
home and real property sales brokered by OP Koti real estate
agents totalled 10,884, a decrease of 17.7% year on year.
The loan portfolio decreased by 0,3% to EUR 70.7 billion. The
loan portfolio includes a change of EUR –1.3 billion (0.2) in
the fair value of loans in hedge accounting. New home loan
drawdowns decreased by 14.7% year on year. The home loan
portfolio grew by 1.9% to EUR 42.3 billion. The corporate loan
portfolio increased by 2.1% to EUR 8.3 billion. Housing
company and other loans decreased by 5.5% to EUR 20.1
billion.
The interest rate protection rate of personal customers’ new
home loans was at its highest in the first half of the year, and
customers showed interest in buying protection for their
home loans throughout the year. On 31 December 2022,
a total of 32.8% (29.6) of personal customers’ home loans
were covered by interest rate protection. On the same date,
the interest expenses of around 82,000 home loans were
being cut by an interest rate cap; the loans’ aggregate
principal totalled EUR 7.3 billion.
The deposit portfolio increased by 2.8% to EUR 63.9 billion.
The increase came from current and payment transfer
accounts as well as from investment deposits.
In April 2022, OP Mortgage Bank issued a one-billion-euro
green covered bond with a maturity of 5.5 years.
OP Financial Group customers’ interest in saving and
investing continued despite the uncertain business
environment. OP mutual funds attracted 55,700 new
unitholders, which accounted for 51% of gross market
growth. The number of OP mutual fund unitholders totalled
1,200,000 in gross terms. The Morningstar rating for
OP mutual funds was 3.13 (3.17). In share trading, the
number of executed orders was at the previous year’s level.
During the financial year, the most significant development
investments focused on upgrading the core banking system
and developing digital services.
In the third quarter, OP Financial Group and Pivo stood aside
from the joint venture planned with Danske Bank’s MobilePay
and the Norwegian Vipps. The venture would have provided
a joint mobile payment platform for users of three services.
In February, digital home sales expanded to real property
sales; OP Koti real estate agents were the first in Finland to
implement this system. Digital sale and purchase of housing
company shares began in 2019.
In March, OP introduced the Google Pay service to its
customers in Finland, alongside the Apple Pay service. The
service enables customers to pay for their purchases using
Android phones or smartwatches in contactless payment
readers and on apps and online stores. In December,
OP extended the service to cover customers using
Mastercard.
At the end of December, the number of OP cooperative
banks was 108 (121). Merger projects between OP
cooperative banks are underway in different parts of Finland.
Earnings
Retail Banking earnings before tax were EUR 502 million
(304). Total income increased by 12.6% to EUR 1,996 million.
Net interest income grew by 24.5% to EUR 1,194 million, due
to a strong rise in market interest rates. Net commissions
and fees increased by 2.6% to EUR 773 million as a result of
higher fees from the card business, payments and wealth
management.
Total expenses increased by 0.7% to EUR 1,229 million.
Personnel costs increased by 2.0% to EUR 455 million and
other operating expenses by 2.1% to EUR 720 million as a
result of a higher stability contribution.
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss decreased by
22.0% year on year, to EUR 53 million.
Impairment loss on receivables increased to EUR 96 million
(84). OP Financial Group has assessed the impact of higher
electricity prices and Euribor rates on the credit risk
associated with the home loan portfolio. Following this
analysis, the Group made an additional provision of EUR 42
million under expected credit losses, based on management
judgment. Final net loan losses recognised for the financial
year totalled EUR 32 million (67). Non-performing exposures
accounted for 2.7% (2.6) of the exposures.
OP bonuses to owner-customers increased by 2.2% to
EUR 168 million.
28
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Corporate Banking
• Earnings before tax decreased to EUR 416 million (474).
• Total income decreased by 12.4% to EUR 776 million. Net interest income increased by 10.4% to EUR 457 million,
net commissions and fees decreased by 19.0% to EUR 166 million and net investment income decreased by 20.5%
to EUR 136 million.
• T
otal expenses increased by 1.1% to EUR 321 million. Other operating expenses rose by 3.3% to EUR 218 million
due to a higher stability contribution.
• T
he loan portfolio grew by 8.3% to EUR 27.8 billion. Deposits decreased by 9.1% to EUR 14.0 billion. Assets under
management decreased by 12.2% to EUR 72.3 billion.
• I
mpairment loss on receivables totalled EUR 18 million (74). Non-performing exposures (gross) accounted for 1.5%
(1.8) of the exposures.
• T
he most significant development investments involved the upgrades of payment and asset management systems.
Key figures and ratios
€ million Q1–4/2022 Q1–4/2021 Change, %
Net interest income
457
414
10.4
Net commissions and fees
166
204
-19.0
Net investment income
136
171
-20.5
Other income
18
97
-81.5
Total income
776
886
-12.4
Personnel costs
95
93
2.2
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss
8
14
-39.5
Other operating expenses
218
211
3.3
Total expenses
321
318
1.1
Impairment loss on receivables
-18
-74
-
OP bonuses to owner-customers
-20
-20
-
Earnings before tax
416
474
-12.2
Cost/income ratio, %
41.4
35.9
-5.5*
Ratio of non-performing exposures to exposures, %
1.5
1.8
-0.3*
Ratio of impairment loss on receivables to loan and
guarantee portfolio, %
0.06
0.25
-0.20*
Return on assets (ROA), %
1.00
1.24
-0.24*
Return on assets, excluding OP bonuses, %
1.05
1.29
-0.24*
€ billion
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021 Change, %
Loan portfolio
Corporate loans
15.6
14.5
7.9
Housing company and other loans
12.2
11.2
8.8
Total loan portfolio
27.8
25.7
8.3
Guarantee portfolio
3.4
3.5
-1.8
Other exposures 6.4 5.7 12.3
Deposits
14.0
15.4
-9.1
Assets under management (gross)
Mutual funds
27.6
32.5
-15.2
Institutional clients
35.7
38.3
-6.9
Private Banking
9.0
11.5
-21.4
Total (gross)
72.3
82.3
-12.2
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Net inflows
Private Banking clients
-1
-174
-
Institutional clients
-356
76
-
Total net inflows
-357
-98
-
* Change in ratio
29
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
OP Financial Group’s Corporate Banking segment consists of
banking and asset management services for corporate and
institutional customers. The segment comprises
OP Corporate Bank plc’s banking, OP Asset Management Ltd,
OP Fund Management Company Ltd, OP Custody Ltd and
OP Real Estate Asset Management Ltd.
The loan portfolio increased by 8.3% to EUR 27.8 billion and
the deposit portfolio decreased by 9.1% to EUR 14.0 billion.
The most significant Corporate Banking development
investments involved the upgrades of payment, finance and
asset management systems. The upgrade of core payment
systems and improvement of digital services will continue
further. In asset and wealth management, fund management
processes and customer service will be further upgraded.
Investments by Corporate Banking in promoting a
sustainable economy increased the commitment portfolio of
sustainable finance to EUR 5.2 billion (3.0). Corporate
Banking also enhanced its role as an advisor helping clients to
prepare their sustainable finance frameworks.
At the end of 2022, OP Corporate Bank was the market
leader in finance for passenger cars and vans.
The end of 2022 saw a change in the operating model
applied to hedging interest rate risk associated with derivative
contracts between Corporate Banking and Retail Banking.
The variation in the result of value changes due to market
movements of derivative contracts between Corporate
Banking and Retail Banking will decrease at OP Corporate
Bank.
Within asset management, net assets inflow was EUR –357
million (–98). Assets under management by Corporate
Banking decreased by 12.4% to EUR 72.3 billion (82.3).
Assets under management included about EUR 23 billion
(24
) i
n assets of the companies belonging to OP Financial
Group.
Despite the challenging market conditions, interest in
OP mutual funds has remained strong: personal customers’
subscriptions for units in these mutual funds totalled EUR 2.6
billion (3.2) during the financial year.
OP Corporate Bank reacted to the changed market
environment by offering capital-guaranteed structured
products and interest rate-linked products on a broad front;
the demand for such products increased.
OP Corporate Bank’s direct exposures to Russia are small.
Russia’s aggressive war in Ukraine indirectly increased
impairment loss on receivables in the first quarter of 2022.
Earnings
Corporate Banking earnings before tax were EUR 416 million
(474). Total income decreased to EUR 776 million (886) and
total expenses increased to EUR 321 million (318). The
cost/income ratio was 41.4% (35.9).
Net interest income increased by 10.4% to EUR 457 million
(414). Corporate Banking’s net commissions and fees totalled
EUR 166 million (204). The fall in share prices reduced the
amount of assets under management and net commissions
and fees.
Corporate Banking segment’s net commissions and
fees
€ million
Q1–4/
2022
Q1–4/
2021 Change, %
Mutual funds
127 137 -6.7
Asset management 16 28 -43.1
Other
22 40 -44.3
Total
166 204 -19.0
A significant increase in interest rates and greater market
uncertainty lowered net investment income. Net investment
income decreased to EUR 136 million (171).
Total expenses increased by 1.1% to EUR 321 million.
Personnel costs rose by 2.2% to EUR 95 million. Other
operating expenses increased by 3.3% to EUR 218 million.
The stability contribution increased by 26.2% to EUR 31
million.
Impairment loss on receivables totalled EUR 18 million (74).
Non-performing exposures accounted for 1.5% (1.8) of total
exposures.
30
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Insurance
• Earnings before tax decreased to EUR 433 million (504).
• Non-life insurance premium revenue increased by 2.8% to EUR 1,598 million and claims incurred decreased by
14.6% to EUR 732 million. Claims incurred, excluding the impact from the increase in the discount rate, grew by
12.5% to EUR 1,012 million.
• Expenses decreased year on year to EUR 464 million (493).
• Investment income totalled EUR –87 million (170). Investment income excluding the item corresponding to the
increase in the discount rate of insurance liabilities totalled EUR 132 million (170). Net return on investments at fair
value reported by non-life insurance was EUR 78 million (222) and that by life insurance EUR –23 million (142).
• In life insurance, unit-linked insurance assets decreased by 11.7% to EUR 11.6 billion. Premiums written in term life
insurance grew by 5.7%.
• Development investments focused on upgrading the core systems, improving the usability of web and mobile
services and enhancing opportunities to buy insurance products.
• Pohjola Insurance focuses on its core business and sold its hospital business in early 2022.
Key figures and ratios
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Net insurance income
901
754
19.5
Net commissions and fees
73
96
-24.1
Net investment income
-230
288
-180.0
Other net income
31
-2
-
Total income
774
1 135
-31.8
Personnel costs
150
160
-6.4
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss
51
66
-22.4
Other operating expenses
263
267
-1.6
Total expenses
464
493
-5.9
OP bonuses to owner-customers
-21
-21
-
Overlay approach
143
-117
-
Earnings before tax
433
504
-14.1
Return on assets (ROA), %
1.46
1.64
-0.17*
Return on assets, excluding OP bonuses, %
1.53
1.71
-0.17*
* Change in ratio
OP Financial Group’s Insurance segment comprises life and
non-life insurance business. The segment includes Pohjola
Insurance Ltd and OP Life Assurance Company Ltd. Pohjola
Hospital became part of Pihlajalinna on 1 February 2022.
OP Financial Group recognised a capital gain of EUR 32
million on the sale.
OP Financial Group has applied IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
as of 1 January 2023. As a result of the IFRS 17 transition,
OP Financial Group’s equity capital on 1 January 2022
decreased by EUR 52 million on the date of transition. At the
same time, the Group ceased to apply the overlay approach.
Earnings
Earnings before tax totalled EUR 433 million (504). Net
insurance income increased by 19.5% to EUR 901 million. In
2022, the non-life insurance discount rate was increased
from 0.85% to 2.0%, which increased net insurance income by
EUR 283 million.
Due to the change in the discount rate, net investment
income includes a negative value change of EUR 218 million
in supplementary interest rate provisions related to insurance
liabilities. Total expenses were EUR 464 million (493). The
sale of the hospital business reduced expenses by EUR 28
million.
Investment income totalled EUR –87 million (170), including
the overlay approach. Excluding the negative value change
related to the increase in the discount rate, investment
income totalled EUR 132 million (170). Net capital gains on
investments amounted to EUR –4 million (67) in non-life
insurance and EUR –4 million (59) in life insurance.
31
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Investment income
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
At fair value through other
comprehensive income 15 45
At fair value through profit or
loss
-1,260 66
Amortised cost
2
-5
Life insurance items*
1,021
186
Unwinding of discount**
-21
-17
Associated companies
12
14
Net investment income
-230
288
Overlay approach
143
-117
Total
-87
170
* Include credited interest on customers’ insurance assets, changes in
supplementary interest rate provisions and other technical items, and changes
in the fair value of unit-linked and separated balance sheet’s investments.
** Non-life insurance.
Non-life insurance operating result
Non-life insurance’s earnings stood at EUR 351 million (382).
The increase in the discount rate increased net insurance
income by EUR 283 million. Operational balance weakened
as a result of higher claims incurred. Other income includes a
capital gain on the sale of Pohjola Hospital. Investment
income includes a value change in supplementary interest
rate provisions related to insurance liabilities.
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Insurance premium
revenue
1,598
1,555
2.8
Claims incurred 1,012 899 12.5
Operating expenses
434 431 0.7
Balance on technical
account, operational
152
225
-32.3
Changes in reserving
bases 279 42 559.4
Balance on technical
account 432 267 61.6
Investment income and
expenses -198 189 -205.1
Other income and
expenses 31 -11 -
Overlay approach
86
-62
-
Earnings before tax
351
382
-8.2
Operating combined
ratio 90.5 85.5
Operating risk ratio
63.3
57.8
Operating cost ratio
27.1
27.7
Non-life insurance: premium revenue
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Personal customers
908
877
3.5
Corporate customers
690
679
1.7
Total
1,598
1,555
2.8
Premium revenue increased by 2.8% to EUR 1,598 million.
Among personal customers, the number of loyal customer
households increased. Premium revenue from corporate
customers increased by 1.7%. Premium revenue for the
fourth quarter was strained by charges related to securing
reinsurance capacity. Claims incurred, excluding the impact
from the increase in the discount rate, increased by 12.5% to
EUR 1,012 million. Claims volumes have returned to their
pre-pandemic level. Difficult road conditions in early 2022
and large claims also increased claims incurred.
The reported number of new large claims under property
and business liability insurance (in excess of EUR 0.3 million)
amounted to 116 (115) in January‒December, with their
claims incurred retained for own account totalling EUR 180
million (134). Changes in claims for previous years, excluding
the effect of the discount rate rise, improved the balance on
technical account by EUR 72 million (91). The non-life
insurance operating risk ratio, excluding indirect loss
adjustment expenses, was 63.3% (57.8). Changes in the
provision for outstanding claims under statutory pensions
improved earnings by EUR 17 million (30).
In non-life insurance, the operating cost ratio (including
indirect loss adjustment expenses) was 27.1% (27.7).
Operating combined ratio reported by non-life insurance
weakened to 90.5% (85.5).
Non-life insurance: key investment indicators
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Net return on investments at fair
value, € million* 78
222
Return on investments at fair
value, % -10.8
2.7
Fixed income investments’ running
yield, % 1.4
0.9
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Investment portfolio, € million
4,071
4,287
Investments within the investment
grade category, % 92
92
At least A-rated receivables, %
56
54
Modified duration
2.8
3.3
* Net return on investments is calculated by deducting the value change in
market-consistent insurance liability from income from total investment
assets.
32
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Life insurance operating result
The exceptional uncertainty in the capital market was
reflected negatively in unit-linked insurance assets and net
investment income. Unit-linked insurance assets, EUR 11.6
billion, were 11.7% lower than on 31 December 2021. Net
asset inflow of unit-linked insurance contracts amounted to
EUR 175 million (472). The amount of life insurance
surrenders increased as a result of uncertainties in the capital
market. Premiums written in term life insurance grew by
5.7%.
Earnings before tax decreased to EUR 76 million (118).
Earnings were weakened by lower net investment income
and the decrease in performance-based fees, which are
presented under net commissions and fees, and higher
expenses. Earnings from customer business were EUR 58
million (75).
Life insurance: key investment indicators*
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Net return on investments, €
million**
-23
142
Return on investments at
fair value, %
-16.1 0.6
Fixed income investments’
running yield, %
1.3 0.9
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Investment portfolio, €
million
3,235 3,646
Investments within the
investment grade category,
%
90 94
A-rated receivables,
minimum, % 50 56
Modified duration
2.8
3.0
* Excluding the separated balance sheets
** N
et return on investments is calculated by deducting the value change in
market-consistent insurance liability from income from total investment
assets. These investments exclude separated balance sheets.
Interest rate risk associated with insurance liability has been
hedged through supplementary interest rate provisions and
interest rate derivatives. In life insurance, the net change in
short-term supplementary interest rate provisions was
EUR –45 million (1). Accrued supplementary interest rate
provisions related to insurance liabilities (excluding the
separated balance sheets) totalled EUR 0 million (355) on
31 December 2022.
€ million
Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Net risk results
35 34
4.2
Net investment income -39 98 -
Net commissions and
fees
111 128 -13.3
Total income
107
260
-58.8
Personnel costs
13
10
20.8
Depreciation/amortisati
on and impairment loss
20 21 -7.8
Other operating
expenses
37 37 3.9
Total expenses
70
68
2.8
OP bonuses
-19
-19
-
Overlay approach
57
-55
-
Earnings before tax
76
118
-35.7
Operating ratio
39.3
34.0
33
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Group Functions
Key figures and ratios
€ million Q1–4/2022
Q1–4/2021
Change, %
Net interest income
-62
10
-
Net commissions and fees
0
-2
-
Net investment income
-11
-5
-
Other operating income
657
684
-4.0
Total income
583
687
-15.2
Personnel costs
195
216
-9.8
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss
103
137
-24.7
Other operating expenses
376
444
-15.4
Total expenses
674
797
-15.5
Impairment loss on receivables
0
0
-
Earnings before tax
-91
-109
-
The Group Functions segment (previously the Other
Operations segment) consists of OP Cooperative’s functions
tasked with the support and assurance of business segments,
as well as OP Corporate Bank plc’s treasury functions.
Earnings
Group Functions earnings before tax were EUR –91 million
(–109). Total income decreased by 15.2% to EUR 583 million.
Net interest income was EUR –62 million (10). A year ago,
a higher net interest income was especially explained by the
recognition in profit or loss of an additional benefit from the
interest rate margin of the TLTRO III funding offered by the
European Central Bank to banks. The effect of items related
to TLTRO III funding and its hedging amounted to EUR –10
million (103) during the financial year.
Net investment income was EUR –11 million (–5). Other
operating income decreased by 4.0% to EUR 657 million.
Other operating income mainly includes OP Financial Group’s
intra-group items.
Total expenses decreased by 15.5% to EUR 674 million.
Personnel costs decreased by 9.8% to EUR 195 million.
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss on PPE and
intangible assets decreased by 24.7% to EUR 103 million.
Other operating expenses decreased by 15.4% to EUR 376
million. The amount of margin exceeding the ECB’s deposit
facility rate based on the TLTRO programme allocated to the
Retail Banking and Corporate Banking segments decreased
to EUR 1 million (106), which decreased other operating
expenses. ICT costs increased by 4.7% to EUR 263 million.
On 31 December 2022, the average margin of OP Financial
Group’s senior and senior non-preferred wholesale funding
and covered bonds was 27 basis points (25). In 2022, the
price of wholesale funding rose, as credit spreads increased
due to changes in the business environment.
OP Financial Group’s funding position and liquidity is strong.
Between January and December, OP Financial Group issued
long-term bonds worth a total of EUR 8.0 billion (3.8),
EUR 1.0 billion of which was a retained covered bond.
OP Financial Group’s TLTRO III funding totalled EUR 12 billion
(16) at the end of December. The interest rate for TLTRO III
funding for each loan between 23 June 2022 and
22 November 2022 is the average of the ECB’s deposit
facility rate between the start date of the loan concerned an
d
21 November 2022, and after that the ECB’s deposit facility
rate.
34
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
ICT investments
OP Financial Group invests in developing its operations and
improving customer experience on an ongoing basis. The
central cooperative with its subsidiaries is responsible for the
development of OP Financial Group’s products and services,
digital channels and shared technology, data and
cybersecurity capabilities, while safeguarding the high quality,
availability and data security of the services. ICT costs make
up a significant portion of development costs.
OP Financial Group’s development expenditure for January–
December totalled EUR 313 million (294). This included
licence fees, purchased services, other external costs related
to projects and in-house work. The capitalised development
expenditure totalled EUR 97 million (99). More detailed
information on OP Financial Group’s investments can be
found under each business segment’s text section in this
Report by the Board of Directors.
Personnel
On 31 December 2022, OP Financial Group had 12,999
employees (13,079). The number of employees averaged
13,077 (13,009). The number of employees decreased in
early 2022, due to the sale of Pohjola Hospital. The number
of employees increased in areas such as sales, customer
service, service development, risk management and
compliance.
Personnel at year-end
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Retail Banking 7,450 7,108
Corporate Banking
962
898
Insurance
2,373
2,550
Group Functions
2,214
2,523
Total
12,999
13,079
During the financial year, 265 OP Financial Group employees
(234
) r
etired at an average age of 62.8 years (62.0).
Variable remuneration applied by OP Financial Group in 2022
consists of the performance-based bonus scheme covering
all personnel, and the personnel fund. Company-specific
targets based on the annual plan and the Group-level
strategic targets are taken into account in the metrics used in
the performance-based bonus scheme and in the personnel
fund. In drawing up the remuneration schemes, OP has
taken account of the regulation regarding the financial
sector’s remuneration schemes.
Changes in OP Financial Group’s
structure
OP Financial Group’s consolidated financial statements at the
end of the financial year included the accounts of
108 OP cooperative banks (121) and OP Cooperative
Consolidated. The number of OP cooperative banks
decreased during the financial year due to mergers.
Luhangan Osuuspankki merged into Keski-Suomen
Osuuspankki on 28 February 2022.
Luopioisten Osuuspankki merged into Kangasalan Seudun
Osuuspankki on 31 March 2022.
Sastamalan Osuuspankki and Satapirkan Osuuspankki
merged into Satakunnan Osuuspankki on 30 April 2022.
Consequently, the business name of Satakunnan
O
suuspankki was changed to Satapirkan Osuuspankki.
Itä-Uudenmaan Osuuspankki and Uudenmaan Osuuspankki
merged into Helsinki Area Cooperative Bank on 31 July
2022. Consequently, the business name of Helsinki Area
C
ooperative Bank was changed to Uudenmaan Osuuspankki.
Peräseinäjoen Osuuspankki merged into Alavuden Seudun
Osuuspankki on 31 October 2022. Consequently, the
b
usiness name of Alavuden Seudun Osuuspankki was
changed to Sydänmaan Osuuspankki.
The OP cooperative banks of Askola, Kärkölä, Mäntsälä and
Pukkila merged into Orimattilan Osuuspankki on
31 December 2022. Consequently, the business name of
Orimattilan Osuuspankki was changed to Ylä-Uudenmaan
Osuuspankki.
Miehikkälän Osuuspankki merged into Länsi-Kymen
Osuuspankki on 31 December 2022.
Osuuspankki Kantrisalo merged into Lounaismaan
Osuuspankki on 31 December 2022.
On 18 August 2022, Kiteen Seudun Osuuspankki, Rääkkylän
Osuuspankki and Pohjois-Karjalan Osuuspankki approved
merger plans according to which Kiteen Seudun Osuuspankki
and Rääkkylän Osuuspankki will merge into Pohjois-Karjalan
Osuuspankki. The planned date for the execution of the
m
ergers is 31 March 2023.
On 22 September 2022, Pohjolan Osuuspankki, Tornion
Osuuspankki and Oulun Osuuspankki approved merger plans
according to which Pohjolan Osuuspankki and Tornion
Osuuspankki will merge into Oulun Osuuspankki. The planned
date for the execution of the mergers is 30 April 2023.
Consequently, the business name of Oulun Osuuspankki will
change to Pohjolan Osuuspankki.
Changes in OP Cooperative Consolidated’s
structure
Pohjola Insurance Ltd has sold all shares of Pohjola Hospital
Ltd to Pihlajalinna Terveys Oy, part of Pihlajalinna Group. The
corporate transaction was published on 2 July 2021. The net
debt free transaction price was EUR 32 million. The Finnish
35
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Competition and Consumer Authority approved the corporate
transaction on 14 January 2022. Pohjola Hospital became
part of Pihlajalinna on 1 February 2022.
Following the merger of Itä-Uudenmaan Osuuspankki and
Uudenmaan Osuuspankki into Helsinki Area Cooperative
Bank on 31 July 2022, OP Cooperative’s control over Helsinki
Area Cooperative Bank ended, and the post-merger bank,
Uudenmaan Osuuspankki, is no longer part of
OP Cooperative Consolidated.
Governance of OP Cooperative
On 2 December 2021, the Supervisory Council of OP
Cooperative (the central cooperative of OP Financial Group)
elected the members of the Board of Directors of OP
Cooperative for the term of office from 1 January to
31 December 2022. In addition, according to the bylaws of
OP Cooperative, the President and Group CEO is a Board
member during their term of office.
The following members continued on the Board in 2022:
Jarna Heinonen (Professor in Entrepreneurship, Turku
School of Economics), Jari Himanen (Managing Director,
Suur-Savon Osuuspankki), Kati Levoranta (Executive Vice
President, Commercial and Operational Activities, P2X
Solutions Ltd), Pekka Loikkanen (board professional), Tero
Ojanperä (Chair of the Board of Directors, Silo AI Ltd), Riitta
Palomäki (board professional), Jaakko Pehkonen
(rahoitusneuvos, Finnish honorary title; Professor of
Economics, University of Jyväskylä), Timo Ritakallio (President
and Group CEO, OP Financial Group), Olli Tarkkanen
(Managing Director, Etelä-Pohjanmaan Osuuspankki) and
Mervi Väisänen (Senior Lecturer in Marketing, Kajaani
University of Applied Sciences).
In addition, the Supervisory Council elected Petri Sahlström,
D.Sc. (Econ. & Bus. Adm.), to the Board of Directors as a new
member. Leif Enberg stepped down from the Board of
Directors on 31 December 2021.
On 3 January 2022, the Board of Directors elected from
among its members the chairs, vice chairs and other
members to the statutory Board Committees for the new
term. Jaakko Pehkonen will continue as Chair and Jarna
Heinonen as Vice Chair of the Board of Directors.
On 1 December 2022, the Supervisory Council elected Board
members for the term 1 January–31 December 2023. The
composition of the Board of Directors remained unchanged.
On 21 December 2022, the Board of Directors elected from
among its members the chairs, vice chairs and other
members to the statutory Board Committees for the new
term. Jaakko Pehkonen will continue as Chair and Jarna
Heinonen as Vice Chair of the Board of Directors.
On 26 April 2022, OP Cooperative held its Annual
Cooperative Meeting which elected members of the
Supervisory Council and the auditor.
The Supervisory Council comprises 36 members. The Annual
Cooperative Meeting re-elected the following members to the
Supervisory Council who were due to resign: Managing
Director Mika Helin, Bachelor of Hospitality Management,
MBA Mervi Hinkkanen, Managing Director Raili Hyvönen,
Development Manager Mika Kainusalmi, Managing Director
Kaisa Markula, Managing Director Ulf Nylund, Managing
Director Teuvo Perätalo, entrepreneur Timo Syrjälä and
Managing Director Pauliina Takala.
New Supervisory Council members elected were M.Sc. Eeva
Harju, Municipal Manager Tuomas Lohi, Managing Director
Kari Mäkelä, Managing Director Leena Selkee and farmer
Janne Tiiri.
At its reorganising meeting on 26 April 2022, the Supervisory
Council elected the presiding officers of the Supervisory
Council. Chair of the Board of Directors Annukka Nikola was
elected as Chair and entrepreneur Taija Jurmu and Managing
Director Ari Väänänen as Vice Chairs of the Supervisory
Council.
The Annual Cooperative Meeting re-elected KPMG Oy Ab, an
audit firm, to act as the auditor for the financial year 2022,
with Juha-Pekka Mylén, APA, acting as the chief auditor,
appointed by KPMG Oy Ab.
Legal structure of OP Financial
Group
Group structure
OP Financial Group (later the Group) is a Finnish financial
services group owned by its customers. It is constituted by
OP Cooperative as the Group’s central body and the parent
undertaking of OP Cooperative Consolidated (later the central
cooperative), its subsidiaries and independent local
OP cooperative banks. The central cooperative, its subsidiary
credit institutions and other financial subsidiaries, and the
central cooperative’s member cooperative banks together
constitute an amalgamation of deposit banks (later OP
Amalgamation) within the meaning of the Finnish
Amalgamation Act (599/2010, later the Amalgamation Act).
OP Cooperative is the central body, and its credit institution
subsidiaries and the OP cooperative banks (later the affiliated
credit institutions) are credit institutions affiliated to the
central body within the meaning of Article 10 of the Capital
Requirements Regulation (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013,
later the Capital Requirements Regulation).
Credit institutions whose bylaws comply with the
requirements of the Amalgamation Act and have been
approved by the central cooperative, can be accepted as
members of the central cooperative. New members are
accepted by the Supervisory Council of the central
cooperative. An affiliated credit institution has the right to
withdraw from the amalgamation. It can also be expelled
from the amalgamation in accordance with the Finnish Co-
36
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
operatives Act (421/2013, later the Co-operatives Act) or if it
has neglected its obligations towards the Amalgamation as
specified in the bylaws of the central cooperative.
The affiliated credit institutions of the central cooperative
consist of:
• c
redit institution subsidiaries of the central
cooperative (OP Corporate Bank plc, which provides
corporate financing, acts as the Group Treasury and
is responsible for the Group’s wholesale funding;
OP Retail Customers plc, which administers th
e
credit cards issued by the Group; and OP Mortgage
B
ank, which issues mortgage bonds backed by th
e
r
esidential loan portfolios of the affiliated credit
institutions); and
• 1
08 local and regional co-operative banks, which
carry out retail banking business and which are
members of OP Cooperative, thus exercising th
e
dec
ision-making powers at the highest
administrational level of the Group.
Apart from the central cooperative and its affiliated credit
institutions, OP Financial Group also includes, as subsidiaries
of the central cooperative, an investment firm (OP Asset
Management Ltd), a fund management company (OP Fund
Management Company Ltd), a life insurance company
(OP Life Assurance Company Ltd), a non-life insurance
company (Pohjola Insurance Ltd) and some minor companies
as well as the real estate agencies owned jointly by
OP cooperative banks under the brand name OP Koti.
OP Amalgamation and the insurance and financial
subsidiaries of OP Cooperative together constitute a bank-
dominated financial conglomerate within the meaning of the
Directive (2002/87/EC) and the Finnish Act on the
Supervision of Financial and Insurance Conglomerates
(699/2004, later the Financial Conglomerates Act). The
European Central Bank has waived, until further notice, the
application of the said Act to the financial conglomerate
constituted by the central cooperative consolidated.
Corporate governance in OP Financial Group
The highest decision-making body in OP Financial Group is
the Cooperative Meeting of the central cooperative consisting
of the representatives of the affiliated credit institutions. The
Meeting elects the central cooperative’s Supervisory Council
(36 members). The Supervisory Council elects the central
cooperative’s Board of Directors, which consists of the
President and Group CEO and 9–13 other members. At least
four of the members of the Board must be independent of
the central cooperative and other entities belonging to
OP Financial Group. The Board of Directors carries out the
tasks of the management body in its management function
as well as the tasks of the management body in its
supervisory function, as defined in the Capital Requirements
Directive (2013/36/EU) and in the Guidelines on Internal
Governance by the European Banking Authority.
The affiliated credit institutions are separate legal entities that
have administrative bodies of their own in accordance with
the general company law. In the member cooperative banks,
the highest decision-making body is the Cooperative Meeting
or the Representative Assembly Meeting. It elects the
OP cooperative bank’s Supervisory Council, which in turn
elects the OP cooperative bank’s Board of Directors. The
subsidiaries of the central cooperative have a Board of
Directors nominated by the central cooperative in accordance
with the Limited Liability Companies Act.
Financial reporting, supervision and internal audit
OP Amalgamation
OP Financial Group publishes an annual consolidated financial
statement covering all significant companies within the
Group. Pursuant to the Amalgamation Act, the financial
statements of OP Financial Group must be drawn up in
accordance with the international financial reporting
standards referred to in the Finnish Accounting Act
(1336/1997). The Finnish Financial Supervisory Authority
(FIN-FSA) has issued more detailed regulations on the
financial statements of amalgamations. The accounting
principles applied to OP Financial Group’s financial statements
are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.
The central cooperative has an obligation to provide the
affiliated credit institutions and other companies belonging to
OP Amalgamation with guidelines on compliance with
standardised accounting policies in the preparation of the
consolidated financial statements. The companies belonging
to OP Amalgamation must submit the necessary data to the
central cooperative for the purpose of drawing up the
consolidated financial statements.
OP Financial Group’s financial statements are audited by the
auditors of the central cooperative in accordance with the
requirements laid down in the Finnish Act on Credit
Institutions (610/2014, later the Credit Institutions Act), as
applicable. The auditors have the right to obtain a copy of all
audit documents of the companies belonging to
OP Amalgamation. The financial statements are presented to
the Annual Cooperative Meeting of the central cooperative.
OP Amalgamation is supervised by the ECB on the basis of its
consolidated financial position, while the insurance companies
are supervised by FIN-FSA. FIN-FSA also supervises
compliance with the conduct rules applied to banking and
asset management.
OP Amalgamation must comply, on the basis of its
consolidated financial position, with the statutory prudential
requirements for credit institutions laid down in the Credit
Institutions Act and the Capital Requirements Regulation. The
amount of consolidated own funds at the level of the
Amalgamation must meet the requirements laid down in
chapter 10, section 1 of the Credit Institutions Act.
37
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
The internal audit of undertakings belonging to OP Financial
Group is carried out by the Internal Audit unit, which reports
directly to the President and Group CEO. Internal Audit is an
independent function within OP Financial Group, which audits
the adequacy and effectiveness of internal control
arrangements, risk management and corporate governance.
The Chief Audit Executive regularly reports to the President
and Group CEO and the Audit Committee of the Board of
Directors of OP Cooperative. Internal Audit is responsible for
the internal audit of the central cooperative, its subsidiaries
and the affiliated credit institutions and their subsidiaries.
Internal audits are carried out in accordance with
internationally accepted standards and ethical rules and the
Internal Audit Charter approved by the Board of Directors of
OP Cooperative.
Central cooperative consolidated
OP Cooperative also prepares and publishes a consolidated
financial statement of the group that comprises
OP Cooperative and its subsidiaries. The consolidated
financial statement complies with the Finnish Accounting Act
and the Act on Credit Institutions. Regulatory requirements
concerning consolidated capital adequacy and liquidity do not
apply at the level of the sub-consolidation group formed by
the central cooperative consolidated.
Financial conglomerate
Pursuant to section 30 of the Financial Conglomerates Act,
the accounting regime laid down in the said Act is not
applicable to OP Financial Group as its financial statements
are drawn up in accordance with the international financial
reporting standards.
Compliance with the requirements laid down in the Financial
Conglomerates Act, including the aggregate capital
requirement, is supervised by the ECB.
Affiliated credit institutions and other companies
within OP Amalgamation
The affiliated credit institutions and other companies within
OP Amalgamation draw up their individual financial
statements in accordance with the guidelines issued by the
central cooperative, and they are audited in accordance with
the Credit Institutions Act. The obligation to disclose interim
financial reports pursuant to chapter 12, section 12 of the
Credit Institutions Act is not applied to companies within
OP Amalgamation. Nor are they obliged to disclose regulatory
information on their capital adequacy and liquidity (so called
Pillar III) on a solo basis. Such information is disclosed only on
the basis of the consolidated financial position of
OP Amalgamation.
According to the Amalgamation Act, the supervisory authority
can grant the central cooperative a permission to waive the
application of the quantitative rules on the amount of own
funds, liquidity and large exposure limits as well as the
qualitative rules on risk management. The affiliated credit
institutions must, however, comply with the minimum capital
requirements laid down in the Amalgamation Act, which are
lower than those applied to other credit institutions. The
waiver cannot be granted to an affiliated credit institution
which has grossly or recurringly failed to comply with the
instructions issued by the central cooperative pursuant to
section 17 of the Amalgamation Act or the preconditions for
the waiver. Such exception may be granted for a maximum
period of three years at a time. The central cooperative has
utilised the permission granted by the supervisor to waive the
application of the own funds, liquidity and risk management
requirements on the affiliated credit institutions.
The roles of the central cooperative and the
affiliated credit institutions in OP Amalgamation
OP Cooperative operates as the statutory central body of
OP Amalgamation and as a holding company for the strategic
holdings of OP Financial Group.
The central cooperative is under a statutory obligation to:
• supervise the affiliated credit institutions
• issue binding instructions to them on risk
management, good corporate governance and
internal control to secure liquidity and capital
adequacy of the amalgamation; and
• issue binding instructions on compliance with
standardised accounting policies in the preparation
of the consolidated financial statements.
In the manner specified in its bylaws, the central cooperative
may also confirm general principles to be followed by the
affiliated credit institutions in their operations relevant to OP
Amalgamation. The affiliated credit institutions are, among
other things, bound by OP Financial Group’s Risk Appetite
Statement, Risk Appetite Framework and detailed risk policies
as confirmed by the central cooperative’s Board of Directors.
The risk management of OP Financial Group is described in
more detail in other chapters of this Report by the Board of
Directors and in OP Financial Group’s Capital Adequacy and
Risk Management Report.
The central cooperative supervises the affiliated credit
institutions in order to ensure that they comply with the
instructions issued and principles confirmed by the central
cooperative, notably that they do not, in the course of their
operations, take any risk of such magnitude that poses a
substantial danger to the consolidated financial position of OP
Amalgamation. The affiliated credit institutions are
accountable to the central cooperative in accordance with the
principles of joint and several liability. Based on said
principles, the central cooperative can take measures vis-à-
vis the affiliated credit institutions. These measures range
from tighter monitoring to expelling the affiliated credit
institution from the Amalgamation.
The central cooperative is responsible for providing
centralised services to the affiliated credit institutions,
including strategic and capital planning, liquidity and funding,
risk management, accounting, financial and supervisory
38
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
reporting, legal services, ICT including the design and
maintenance of the digital distribution channels, service
design, service range, and marketing. The affiliated credit
institutions, while operationally dependent on the centralised
services provided by the central cooperative, are independent
in maintaining their capital base and deciding on the
distribution of their profits (within the limits of the Group
capital plan) as well as in respect of their customer selection
and individual business decisions.
Solidarity mechanism
General principles
The mutual solidarity mechanism applied within OP
Amalgamation is laid down in the Amalgamation Act. The
central cooperative it is responsible for the implementation of
the solidarity mechanism (calculation of contributions from
the affiliated credit institutions and the collection of the
contributions as well as forwarding the contributions to the
affiliated credit institution being supported) and it has the
ultimate liability for the obligations of the affiliated credit
institutions. The affiliated credit institutions have a recourse
right on the central cooperative for the amount of the
contribution they have made to the central cooperative under
the solidarity mechanism. The central cooperative has, in
turn, a recourse right on the supported affiliated credit
institution for the amount paid to it by the central
cooperative.
The solidarity mechanism consists of the following elements:
• m
utual capital support to ensure the capital
a
dequacy of an affiliated credit institution which
does not meet its statutory capital requirements;
• j
oint and several liability between the affiliated credit
institutions to ensure the liquidity of an affiliated
credit institution that cannot meet its due
obligations;
• t
he additional payment obligation of the affiliated
c
redit institutions in the insolvency of the central
cooperative in accordance with the Finnish Co-
operatives Act.
An affiliated credit institution will remain liable for its
obligations under the solidarity mechanism for the first five
years after withdrawal or expulsion from OP Amalgamation.
Mutual capital support
Each affiliated credit institution has the obligation to lend to
the central cooperative an annual amount of up to 0.05% of
its balance sheet total, to be used by the central cooperative
to recapitalise an affiliated credit institution that fails to meet
its statutory capital requirements.
Joint and several liability
A creditor who has not received payment for an overdue
claim from an affiliated credit institution may demand
payment from the central cooperative. An affiliated credit
institution may not be declared bankrupt upon a creditor’s
petition before the creditor has demanded the repayment of
the principal debt from the central cooperative.
Other affiliated credit institutions have a statutory obligation
t
o lend to the central cooperative the amount it has paid on
behalf of the affiliated credit institution that has failed to meet
its payment obligation. The proportional share of each
affiliated credit institution is calculated on the basis of the
share of its balance sheet total of the aggregate balance
sheet total of all affiliated credit institutions.
OP Corporate Bank is, on a centralised basis, in charge of the
Group’s liquidity reserve and it guarantees the liquidity of the
central cooperative and the affiliated credit institutions in all
situations. Because the joint liability is thus automatically
implemented by a single liquidity pool within OP
Amalgamation, the procedural provisions laid down in the
Amalgamation Act need not be applied in practice.
Refinancing liability of the affiliated credit
institutions in the central cooperative’s default
The affiliated credit institutions, as members of the central
cooperative, have unlimited refinancing liability in case of the
central cooperative’s liquidation or bankruptcy, in accordance
with chapter 14 of the Co-operatives Act. The liability of each
member is determined on the basis of its balance sheet total
assets.
Protection by the Deposit Guarantee Fund and the
Investors’ Compensation Fund
According to the legislation governing the Deposit Guarantee
Fund, the deposit banks belonging to an amalgamation of
deposit banks are considered to constitute a single bank in
respect of deposit guarantee.
The Deposit Guarantee Fund reimburses a maximum total of
100,000 euros to an individual account holder who has
receivables from one or more affiliated credit institutions of
OP Amalgamation.
Under the legislation concerning the Investors’ Compensation
Fund, the amalgamation of deposit banks is also considered
to constitute a single credit institution in respect of investor
compensation. The Investors’ Compensation Fund’s assets
may be used to compensate an investor’s receivables from
one or more affiliated credit institutions of OP Amalgamation
up to a total maximum of 20,000 euros.
The Finnish Financial Stability Authority is responsible for
deposit protection. It administers the Financial Stability Fund,
which is a public fund outside the government budget. The
Fund consists of a resolution fund accrued by collecting
annual stability fees from credit institutions and investment
firms, and a deposit protection fund accrued by collecting
annual deposit protection fees from deposit banks.
39
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Events after the balance sheet date
OP Financial Group has applied IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
as of 1 January 2023. As a result of the IFRS 17 transition,
OP Financial Group’s equity capital on 1 January 2022
decreased by EUR 52 million on the date of transition. At the
same time, the Group ceased to apply the overlay approach.
Solvency II valuations are used in FiCo calculation, so the
adoption of IFRS 17 did not affect the FiCo ratio. For more
detailed information of the adoption of IFRS 17, see Note 3 to
the Financial Statements.
Outlook for 2023
The economy is expected to sink into a moderate recession,
inflation to decrease slowly while short-term interest rates
are predicted to rise further. The economic outlook remains
surrounded by an exceptional degree of uncertainty. In
addition to economic factors, the price and availability of
energy and developments in global markets together with the
geopolitical situation may abruptly affect the economic
outlook.
OP Financial Group’s earnings before tax for 2023 are
expected to be higher than in 2022, due to an increase in
market rates.
Earnings performance continues to be affected by major
uncertainty. Rising inflation and the war in Ukraine, including
its indirect effects, weaken the predictability associated with
the economy and OP Financial Group’s profit performance.
All forward-looking statements in this Report by the Board of
Directors expressing the management’s expectations, beliefs,
estimates, forecasts, projections and assumptions are based
on the current view on developments in the economy, and
actual results may differ materially from those expressed in
the forward-looking statements.
40
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Key income statement and balance sheet items, and financial indicators
Key income statement items, € million 2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Net interest income 1,618
1,409
1,284
1,241
1,186
Net insurance income
889
743
572
421
566
Net commissions and fees
1,005
1,034
931
936
887
Net investment income -149 376
184
530
211
Other operating income 63 54
132
53
61
Personnel costs
894
914
715
781
516
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss 214 283
273
278
325
Other operating expenses 874 810
852
844
839
Impairment loss on receivables -115 -158 -225 -87 -46
OP bonuses to owner-customers -209 -205 -251 -249 -226
Overlay approach 143 -118 -3 -105 26
Earnings before tax 1,265
1,127
785
838 959
Key balance sheet items – assets, € million
Cash and cash equivalents 35,004
32,846
21,827
11,988
12,350
Derivative contracts
4,117
3,467
5,215
4,824
3,581
Receivables from credit institutions 798
541
306
246
183
Receivables from customers 98,546
96,947
93,644
91,463
87,026
Investment assets
20,754
22,945
23,562
23,509
23,050
Assets covering unit-linked contracts
11,597
13,137
11,285
10,831
9,771
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment 1,576
1,658
1,944
1,930
2,227
Other items
3,122
2,569
2,424
2,232
2,107
Total assets
175,516
174,110
160,207
147,024
140,294
41
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Key balance sheet items – liabilities and equity, € million 2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Liabilities to credit institutions 12,301
16,650
8,086
2,632
4,807
Derivative contracts 4,432
2,266
3,424
3,316
2,992
Liabilities to customers 81,468
77,898
73,422
68,289
66,112
Insurance liabilities 7,638
8,773
9,374
9,476
9,476
Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts 11,662
13,210
11,323
10,862
9,812
Debt securities issued to the public
37,438
34,895
34,706
34,369
30,458
Other liabilities
6,241
6,233
6,761
5,510
4,896
Equity capital 14,335
14,184
13,112
12,570
11,742
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
175,516
174,110
160,207
147,024
140,294
Figures and ratios
Return on equity, ROE, % 7.2
6.6
5.0
5.5
6.5
Return on assets, ROA, %
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.5
0.5
Cost/income ratio, % 58
55
59
60
58
Average personnel 13,077
13,009
12,486
12,376
12,339
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio, %
17.4
18.2
18.9
19.5
20.5
Capital adequacy ratio, % 19.3
20.4
21.7
21.1
22.1
Capital adequacy under the Act on the Supervision of Financial
and Insurance Conglomerates, %
137 146 150
138 147
42
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Formulas for key figures and ratios
The Alternative Performance Measures are presented to illustrate the financial performance of business operations and to improve
comparability between reporting periods. The formulas for the used Alternative Performance Measures are presented below. The
formulas for the key figures and ratios can be derived from the figures presented in the Report by the Board of Directors and the
Financial Statements, so separate reconciliation statements for the Alternative Performance Measures are not presented.
Alternative Performance Measures
Key figure or ratio
Formula
Description
Return on equity (ROE), %
Profit for the financial year
x 100
The ratio describes how much return is generated on equity
capital as a percentage of equity during the financial year.
Equity (average at beginning and end of
period)
Return on equity (ROE) excluding
OP bonuses, %
Profit for the financial year + OP bonuses
after tax
x 100
The ratio describes how much return is generated on equity
capital as a percentage of equity during the financial year,
excluding OP bonuses paid to owner-customers that are charged
to expenses.
Equity (average at beginning and end of
period)
Return on assets (ROA), %
Profit for the financial year
x 100
The ratio describes how much return is generated on capital tied
up on business during the financial year.
Average balance sheet total (average at
beginning and end of period)
Return on assets (ROA) excluding OP
bonuses, %
Profit for the financial year + OP bonuses
after tax
x 100
The ratio describes how much return is generated on capital tied
up on business during the financial year, excluding OP bonuses
paid to owner-customers that are charged to expenses.
Average balance sheet total (average at
beginning and end of period)
Total expenses
The ratio describes the ratio of expenses to income. The lower
that ratio, the better.
Cost/income ratio, %
x 100
Total income
Investment income
Net investment income + Overlay
approach
The figure describes the development of all investment income.
An overlay approach is applied to certain equity instruments of
insurance companies. Changes in the fair value of investments
within the scope of the overlay approach are presented under the
fair value reserve under shareholders’ equity.
Loan portfolio
Balance sheet item Receivables from
customers
The loan portfolio is presented under Receivables from customers
in the balance sheet.
Ratio of impairment loss on receivables to
loan and guarantee portfolio, % Impairment loss on receivables
x 100
The ratio describes the ratio of impairment loss on receivables
entered in the income statement to the loan and guarantee
portfolio. The lower that ratio, the better.
Loan and guarantee portfolio at end of
financial year
Deposits
Deposits included in balance sheet item
Liabilities to customers
Deposits are presented in Liabilities to customers in the balance
sheet.
Coverage ratio, % Loss allowance
x 100
The ratio describes the extent to which the amount of expected
losses covers the amount of the liability.
Receivables from customers (on-balance-
sheet and off-balance-sheet items)
Default capture rate, %
New defaulted contracts in stage 2 a year
ago
x 100
The ratio describes the effectiveness of the SICR model (significant
increase in credit risk), in other words how many contracts were
in stage 2 before moving to stage 3.
New defaulted contracts during the
financial year
Income from customer business
Net interest income + net insurance
income + net commissions and fees
Income from customer business describes the development of net
interest income, net insurance income and net commissions and
fees. Income directly from customers is presented mainly under
these items.
43
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Non-life insurance:
Operating loss ratio, %
Claims incurred excl. changes in reserving
bases
x 100
The ratio describes how much of the insurance premium revenue
is spent on claims paid and claims management. The ratio is
calculated after reinsurers’ share.
Insurance premium revenue, excl. net
changes in reserving bases
Operating expense ratio, % Operating expenses
x 100
The ratio describes how much of the insurance premium revenue
is spent on operating expenses (insurance acquisition,
management and administration costs). The ratio is calculated
after reinsurers’ share.
Insurance premium revenue, excl. net
changes in reserving bases
Operating combined ratio, %
Operating loss ratio + operating expense
ratio
The combined ratio is a key indicator of efficiency for non-life
insurance companies. The ratio describes whether the insurance
premium revenue is sufficient to cover the company’s expenses
during the financial year.
Operating risk ratio + operating cost ratio
Operating risk ratio (excl. unwinding of
discount), %
Claims excl. loss adjustment expenses and
changes in reserving bases
x 100
The ratio describes how much of the insurance premium revenue
is spent on claims paid. The ratio is calculated after reinsurers’
share.
Net insurance premium revenue, excl.
changes in reserving bases
Operating cost ratio, %
Operating expenses and loss adjustment
expenses x 100
The ratio describes the ratio of the company’s operating costs
(acquisition, management, administration and claims settlement
expenses) to its insurance premium revenue.
Net insurance premium revenue, excl.
changes in reserving bases
Life insurance:
Operating ratio, % Total expenses
x 100
The ratio describes the company’s efficiency, or how well the
expenses charged on insurance policies and the
management fee refunds received on insurance policies
cover the company’s operating expenses.
Expense loading + refund of management
fee
Earnings from customer business
Earnings before tax – Net investment
income (incl. overlay approach)
The ratio describes the development of customer business
in life insurance. Income directly from customers is
presented mainly in this key ratio.
Key indicators based on a separate calculation
Capital adequacy ratio, % Total capital
x 100
The ratio describes a credit institution’s capital adequacy and
shows the ratio of total capital to the total risk exposure
amount.
Total risk exposure amount
Tier 1 ratio, % Tier 1 capital
x 100
The ratio describes a credit institution’s capital adequacy and
shows the ratio of Tier 1 capital to the total risk exposure
amount.
Total risk exposure amount
CET1 ratio, % CET1 capital
x 100
The ratio describes a credit institution’s capital adequacy and
shows the ratio of CET1 capital to the total risk exposure
amount.
Total risk exposure amount
Solvency ratio, % Capital base
x 100
The ratio describes an insurance company’s solvency and
shows the ratio of the capital base to the total risk exposure
amount.
Solvency capital requirement (SCR)
Leverage ratio, % Tier 1 capital (T1)
x 100
The ratio describes a credit institution’s indebtedness and
shows the ratio of Tier 1 capital to the total risk exposure
amount.
Exposure amount
44
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Liquidity coverage requirement (LCR), %
Liquid assets
x 100
The ratio describes short-term funding liquidity risk that
requires the bank to have sufficient, high-quality liquid
assets to get through an acute 30-day stress scenario.
Liquidity outflows – liquidity inflows under
stressed conditions
Net stable funding ratio (NSFR), %
Available stable funding
x 100
The ratio describes a long-term liquidity risk that requires
the bank to have a sufficient amount of stable funding
sources in relation to items requiring stable funding sources.
The objective is to secure the sustainable maturity structure
of assets and liabilities applying a 12-month time horizon
and to restrict excessive resort to short-term wholesale
funding.
Required stable funding
Capital adequacy ratio under the Act on the
Supervision of Financial and Insurance
Conglomerates* Conglomerate’s total capital base
x 100
The ratio describes the capital adequacy of the financial
conglomerate and shows the ratio of the capital base to the
minimum amount of the capital base.
Conglomerate’s total minimum capital
requirement
Ratio of non-performing exposures to
exposures, % Non-performing receivables (gross)
x 100
The ratio describes the ratio of customers with severe
payment difficulties to the entire exposure portfolio. Non-
performing exposures refer to receivables that are more
than 90 days past due and other receivables classified as
risky as well as forborne exposures related to such
receivables due to the customer’s financial difficulties.
Forbearance measures consist of concessions agreed at the
customers’ initiative to the original repayment plan to make
it easier for them to manage through temporary payment
difficulties. Non-performing exposures are presented in
gross terms; expected credit losses have not been deducted
from them.
Exposures at end of financial year
Ratio of doubtful receivables to exposures, % Doubtful receivables (gross)
x 100
The ratio describes the ratio of customers with payment
difficulties to the entire exposure portfolio.
Doubtful receivables refer to receivables that are more than
90 days past due and other receivables classified as risky as
well as forbearance related to such receivables or to
performing receivables due to the customer’s financial
difficulties. Forbearance measures consist of concessions
agreed at the customers’ initiative to the original repayment
plan to make it easier for them to manage through
temporary payment difficulties. In addition to non-
performing forborne exposures, doubtful receivables include
non-performing exposures reclassified as performing ones
during their probation period or forbearance measures
made into a performing agreement. Loan modifications due
to reasons other than the customer’s financial difficulties are
not classified as doubtful receivables. Doubtful receivables
are presented in gross terms; expected credit losses have
not been deducted from them.
Exposures at end of financial year
Ratio of performing forborne exposures to
exposures, % Performing forborne exposures (gross)
x 100
The ratio describes the ratio of forborne exposures to the
entire exposure portfolio.
Performing forborne exposures include forborne exposures
reclassified as performing ones during their probation period
or forbearance measures made into a performing
agreement. Loan modifications due to reasons other than
the customer’s financial difficulties are not classified as
forborne exposures.
Exposures at end of financial year
45
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Ratio of performing forborne exposures to
doubtful receivables, % Performing forborne exposures (gross)
x 100
The ratio describes the ratio of performing forborne
exposures to doubtful receivables that include not only
performing forborne exposures but also non-performing
exposures.
Performing forborne exposures include forborne exposures
reclassified as performing ones during their probation period
or forbearance measures made into a performing
agreement. Loan modifications due to reasons other than
the customer’s financial difficulties are not classified as
forborne exposures.
Doubtful receivables at end of financial
year
Ratio of loss allowance (receivables from
customers) to doubtful receivables, %
Loss allowance for receivables from
customers in the balance sheet
x 100
The ratio describes the ratio of expected losses to all
doubtful receivables. Doubtful receivables include non-
performing exposures and performing forborne exposures.
Doubtful receivables at period end
Loan and guarantee portfolio Loan portfolio + guarantee portfolio
The indicator describes the total amount of loans and
guarantees given.
Exposures
Loan and guarantee portfolio + interest
receivables + unused standby credit
facilities
The sum of the loan and guarantee portfolio, interest
receivables and unused standby credit facilities (undrawn
loans and limits) is used as the basis for proportioning
doubtful receivables and non-performing exposures.
Other exposures
Interest receivables + unused standby
credit facilities
In addition to the loan and guarantee portfolio, exposures
come from interest receivables and unused standby credit
facilities (undrawn loans and limits).
*Transitional provisions have been taken into account in the FiCo solvency.
46
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Capital adequacy and solvency
Capital adequacy for credit institutions
Capital base, € million
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
OP Financial Group’s equity capital
14,335
14,184
Effect of insurance companies on the Group’s shareholders’ equity is excluded
-721
-988
Fair value reserve, cash flow hedge
337
-96
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) before deductions
13,951
13,101
Intangible assets
-343
-351
Excess funding of pension liability and valuation adjustments
-231
-132
Cooperative capital deducted from capital base
-163
-160
Planned profit distribution
-144
-96
Shortfall of ECL minus expected losses
-425
-356
Insufficient coverage for non-performing exposures
-76
-41
CET1 capital
12,569
11,965
Tier 1 capital (T1)
12,569
11,965
Debenture loans
1,308
1,308
Debentures to which transition rules apply
91
141
Tier 2 capital (T2)
1,399
1,448
Total capital
13,968
13,413
Risk exposure amount, € million
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Credit and counterparty risk
60,437
57,267
Standardised Approach (SA)
8,476
4,822
Central government and central banks exposure
495
298
Credit institution exposure
627
5
Corporate exposure
5,244
3,179
Retail exposure
1,245
1,142
Mortgage-backed exposure
153
1
Defaulted exposure
72
45
Covered bonds
540
Receivables to which a short-term credit rating can be applied
0
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
0
0
Equity investments
1
6
Other
99
146
Internal Ratings-based Approach (IRB)
51,960
52,446
Credit institution exposure
1,191
Corporate exposure
29,997
29,808
Retail exposure
12,002
13,320
Equity investments
8,944
7,112
Other
1,018
1,015
Risks of the CCP’s default fund
0
Securitisations
111
94
Market and settlement risk (Standardised Approach)
1,070
1,380
Operational risk (Standardised Approach)
3,851
3,786
Valuation adjustment (CVA)
179
204
Other risks*
6,678
3,000
Total risk exposure amount
72,327
65,731
* Addition of risk-weighted assets based on the Standardised Approach
The presentation of the total risk exposure amount table has been changed. C
omparatives for the changed items have been adjusted to correspond
to the new presentation.
47
OP Financial Group
Report by the Board of Directors
1 January‒
31 December 2022
Ratios, %
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
CET1 capital ratio 17.4 18.2
Tier 1 ratio 17.4 18.2
Capital adequacy ratio
19.3
20.4
Ratios, fully loaded, %
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
CET1 capital ratio 17.4 18.2
Tier 1 ratio
17.4
18.2
Capital adequacy ratio 19.2 20.2
Capital requirement, EUR million
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Capital base
13,968
13,413
Capital requirement 9,979 9,041
Buffer for capital requirements
3,989
4,373
The capital requirement of 13.8% comprises the minimum requirement of 8%, the capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, the O-SII buffer requirement
of 1.0%, the minimum requirement (P2R) of 2.25% set by the ECB and the country-specific countercyclical capital buffers for foreign exposures.
Leverage ratio, EUR million
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Tier 1 capital (T1)
12,569
11,965
Total exposure
165,362
161,415
Leverage ratio, %
7.6
7.4
The leverage ratio describes indebtedness. The minimum requirement for the leverage ratio is 3%.
OP Financial Group’s capital adequacy under the Act on the Supervision of Financial and Insurance Conglomerates
€ million
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
OP Financial Group’s equity capital 14,335 14,184
Hybrid instruments and debenture loans 1,399 1,448
Other sector-specific items excluded from capital base
-442
-392
Goodwill and intangible assets
-1,077
-1,097
Insurance business valuation differences*
1,083
794
Proposed profit distribution -144 -96
Items under IFRS deducted from capital base**
177
-181
Shortfall of ECL minus expected losses -370 -330
Conglomerate’s total capital base
14,961
14,331
Regulatory capital requirement for credit institutions***
9,661
8,111
Regulatory capital requirement for insurance operations*
1,237
1,672
Conglomerate’s total minimum capital requirement 10,898 9,783
Conglomerate’s capital adequacy 4,063 4,547
Conglomerate’s capital adequacy ratio
(capital base/minimum of capital base) (%)
137 146
* Differences between fair values and carrying amounts based on the solvency of insurance companies and an estimate of SCR
** Excess funding of pension liability, portion of cash flow hedge of fair value reserve
*** Total risk exposure amount x 13.8%
Transitional provisions have been taken into account in figures.
48
EUR million Notes
Q1–4 2022 Q1–4 2021
Net interest income 5 1,618 1,409
Net insurance income 6 889 743
Net commissions and fees 7 1,005 1,034
Net investment income 8 -149 376
Other operating income 9 63 54
Total income 3,426 3,616
Personnel costs 10, 86 894 914
Depreciation/amortisation 11 214 283
Other expenses 12 874 810
Total expenses 1,981 2,007
Impairments loss on receivables 13 -115 -158
OP bonuses to owner-customers 14 -209 -205
Temporary exemption (overlay approach) 15 143 -118
Earnings before tax 1,265
1,127
Income tax expense
16 -242 -224
Profit for the period 1,023 904
Attributable to:
Profit for the period attributable to owners 1,014 900
9 4
Profit for the period 1,023 904
Income statement
Profit for the period attributable to non-controlling interest
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
49
EUR million Notes
Q1–4 2022 Q1–4 2021
Profit for the period 1,023 904
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Gains/(losses) arising from remeasurement of defined benefit plans 34 120 50
36
15
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Change in fair value reserve
Measurement at fair value 36 -540 -57
Cash flow hedge 36 -540 -135
Temporary exemption (overlay approach) 36 -143 118
Translation differences
Income tax
28 -24 -10
28 -3
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Measurement at fair value 36 108 11
Cash flow hedge 36 108 27
Temporary exemption (overlay approach) 36 29 -24
Other comprehensive income -883 -7
Total comprehensive income for the period 139 897
Attributable to:
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners 131 893
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to non-controlling interests 9 4
Total comprehensive income for the period 139 897
pl
ans
Statement of comprehensive income
Change in revaluation reserve
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Change in revaluation reserve
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
50
EUR million Notes
31 Dec
2022
31 Dec
2021
Cash and cash equivalents 17 35,004 32,846
Receivables from credit institutions 18 798 541
Derivative contracts 19 4,117 3,467
Receivables from customers 20 98,546 96,947
Investment assets 21 20,754 22,945
Assets covering unit-linked contracts 22 11,597 13,137
Intangible assets 24 1,153 1,212
Property, plant and equipment (PPE) 25 423 446
Other assets 27 2,819 2,419
Tax assets 28 303 141
Non-current assets held for sale 8
Total assets 175,516 174,110
Liabilities to credit institutions 29 12,301 16,650
Derivative contracts 19 4,432 2,266
Liabilities to customers 30 81,468 77,898
Insurance liabilities 31 7,638 8,773
Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts 32 11,662 13,210
Debt securities issued to the public 33 37,438 34,895
Provisions and other liabilities 34 3,849 3,134
Tax liabilities 28 1,008 1,109
Subordinated liabilities 35 1,384 1,982
Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale 8
Total liabilities
161,181 159,926
Equity capital
Share of OP Financial Group's owners
Cooperative capital
Cooperative share 217 215
Profit shares 3,369 3,244
Fair value reserve -656 323
Other reserves 2,172 2,184
Retained earnings 9,115 8,090
Non-controlling interests
118 128
Total equity capital
36
14,335 14,184
Total liabilities and equity capital 175,516 174,110
Balance sheet
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
51
EUR million
Coope-
rative
capital
Fair value
reserve
Other
reserves
Retained
earnings
Total
Non-
controlling
interests
Total equity
capital
Balance at 1 January 2021 3,174 382 2,172 7,248 12,975 137 13,112
-59 12 939
893
4
897
Profit for the period 900
900
4
904
Other comprehensive income -59 12 40
-7 -7
Profit distribution
-94
-94
-7
-101
Change in membership and profit shares 285
285
285
Other -3
-3
-5
-9
Balance at 31 December 2021 3,459 323 2,184 8,090 14,057 128 14,184
EUR million
Coope-
rative
capital
Fair value
reserve
Other
reserves
Retained
earnings
Total
Non-
controlling
interests
Total equity
capital
Balance at 1 January 2022 3,459 323 2,184 8,090 14,057 128 14,184
-979 1,110
131
9
139
Profit for the period 1,014
1,014
9
1,023
Other comprehensive income -979 96
-883 -883
Profit distribution
-96
-96
-7
-103
127
127 127
Transfer of reserves -12 12
Other -1
-1
-11
-12
Balance at 31 December 2022 3,586 -656 2,172 9,115 14,217 118 14,335
Total comprehensive income for the
period
shares
Statement of changes in equity capital
Attributable to owners
Total comprehensive income for the
period
Attributable to owners
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
52
EUR million Notes
Q1–4 2022
Q1–4 2021
Cash flow from operating activities
Profit for the period
1,023 904
Adjustments to profit for the period 45 -316 540
Increase (-) or decrease (+) in operating assets -4,127 -3,948
Receivables from credit institutions 18 84 -114
Derivative contracts
19 -332 169
Receivables from customers 20 -3,333 -3,663
Non-life insurance assets 22 80 -513
Investment assets 21 -277 430
Other assets 27 -350 -256
Increase (+) or decrease (-) in operating liabilities 1,338 13,435
Liabilities to credit institutions 29 -4,279 8,557
Derivative contracts
19 539 248
Liabilities to customers 30 4,592 4,679
Insurance liabilities 31 142 10
Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts 32 0 368
Provisions and other liabilities 34 344 -427
Income tax paid -283 -135
Dividends received 102 89
A. Net cash from operating activities
-2,264 10,883
Cash flow from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired 23 1
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed 84 33 35
Purchase of PPP and intangible asset
s 24, 25 -123 -135
Proceeds from sale of PPE and intangible assets 24, 25 11 11
B. Net cash used in investing activities -79 -88
Cash flow from financing activities
Subordinated liabilities, change -517 -254
Debt securities issued to the public, change 33 5,135 646
Increases in cooperative and share capital 292 412
Decreases in cooperative and share capital -165 -126
Dividends paid and interest on cooperative capital -96 -189
Lease liabilities -33 -36
C. Net cash used in financing activities 4,615 451
Net change in cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C) 2,272 11,247
Cash and cash equivalents at period-start 33,129 22,055
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 255 -173
Cash and cash equivalents at period-end 35,656 33,129
Cash flow statement
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
53
Contents
1. OP Financial Group’s accounting policies under IFRS
2. OP Financial Group’s Risk Appetite Framework
3. Changes in accounting policies and presentation
4. Segment reporting
Notes to the income statement
5. Net interest income
6. Net insurance income
7. Net commissions and fees
8. Net investment income
9. Other operating income
10. Personnel costs
11. Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss
12. Other operating expenses
13. Impairment losses on receivables
14.
15.
16. Income tax
Notes to assets
17. Liquid assets
18. Receivables from credit institutions
19. Derivative contracts
20. Receivables from customers
21. Investment assets
22. Assets covering unit-linked contracts
23. Investments accounted for using the equity method
24. Intangible assets
25.
Property, plant and equipment
26. Leases
27. Other assets
28. Tax assets and liabilities
Notes to liabilities and equity capital
29. Liabilities to credit institutions
30. Liabilities to customers
31. Insurance liabilities
32. Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts
33. Debt securities issued to the public
34. Provisions and other liabilities
35. Subordinated liabilities
36. Equity capital
Other notes to on-balance and off-balance sheet items
45. Loss allowance regarding receivables and notes and bonds
38. Collateral given
39. Financial collateral held
40. Classification of financial assets and liabilities
41. Recurring fair value measurements by valuation technique
42. Off-balance-sheet commitments
43. Contingent liabilities and assets
45.
46.
Notes to financial statements
OP bonuses to owner-customers
Temporary exemption (overlay approach)
Financial assets and liabilities offset in the balance sheet or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements
Notes to the cash flow statement
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
54
Notes to risk management
46. OP Financial Group’s exposure split by geographic region and exposure class
Risk exposure of Retail and Corporate Banking
47. Loan losses and impairment losses
48. Structure of OP Financial Group funding
49. Maturity of financial assets and liabilities by residual maturity
50. Maturities of financial assets and liabilities by maturity or repricing
51. Sensitivity analysis of interest rate and market risk
52. Liquidity buffer
Risk exposure by Insurance
53. Sensitivity analysis
54. Non-life insurance premiums written and sums insured by class
55. Trend in non-life insurance large claims
56. Non-life insurance business profitability
57.
58. Non-life insurance insurance liabilities by estimated maturity
59. Non-life Insurance asset allocation
60. Sensitivity analysis of Non-life Insurance investment risks
61. Risk exposure of Non-life Insurance investments in fixed-income securities
62. Currency risk associated with Non-life Insurance investments
63. Counterparty risk associated with Non-life Insurance investments
64. Information on the nature of insurance liabilities and their sensitivity analysis
65. Expected maturity of life insurance and investment contracts
66. Profitability of life insurance business
67. Life Insurance asset allocation
68. Investment distribution in separated balance sheet 1
69. Investment distribution in separated balance sheet 2
70. Sensitivity analysis of Life Insurance investment risks
71. Sensitivity analysis of investment risks under separated balance sheet 1
72. Sensitivity analysis of investment risks under separated balance sheet 2
73. Risk exposure of Life Insurance investments in fixed-income securities
74. Risk exposure associated with fixed-income investments under separated balance sheet 1
75. Risk exposure of fixed-income investments under separated balance sheet 2
76. Currency risk associated with Life Insurance investments
77. Currency risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 1
78. Currency risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 2
79. Counterparty risk associated with Life Insurance investments
80. Counterparty risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 1
81. Counterparty risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 2
82. Credit risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 1
83. Credit risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 2
Other notes
84. Ownership interests in subsidiaries, structured entities and joint operations
85. Information by country
86. Related-party transactions
87. Events after the balance sheet date
Information on the nature of non-life insurance insurance liabilities
OP Financial Group’s risk exposure
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
55
Note 1. OP Financial Group’s accounting policies under IFRS
OP Financial Group is a financial entity as referred to in §9 of the Act on the Amalgamation of Deposit Banks. OP Financial Group’s
financial statements have been prepared as a combination of the financial statements and consolidated financial statements of OP
Cooperative and its subsidiaries and member credit institutions.
OP Financial Group does not form a consolidation group, as referred to in the Accounting Act, because OP Cooperative and its member
cooperative banks do not have control over each other, as referred to in general consolidated accounting policies. For this reason, a
technical parent company has been determined for OP Financial Group (Note 84. Ownership interests in subsidiaries, structured entities
and joint operations).
OP Cooperative acts as the entire OP Financial Group’s strategic owner institution and as a central cooperative in charge of Group
control and supervision.
The Act on the Amalgamation of Deposit Banks requires OP Financial Group’s central cooperative, OP Cooperative, to prepare
consolidated financial statements for OP Financial Group. OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors is responsible for preparing the financial
statements in accordance with applicable regulations.
OP Cooperative is domiciled in Helsinki and the address of its registered office is Gebhardinaukio 1, FI-00510 Helsinki.
A copy of OP Financial Group’s consolidated financial statements is available at www.op.fi or the Group’s office at Gebhardinaukio 1, FI-
00510 Helsinki.
The Board of Directors of OP Cooperative approved OP Financial Group’s financial statements bulletin for issue on 8 February 2023 and
the Board of Directors approved the financial statements on 1 March 2023.
1. Basis of preparation
OP Financial Group’s financial statements were prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS),
applying IASs, IFRSs and SIC and IFRIC interpretations effective on 31 December 2022. The International Financial Reporting Standards
refer to standards and their interpretations adopted in accordance with Regulation (EU) No. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and
of the Council. OP Financial Group’s obligation to prepare its financial statements in accordance with IFRS is based on the Act on the
Amalgamation of Deposit Banks. OP Financial Group’s notes also conform to the requirements of Finnish accounting and company
legislation that complement IFRS regulations.
In 2022, OP Financial Group adopted the following standards and interpretations:
• Amendments to IAS 37, IAS 16, IFRS 9 and IFRS 3 took effect on 1 January 2022. The amendments did not have any major
effect on OP Financial Group's financial statements.
OP Financial Group’s consolidated financial statements were prepared at historical cost, with the exception of financial assets and
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, hedged items in fair value
hedging (for hedged risk) and investment property measured at fair value. In addition, defined benefit pension plans are accounted for
according to IAS 19.
The financial statements are presented in millions of euros. Number zero in the tables in Notes means that the item contains some
balance but it is rounded off to zero. If nothing (blank) is presented in the item, the balance of the item is zero.
According to the Act on the Amalgamation of Deposit Banks and IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors,
OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors must confirm any applicable accounting policies for which the IFRSs provide no guidelines. In
accordance with the above, OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors has confirmed the principle that OP Financial Group’s technical parent
company consists of OP Financial Group member cooperative banks.
OP Financial Group presents Pillar III disclosures in compliance with EU Regulation No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the
Council in the OP Amalgamation capital adequacy tables. A summary of capital adequacy is presented in OP Financial Group’s Report by
the Board of Directors.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
56
1.1 2021 highlights
Pohjola Insurance Ltd, part of OP Financial Group, sold all shares of Pohjola Hospital Ltd to Pihlajalinna Terveys Oy, part of Pihlajalinna
Group. On 14 January 2022, the Finnish Competition and Consumer Authority approved the corporate transaction, which was finalised
on 1 February 2022. The net debt free transaction price was EUR 31.8 million. In addition, OP Financial Group sold five hospital
buildings in March 2022.
2. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the management to make judgements, estimates and
assumptions in the application of the accounting policies. The preparation of the financial statements requires making estimates and
assumptions about the future and the actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. It also requires the management
to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the accounting policies.
2.1. Sustainability and corporate responsibility
Sustainability and corporate responsibility form an integral part of OP Financial Group’s business and strategy and responsible business
is one of OP Financial Group’s strategic priorities. OP Financial Group published its new sustainability programme in August 2022. The
new sustainability programme and its policy priorities implement OP Financial Group’s strategy, guiding the sustainability actions taken
by the business units and OP cooperative banks. OP Financial Group’s sustainability programme is built around three themes: Climate
and the environment, People and communities and Corporate governance.
The management has assessed that the sustainability themes affect the following sub-areas in the financial statements:
• Expected credit losses (Note 37. Loss allowance regarding receivables and notes and bonds)
• Estimate of future cash flows in impairment testing for goodwill and assets with indefinite useful lives (Note 24. Intangible
assets)
• Green bonds (Note 33. Debt securities issued to the public)
• Green loans and sustainability-linked loans (Note 20. Receivables from customers)
• Energy-saving measures (Note 12. Other operating expenses).
2.2 Expected credit losses
The determination of the measurement models for expected credit losses (ECL) involves several factors requiring management
judgement, such as:
• Selection of appropriate ECL models so that they describe the expected credit losses on the contract portfolio as well as
possible.
• Different assumptions and expert judgements made in the models.
• Selection of the estimation methods of the parameters for the ECL models.
• Determination of the contract’s maturity for non-maturing loans (revolving credit facilities).
• Determination of model risk associated with the quality of the available modelling data and other data.
• Proper grouping of contracts into different segments so that their ECL can be measured using the appropriate model.
• Selection of macroeconomic factors in such a way that their changes correlate with the contracts’ probability of default.
• Forecasting future macroeconomic scenarios and their probabilities.
• Extra provisions based on management judgement concerning a certain industry due to abrupt crises such as the Covid-19
pandemic or Russia’s war of aggression in Ukraine.
• Reductions in collateral value made on the basis of the geographical location of collateral based on management judgement.
Management judgement has also been used in the assessment of a significant increase in credit risk, such as in:
• The expert judgement used in the assessment of change in relative credit risk associated with personal customers to ensure a
true number of contracts that move to stage 2 before moving to stage 3 (so-called default capture rate).
• The selection of the absolute threshold that is based on historical default behaviour and OP Financial Group’s credit risk
process.
• The determination of the length of a period during which the customer must prove proper payment behaviour so that the
impairment stage 3 can improve to stage 2 or 1.
The actual measurement of ECL figures is performed using the ECL models, except if it is mainly the question of a large corporate
exposure in stage 2 or 3 and on the watch list, in which case the ECL is calculated using the cash flow based ECL method based on
expert judgement. Management judgement is involved in expert judgements.
Extra provisions based on management overlay directly to the ECL figures (post-model adjustments) are intended only for temporary
use until an unpredictable event caused by the overlay provision or circumstance could have been taken into account in the ECL models.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
57
The existing ECL models take account of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risks of sustainable development. An assessment
of economic impacts has been included in their measurement where the use of fossil energy is reduced, so that carbon neutrality will be
achieved by 2035.
Calculations of loss allowance regarding receivables and the related key uncertainties are presented in Note 37. Loss allowance
regarding receivables and notes and bonds. The Note also describes choices made in the calculation of expected credit losses related to
the war in Ukraine, energy crisis and a rapid change in the general economic situation. Section 7.4 includes a description of the
accounting policies used in expected credit losses.
2.3 Fair values of financial instruments
The management must assess when the market for financial instruments is not active. The management must also assess whether an
individual financial instrument is actively traded and whether the price obtained from the market is a reliable indication of the
instrument's fair value. When the fair value of financial instruments is determined using a valuation technique, management judgement
is required to select the applicable valuation technique. Whenever market observable input data is not available for outputs produced by
valuation techniques, the management must evaluate how much other information will be used (Note 41. Recurring fair value
measurements by valuation technique). The accounting policies used in the fair value of financial instruments are described in section 7.
2.4 Insurance contracts
Liabilities arising from insurance contracts involve several discretionary factors and uncertainty. With respect to non-life insurance,
estimates are based on assumptions about the business environment and on the actuarial analyses of OP Financial Group’s own claims
statistics. An especially high degree of management judgement is required for determining the discount rate and estimating claims
expenditure arising from the already occurred loss events (Note 53. Sensitivity analysis of non-life insurance).
Liabilities arising from life insurance contracts involve several discretionary factors and uncertainties. When calculating life insurance
liabilities, OP Financial Group primarily uses assumptions on the date when the contract was made concerning insurance risk
materialisation, operating expenses and investment income. The Group follows the assumptions continuously and if it turns out that the
liability calculated based on these assumptions is too small, the liability is increased to correspond to the latest observations. The
management’s judgement is required especially in determining the amount of operating expenses related to the loan discount rate,
people’s mortality assumption and future management of insurance policies (Note 64. Information on the nature of life insurance and
sensitivity analysis of insurance liabilities). The accounting policies used in insurance contracts are described in section 13.
2.5 Investments made in structured entities
When estimating the control over structured entities, OP Financial Group takes into account the investor’s power to direct the investee’s
relevant activities and the exposure or right to variable returns from its involvement with the investee. Discretion is exercised when
estimating power to direct relevant activities and variable returns. The emergence of control is evaluated in more detail when the
investment accounts for 10–20% of the investee’s net assets and returns. The investee is consolidated as a subsidiary at the latest when
OP Financial Group’s share of the variable returns exceeds 37% and there is a link between the control and the returns (Note 84.
Ownership interests in subsidiaries, structured entities and joint operations). The accounting policies used in structured entities are
described in section 3.
2.6 Impairment testing of goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill, assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested annually for impairment. The
recoverable amount determined in the impairment test is usually based on value in use, and its calculation requires estimates of future
cash flows and the applicable discount rate (Note 24. Intangible assets). The accounting policies used in impairment testing are described
in section 10.1.
2.7 Real estate
The measurement of investment property at fair value is partially based on the management’s estimates of the market value of property
holdings (Note 21. Investment assets). Income probably generated in the future by property in own use is based on the management’s
judgement of the property’s value in use (Note 25. Property, plant and equipment). The accounting policies used in real property are
described in sections 8 Investment property and 10.1 Property in own use.
2.8 Wealth management OP bonuses
In wealth management, OP bonuses mainly accrue from mutual fund management fees and unit-linked insurance fees paid by clients.
The OP bonuses of these items are close to considerations paid to clients under IFRS 15 that are accounted for as a reduction of the
transaction prices and thereby revenue. Netting Wealth Management OP bonuses from asset management commission income would,
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
58
based on management judgement, lead to the fact that OP bonuses in OP Financial Group’s income statement would not give a true
picture of their total amount. Consequently, wealth management OP bonuses are presented in the OP bonuses to owner-customers row
in the income statement, in addition to the banking and non-life insurance OP bonuses (Note 14. OP bonuses to owner-customers). The
accounting policies used in OP bonuses are described in section 18.
2.9 Russia’s aggressive war in Ukraine
The management has assessed that Russia’s aggressive war in Ukraine may have an indirect effect on OP Financial Group’s income and
risks as a result of customers’ changed business conditions, and a direct effect on the general situation in the financial market and
because of obstruction of the technical infrastructure. The impacts may be realised, for example, in the following ways:
• higher impairment loss on receivables
• lower values of investment assets
• effects of extensive sanctions and counter sanctions on OP Financial Group or its customers’ activities
• problems in the availability of wholesale funding and a rise in the wholesale funding price
• problems in business continuity as a result of cyber attacks on OP Financial Group or its customers.
Note 37. Loss allowance regarding receivables and notes and bonds includes information on choices related to the war in Ukraine made
in calculating expected credit losses.
3. Consolidation principles
3.1 Technical parent company
The Act on the Amalgamation of Deposit Banks Act prescribes that the consolidated financial statements of OP Financial Group must be
a combination of the financial statements or consolidated financial statements of OP Cooperative and its member credit institutions. The
consolidated financial statements also include the accounts of entities over which the abovementioned entities jointly have control as
prescribed in the Accounting Act. OP Financial Group’s cooperative capital comprises such cooperative contributions paid by members of
cooperative banks which the member banks have an unconditional right to refuse the redemption. In accordance with the above
principles, OP Financial Group has formed a technical parent company (Note 84. Ownership interests in subsidiaries, structured entities
and joint operations).
Within the technical parent company, intra-Group holdings, transactions, receivables and liabilities, distribution of profit and margins are
eliminated.
3.2 Subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements
The financial statements of the technical parent company and companies over which it exercises control are consolidated into those of
OP Financial Group. OP Financial Group has control over an entity if it is exposed, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement
with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity (including structured entities). Most of the
subsidiaries are wholly owned by OP Financial Group, which means that the Group’s control is based on votes.
OP Financial Group acts as investor and manages various mutual funds in order to gain investment income and various commissions.
Funds that have been classified as structured entities have been consolidated into the Group’s financial statements when OP Financial
Group’s control is not based on votes but the control of significant operations, exposure to variable returns from the fund, and organising
the fund’s management. Changes in control concerning various fund investments consolidated into OP Financial Group are monitored
quarterly. When estimating the amount of control, the Group takes into account the investor’s power to direct relevant activities over an
investee and the investor's exposure to varying returns. When OP Financial Group ceases to have control any retained interest in the
entity is remeasured to its fair value at the date when control is lost, with the change in carrying amount recognised in the income
statement. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an
associate, joint venture or financial assets. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of
that entity are accounted for as if OP Financial Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that
amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement.
Intra-Group holdings have been eliminated using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred and the acquiree’s identifiable
assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at fair value at the time of acquisition. Acquisition cost in excess of net assets is
presented under goodwill. If the acquisition cost is lower than the fair value of net assets, the difference is recognised in profit and loss.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Any contingent consideration is measured at fair value and classified as a liability or
equity. Contingent consideration classified as a liability is measured at fair value in the income statement on the balance sheet date.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
59
Associated companies over which OP Financial Group companies exercise significant influence are accounted for using the equity
method. Significant influence generally arises if the Group holds 20–50% of the other company’s votes or otherwise exercises influence,
not control, over the company. Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognised at cost, and the carrying amount is
increased or decreased to recognise the investor’s share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition. OP Financial
Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on the acquisition date. If the consolidation group’s share of losses in an
associate exceeds its interest in the associate, the investment is entered in the balance sheet at zero value, and further losses exceeding
the carrying amount are not recognised unless OP Financial Group is committed to fulfil the obligations of associates. Private equity
funds treated as associates are measured at fair value through profit or loss in compliance with IFRS 9 as permitted by IAS 28 (Note 21.
Investment assets).
A joint arrangement is an arrangement of which two or more parties have joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing
of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties
sharing control. A joint arrangement is either a joint operation or a joint venture. A joint venture is an arrangement in which OP Financial
Group has rights to the arrangement’s net assets, while in a joint operation OP Financial Group has both rights to assets and obligations
for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. Property companies are incorporated into OP Financial Group’s financial statements as
joint operations by consolidating the proportionate share of OP Financial Group’s holding of the property company’s assets and liabilities.
Subsidiaries, associates or joint arrangements acquired during the financial year are consolidated from the date on which control or
significant influence is transferred to OP Financial Group while those that have been sold are de-consolidated from the date on which
control or significant influence ceases.
Intra-Group transactions, receivables, liabilities and profit distribution are eliminated in the preparation of the financial statements.
3.3 Non-controlling interests
Profit for the financial year attributable to the owners of the technical parent company and non-controlling interests is presented in the
income statement, and total comprehensive income attributable to the owners of the parent and non-controlling interests is presented
in the statement of comprehensive income. Profit for the financial year shown in the income statement and the statement of
comprehensive income is also attributed to non-controlling interests in the event that their share, as a result, would become negative.
Non-controlling interests are presented as part of equity capital in the balance sheet. If the investee’s equity does not fulfil the equity
classification criteria under IAS 32, the non-controlling parties’ share of the net assets is presented as liability.
Non-controlling interests in an acquiree are measured either at fair value or as the proportionate share of net assets of the acquiree.
The valuation principle applied is determined separately for each acquiree.
4. Foreign currency translation
OP Financial Group’s financial statements are presented in euros, which is the functional and presentation currency of the parent. Non-
euro transactions are recognised in euros at the exchange rate quoted on the transaction date or at the average exchange rate of the
month of recognition. On the balance sheet date, non-euro monetary balance sheet items are translated into euros at the exchange rate
quoted on the balance sheet date. Non-monetary balance sheet items measured at cost are presented at the exchange rate quoted on
the transaction date.
The exchange rate differences arising from the translation of non-euro transactions and monetary balance sheet items into euros are
recognised as foreign exchange gains or losses under Net investment income in the income statement (Note 8. Net investment income).
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
60
Other operating
income
Rental income and sales revenues from property in own use, and other income.
Personnel costs
Wages and salaries, pension costs and social expenses.
Other operating
expenses
ICT production and development costs, costs for facilities, purchased services, charges of financial authorities,
charges of auditors, telecommunications costs, marketing costs, corporate responsibility expenses, insurance and
security costs and other expenses.
Impairment loss
on receivables
Expected credit losses from customers, off-balance-sheet items and notes and bonds as well as final credit losses
and their reversals.
5. Summary of presentation of income statement items
Net interest
income
Received and paid interest on fixed income instruments, received and paid negative interest, the recognised
difference between the nominal value and acquisition value, interest on interest rate derivatives and fair value
change in fair value hedging.
Fees that are regarded as compensation for the risk taken by the bank associated with the financial instrument
and as being an integral part of the financial instrument’s effective interest rate.
Net insurance
income
Insurance premium revenue from non-life insurance and non-life insurance claims as well as the risk result of life
insurance.
Net commissions
and fees
Commission income from lending, deposits, payment transactions, securities brokerage, securities issuance,
mutual funds, investment management, legal services, guarantees, real estate services, insurance brokerage, life
insurance expense loading as well as from healthcare and wellbeing services.
Commission expenses for payment transactions, securities brokerage, securities issuance, mutual funds,
investment management, insurance brokerage as well as for healthcare and wellbeing services.
Net investment
income
Realised capital gains and losses on financial assets recognised at fair value through other comprehensive income,
interest income, currency valuations as well as impairment losses and their reversals.
Fair value changes in financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss and dividends and holdings. In
addition, interest income and expenses related to financial assets held for trading.
Income from loans and receivables recognised at amortised cost, and impairment loss.
Fair value changes in investment property, rents and other property-related expenses.
Life insurance credited interest on customers’ insurance savings and change in underwriting provisions as well as
non-life insurance unwinding of discount.
Associated companies’ income consolidated using the fair value and equity method.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
61
6. Revenue recognition
6.1 Interest income
Interest income and expenses for interest-bearing assets and liabilities are recognised using the effective interest method. More detailed
information on the effective interest method can be found in section 7.2.1 Amortised cost herein. Interest on receivables with non-
settled, due payments is also recognised as revenue. The difference between the receivable’s acquisition cost and its nominal value is
recognised as interest income and that between the amount received and nominal value of the liability in interest expenses. The
difference between the nominal value and the acquisition cost of fixed-rate bonds is recognised as interest income or expenses over the
residual term to maturity.
The customer margin of the interest rate cap and interest rate corridor loans would accrue net interest income as the customer pays the
additional margin related to the derivative clause. (Note 5. Net interest income)
6.2 Net commissions and fees
Fees that are not an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 15
Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Fees and commissions under IFRS 15 are recognised as revenue when a service’s agreed
performance obligations are transferred to the customer and the key criterion is transfer of control. Commissions and fees are
recognised to the amount to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange of transferring promised services to a customer.
Commission expenses are recognised in net commissions and fees on an accrual basis.
In the Retail Banking segment, commissions and fees are charged from personal and corporate customers. Commissions and fees
consist of those from lending and payment transactions. In addition, the segment charges fees, for example, for legal services,
guarantees, deposits, mutual funds and real estate agency services. The abovementioned items consist of several hundreds of fee types
whose performance obligations are fulfilled over time or at a point in time, according to the type of the fee. The performance obligations
of lending, guarantee and mutual fund fees are mainly fulfilled over time while other those of other retail banking fees at a point in time.
The amount of consideration for the services is mainly the list price or a contractually stated price. Owner-customers are entitled to a
discount on their daily banking services. OP Financial Group charges its customers the fees on a monthly basis or after the service
performance according to the contract terms.
In the Corporate Banking segment, commissions and fees are charged from personal and corporate customers. Banking commissions
and fees consist of those from lending and payment transactions. In addition, Corporate Banking charges fees outside of OP Financial
Group, for example, for guarantees and the issue of securities. The abovementioned items consist of several hundreds of fee types
whose performance obligations are fulfilled over time or at a point in time, according to the type of the fee. The performance obligations
of lending and guarantee fees are mainly fulfilled over time while other those of other banking-related fees at a point in time.
Commission income related to the Corporate Banking segment asset management operations consists of mutual fund and investment
management fees. Commissions related to wealth management are mainly recognised as revenue over time during the contract period,
and the monthly consideration is a contractual percentage of the client's investments or insurance savings under management. Mutual
fund and investment management fees include performance-based management fees tied to investment performance. The
performance-based management fees are not recognised as revenue until the criteria measuring the success of investment has been
met highly likely.
The Insurance segment’s contracts with which no underwriting risk is associated are recognised as revenue under IFRS 15 and
presented in net commissions and fees. Commission income mainly consists of the life insurance total expense loadings, returns of unit-
linked management fees (mutual funds), income from health and wellbeing services and of fees for insurance brokerage. The life
insurance expense loading contains a subscription fee for the insurance premium (so-called kappa loading) and the management fee for
insurance savings (so-called gamma loading). Other life insurance fees are recognised as revenue in accordance with IFRS 4 Insurance
Contracts. Income from health and wellbeing services is recognised for each treatment visit after the service has been rendered. The fee
is charged from the customer after the service based on the list of charges and fees. In occupational healthcare agreements, income is
recognised over time during the contract period and the fee is charged from the customer on a monthly basis as agreed. In healthcare
and wellbeing services, OP Financial Group acts as the principal under IFRS 15, in which case the fee paid to the relevant entrepreneur is
presented in commission expenses. OP Financial Group’s partners pay commission income from broking insurance policies according to
the consideration specified in the contract. The performance obligations are fulfilled over time and the fees are charged from customers
on a monthly basis.
Fees of the Group Functions segment mainly consist of payment transfer fees. The performance obligations are fulfilled over time and
the consideration amount is as agreed. The fees are charged based on the actual payment transactions.
Revenue from contracts with customers is presented in Note 7. Net commissions and fees by segment.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
62
Dividends are primarily recognised when they are approved by the General Meeting of the distributing company. Dividend income is
shown in net investment income.
7. Financial instruments
7.1 Fair value determination
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants on the measurement date (Note 41. Recurring fair value measurements by valuation technique).
The fair value of financial instruments is determined using either prices quoted in an active market or the company’s own valuation
techniques where no active market exists. The market is deemed to be active if price quotes are easily and regularly available and reflect
real and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The current bid price is used as the quoted market price of
financial assets.
If the market has a commonly used valuation technique applied to a financial instrument to which the fair value is not directly available
(e.g. OTC derivatives), the fair value is based on a commonly used valuation technique and market quotations of the inputs used by the
technique.
If the valuation technique is not a commonly used technique in the market, a valuation model created for the instrument in question will
be used to determine the fair value. Valuation models are based on widely used measurement techniques, incorporating all factors that
market participants would consider in setting a price, and are consistent with accepted economic methodologies for pricing financial
instruments.
The valuation techniques used include prices of market transactions, the discounted cash flow method and reference to the current fair
value of another instrument that is substantially the same on the balance sheet date. The valuation techniques take account of estimated
credit risk, applicable discount rates, the possibility of early repayment and other factors affecting the reliable measurement of the fair
value of financial instruments.
The fair values of financial instruments are categorised into three hierarchy levels, depending on the inputs used in valuation techniques:
• Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1)
• Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) (Level 2)
• Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (Level 3).
If the inputs used to measure fair value are categorised into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement is
categorised in its entirety at the same level as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement. The significance of
inputs has been assessed on the basis of the fair value measurement in its entirety.
It is typical of illiquid instruments that their price calculated using a pricing model differs from the actual transaction price. However, the
actual transaction price is the best evidence of the instrument’s fair value. The Day 1 profit/loss, based on the difference between the
actual transaction price and the price deriving from the pricing model that uses market prices, is recognised in the income statement
over the term of the agreement. However, the non-recognised amount will be recognised as soon as there is a genuine market price for
the instrument or a well-established pricing practice is created in the market.
The amount of illiquid financial assets is insignificant in OP Financial Group’s balance sheet.
The illiquid financial liabilities (investment contracts) of the Group’s life insurance operations are measured at fair value according to IFRS
9. The investment contracts’ fair value is measured using a valuation technique which takes account, for example, of the time value of
money and the fair value of financial assets that are used to cover them. However, the value of the liability may not be lower than the
contract’s surrender value. These contracts have been categorised on Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
7.2 Financial assets and liabilities
OP Financial Group’s financial assets are shown in Notes 17. Cash and cash equivalents, 18. Receivables from credit institutions, 19.
Derivative contracts, 20. Receivables from customers, 21. Investment assets, 22. Assets covering unit-linked contracts and 27. Other
assets. Financial liabilities are shown in Notes 29. Liabilities to credit institutions 19. Derivative contracts, 30. Liabilities to customers, 32.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
63
Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts, 33. Debt securities issued to the public, 34. Provisions and other
liabilities and 35. Subordinated liabilities.
7.2.1 Amortised cost
Amortised cost is the amount at which the financial asset or financial liability is measured at initial recognition minus the principal
repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount
and the maturity amount and, for financial assets, adjusted for any loss allowance.
The effective interest method uses the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life
of the financial asset or financial liability to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset or to the amortised cost of a financial liability.
When calculating the effective interest rate, OP Financial Group estimates the expected cash flows by considering all the contractual
terms of the financial instrument excluding the expected credit losses (ECL). The calculation includes all fees and points paid or received
between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs, and all other premiums or
discounts. Fees that are an integral part of the rate of a financial instrument include service and origination fees related to loan
drawdown and they are amortised over the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter period if that is appropriate. Fees that
are not an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument and are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 15 include
fees charged for servicing a loan, for example.
OP Financial Group incorporates the impact of expected credit losses in the estimated future cash flows when calculating the credit-
adjusted effective interest rate for financial assets that are considered to be purchased or originated credit-impaired at initial recognition
(POCI).
Interest revenue
Interest revenue has been calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset except for:
a) purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, OP Financial Group applies the credit-
adjusted effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the financial asset from initial recognition
b) financial assets that are not purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets but subsequently have become credit-
impaired financial assets (or that are in stage 3). For those financial assets, the central cooperative consolidated applies the
effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the financial asset (i.e. to the net carrying amount after the deduction of the
expected credit loss).
7.2.2. Initial recognition and measurement
At initial recognition, the central cooperative consolidated measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus, in
the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are incremental and directly
attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability. Immediately after initial recognition, an expected credit
loss allowance of a financial asset will be recognised if the financial asset is measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other
comprehensive income. This results in accounting loss recognition for newly originated or newly purchased financial assets in the income
statement.
7.3 Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets
OP Financial Group classifies financial assets into the following categories:
• Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
• Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
• Carried at amortised cost.
7.3.1 Loans and notes and bonds
The classification and subsequent measurement of loans and notes and bonds depend on the following factors:
• OP Financial Group’s business model for managing the financial assets
• The contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
64
On the basis of these factors, OP Financial Group classifies loans and notes and bonds into the following three measurement categories:
1) Financial assets measured at amortised cost are held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in
order to collect contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
The financial asset’s carrying amount is adjusted by any allowance for expected credit losses and interest revenue is recognised
in interest revenue using the effective interest method.
2) Financial assets recognised at fair value through other comprehensive income are held within a business model whose
objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets. In addition, the contractual terms of
the financial asset specify cash flows occurring on specific dates which are solely payments of principal and interest on the
principal amount outstanding. Changes in the fair value are recognised in the fair value reserve. Impairment gains or losses
and foreign exchange gains or losses are recognised in profit or loss. When a financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative
profit or loss in the fair value reserve is reclassified from equity to profit or loss in net investment income as a reclassification
adjustment. Interest calculated using the effective interest method is recognised in interest revenue or net investment income
(insurance company investments).
3) Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss are held for trading or if the financial asset does not meet the
criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI. Gains and losses are recognised in net investment income. Interest income and expenses
of held-for-trading notes and bonds and derivatives are presented in net investment income since.
Business model
A business model refers to how OP Financial Group manages its financial assets in order to generate cash flows. OP Financial Group’s
business model determines whether cash flows will result solely from collecting contractual cash flows or from collecting contractual
cash flows and cash flows and by selling a financial asset, or whether the purpose is held for trading. Financial assets within the trading
business model are measured through profit or loss. When assessing the business model, OP Financial Group takes account of future
measures to achieve the objective of the business model. The assessment includes previous experience in collecting cash flows, how the
performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that business model are evaluated and reported to the entity’s
key management personnel, how risks are managed and how managers of the business are compensated. For example, OP Financial
Group holds home loans it has granted to collect contractual cash flows. They can be sold only in rare cases between OP Financial Group
companies, for example, to guarantee covered bonds issued by OP Mortgage Bank or in a stress case liquidity crisis scenario. The
objective of the business model of OP Financial Group’s liquidity buffer is to collect contractual cash flows and to sell financial assets.
Change in the business model
Changes in the business model are expected rarely as a result of internal or external changes and they must be significant in terms of
OP Financial Group's operations. OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors decides on changes in the business model. The business model
changes in case OP Financial Group acquires or transfers a business area or closes down it. The business model change is appropriately
documented by the business unit concerned and is handled by Finance and Risk Management to determine the related accounting
effects (incl. the effects on the ECL). The change of the objective of the entity’s business model must be executed before the date of the
reclassification.
The reclassification is applied prospectively from the reclassification date onwards. The reclassification date is the first date of the
following reporting period, before which a decision on the reclassification has been made. Prior reporting periods are not adjusted
retrospectively.
OP Financial Group’s business model did not see any changes during 2021–2022.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
65
The table below shows the effects of various reclassifications on accounting:
Initial
measurement category
New measurement
category
Accounting effect
Amortised cost FVTPL
Fair value is determined on the reclassification date. Any gain or loss on the
difference that may arise between a financial asset previously measured at
amortised cost and the fair value is recognised through profit or loss.
FVTPL Amortised cost
The fair value on the reclassification date becomes a new gross carrying
amount. The effective interest rate is determined based on the fair value on the
reclassification date.
Amortised cost FVOCI
Any gain or loss on the difference that may arise between a financial asset
previously measured at amortised cost and the fair value is recognised in other
comprehensive income. The effective interest rate and the amount of expected
credit losses are not adjusted as a result of the reclassification.
FVOCI Amortised cost
The fair value on the reclassification date becomes a new amortised cost. A gain
or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is, however,
derecognised from equity and recognised to adjust the fair value of a financial
asset on the reclassification date. The effective interest rate and the amount of
expected credit losses are not adjusted as a result of the reclassification.
FVTPL FVOCI The fair value on the reclassification date becomes a new carrying amount. The
effective interest rate is determined based on the fair value on the
reclassification date.
FVOCI FVTPL
The fair value on the reclassification date becomes a new carrying amount. A
gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred
as an adjustment due to the reclassification from equity through profit or loss on
the reclassification date.
Cash flow characteristics
When OP Financial Group’s business model is other than trading, OP Financial Group assesses whether contractual cash flows are
consistent with a basic lending arrangement. In the basic lending arrangement, contractual cash flows are solely payments or principal
and interest on the principal amount outstanding (SPPI) where consideration for the time value of money, credit risk, lending risks and
profit margin are typically the most significant elements of interest. The majority of OP Financial Group’s financial assets are basic
lending arrangements.
All loans to personal customers and some corporate customer loans granted by OP Financial Group contain the option for early
repayment. The terms and conditions are, however, consistent with the basic lending arrangement because the prepayment amount
substantially represents the contractual nominal amount and accrued (but unpaid) contractual interest, which may include reasonable
additional compensation for the early termination of the contract.
OP Financial Group uses the SPPI Test solution to test the cash flow characteristics of notes and bonds. On the basis of its test result
(pass/fail), the SPPI test is either passed or failed with no further reviews or OP Financial Group reviews the cash flow characteristics
using its internal guidelines before the decision on classification (further review required as the result). The solution identifies various
elements in contract terms that affect whether the SPPI definition is satisfied.
When contractual cash flows are exposed, for example, to change in stock prices or a borrower’s financial result, this is no basic lending
arrangement and such financial assets are measured at fair value through profit or loss. These are typically various mutual fund
investments which do not fulfil the definition of equity in the issuer’s financial statements under IAS 32.
Embedded derivatives included in financial assets are not separated from the host contract but they are considered in the overall
assessment of contractual cash flows.
If OP Financial Group has to change its business model for managing financial assets, it may have to reclassify financial assets. The
reclassification must be applied prospectively from the reclassification date. Such changes are expected to be very infrequent.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
66
7.3.2 Equity instruments
Equity instruments are instruments that evidence a residual interest in the assets of a company after deducting all of its liabilities. These
are typically stock investments.
Equity instruments are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss, except when OP Financial Group has made an
irrevocable election at initial recognition for particular investments in equity instruments that would otherwise be measured at fair value
through profit or loss to present subsequent changes in fair value in other comprehensive income. Such investments do not currently
exist. Capital gains or losses on these investments are not recognised through profit or loss but their dividends are recognised in other
operating income. Dividends of equity instruments held for trading are recognised in net investment income in the income statement.
7.3.3 Modification of contractual cash flows
Modifications in the contractual payment terms are made as a normal measure related to the management of customer relationship but
also in situations where the customer’s repayment capacity has deteriorated. The modification to the loan due to the customer’s
deteriorated repayment capacity is recognised as forbearance which typically, for example, means a moratorium for a limited time.
Generally, in these cases, the contractual cash flows of a loan are renegotiated or otherwise modified and the renegotiation or
modification does not result in the derecognition of that loan. In such a case, OP Financial Group recalculates the gross carrying amount
of the loan and recognises a profit or loss on the modification in net interest income in the income statement. In addition, the loan’s
categorisation as forbearance transfers the loan to at least impairment stage 2 and falls within expected credit loss calculated for the
entire period of validity for at least two years until the customer’s repayment capacity has recovered.
Another precondition for the recovery is that after a probation period of at least two years:
• The customer has made regular and timely payments during at least half of the probation period, leading to the payment of a
substantial aggregate amount of the principal or interest.
• None of the customer’s exposures has been more than 30 days past due during the previous three months.
Payment modifications are subject to regular monitoring and reporting to the management as an indicator describing customers’
solvency.
If modifications to the loan terms are significant or the loan is renegotiated, OP Financial Group derecognises the original loan and
recognises the modified new loan in the balance sheet. The date of renegotiation is consequently considered to be the date of initial
recognition for the impairment calculation purposes. This typically means measuring the loss allowance at an amount equal to 12-
month expected credit losses. OP Financial Group uses internal rating to classify reasons for modifications and severity classes to
monitor whether there has been evidence that the new loan recognised has deemed to be credit-impaired at initial recognition.
Accordingly, it is recognised as an originated credit-impaired financial asset. This might occur, for example, in a situation in which there
was a substantial modification of a distressed asset.
Otherwise, OP Financial Group derecognises financial assets when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire
or it transfers the financial asset to another party and the transfer qualifies for derecognition.
7.3.4 Insurance companies’ financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
A financial asset is measured at fair value through profit or loss unless it is measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other
comprehensive income. OP Financial Group has designated financial assets as measured at fair value through profit or loss (fair value
option) if doing so eliminates or reduces the so-called accounting mismatch in the measurement of financial assets and related financial
liabilities.
Investments covering life-insurance unit-linked policies and those in the so-called separated balance sheets are designated investments
as measured at fair value through profit or loss because the related insurance liability or investment contract liability is recognised at fair
value through profit or loss.
7.3.5 Overlay approach
Equity instruments and mutual fund investments related to OP Financial Group’s non-life and life insurance investment operations are
classified as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss. OP Financial Group applies an overlay approach to a
considerable proportion of these equity instruments, which will restore the profit/loss impact of these instruments to be aligned with IAS
39. These investments are treated as available-for-sale financial assets under IAS 39. Changes in the fair value of investments within
the scope of the overlay approach are presented under the fair value reserve under shareholders’ equity. The overlay approach is aimed
at reconciling temporary earnings volatility resulting from the different dates of entry into force of IFRS 9 and IFRS 17 when investments
are measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IFRS 9 but the related insurance liability cannot yet be measured at
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
67
fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IFRS 17. The Group stopped applying the overlay approach on 1 January 2023 when
Insurance Contracts IFRS 17 became effective.
At the time of their acquisition, available-for-sale financial assets under IAS 39 are recognised at cost, which equals the fair value of the
consideration paid plus transaction costs directly attributable to their acquisition. Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently
measured at fair value.
Any changes in their fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income, from where they are transferred to the income statement
when the asset is derecognised or there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired. In the case of available-for-sale financial assets,
a significant or prolonged decline in the equity instrument’s fair value below its cost, constitutes objective evidence.
If a security’s market value continues to fall following impairment recognition, the impairment loss will be recognised in the income
statement. If the fair value of an impaired equity instrument increases subsequently, this increase will be recognised in other
comprehensive income (Note 15. Overlay approach)
7.4 Impairment
Expected credit losses are calculated on all balance sheet items amortised at cost and those recognised at fair value through other
comprehensive income (FVOCI) (instruments other than equity instruments) and on off-balance-sheet loan commitments and financial
guarantee contracts (Note 37. Loss allowance regarding receivables and notes and bonds). Expected credit losses are recognised at each
reporting date, reflecting:
1. an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes
2. the time value of money and
3. reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events,
current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
7.4.1 Classification of contracts into three impairment stages
Contracts are classified into three stages. The different stages reflect credit deterioration since initial recognition.
• Stage 1: contracts whose credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition and for which a 12-month ECL is
calculated.
• Stage 2: contracts whose credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition and for which a lifetime ECL is
calculated.
• Stage 3: Non-performing contracts for which a lifetime ECL is also calculated.
Definition of default
In the IFRS 9 based calculation, OP Financial Group applies the same definition of default as in internal credit risk models (IRB). OP
Financial Group assesses default using its internal rating system based on payment behaviour. For personal customers, the definition of
default is applied on a contract-by-contract basis whereas corporate customers are reviewed in terms of a group of connected clients.
The customer is classified as a customer in default when the customer’s repayment is considered unlikely, for example when the
customer has registered payment default or it has been granted a forbearance in which the present value of the loan decreases by more
than 1 per cent. Default extends to all credit obligations of an obligor in default among personal customers when a significant proportion
(20 per cent) of personal customer exposures are defaulted. In addition, the contract is defaulted when a payment related to a financial
asset is over 90 days past due, at the latest.
The customer’s default ends when it no longer meets the criteria for the definition of default and the subsequent probation period of 6–
12 months has ended.
The definition of default is based on Article 178 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (CRR) of the European Parliament and of the Council
and on the European Banking Authority’s (EBA) guidelines on the application of the definition of default (EBA/GL/2016/07 and
EBA/RTS/2016/06).
Definition of non-performing exposure
The definition of non-performing exposure includes the probation periods of non-performing forborne exposures, in addition to the
exposures based on the definition of default used previously before they can be reclassified as performing. Non-performing exposure is
defined in accordance with Article 47a of the Capital Requirements Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013. OP Financial Group uses non-
performing exposures as the classification criterion for impairment stage 3.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
68
In addition, originated credit-impaired contracts are always within the scope of the lifetime expected credit loss (POCI).
Significant increase in credit risk
The expected credit losses will be calculated for each contract for 12 months or lifetime, depending on whether the instrument’s credit
risk on the reporting date has increased significantly since initial recognition. Both qualitative and quantitative criteria are used to assess
for each contract whether the credit risk has increased significantly. Forbearance and a comparable breach of covenant are regarded as
a qualitative criterion for a significant increase in credit risk and thereby give rise to transfers to impairment stage 2.
OP Financial Group has included relative and absolute thresholds for the determination of significant quantitative increases in credit risk
considering all relevant and supportable information.
A quantitative change is assessed based on the relative change in lifetime PD figures (PD curve). The original lifetime PD curve is
calculated on the origination date of the loan taking account of macroeconomic factors. Next, the acceptable natural range of variation is
determined for the limits within which the credit risk is not considered to increase significantly during the remaining maturity of the loan.
The acceptable range has been modelled separately for personal and corporate customers. This yields a so-called threshold value curve.
On each reporting date, the current lifetime PD curve is compared to the threshold value curve. If the threshold value is exceeded, the
credit risk has increased significantly and a credit loss (calculated for the entire remaining maturity of the loan) is recognised. In addition
to this limit of the relative change, a further requirement is that a rating grade has deteriorated since initial recognition so that shifting to
the lifetime ECL calculation does not occur only on the basis of the passage of time. In addition, an absolute threshold is used for the
weakest rating grades (E+, E, E-, 9.0, 9.5 and 10.0).
In addition to the aforementioned criteria, credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition when
contractual payments are more than 30 days past due.
In the assessment of a significant increase in credit risk, OP Financial Group has not applied a transitional rule on the assumption of low
credit risk permitted by IFRS 9 to contracts, for which it is not possible without undue cost or effort, to calculate the original lifetime PDs.
OP Financial Group monitors regularly how effectively the abovementioned criteria perceive a significant increase in credit risk before
contractual payments have been over 30 days past due and that the contracts do not generally move from impairment stage 1 directly
to impairment stage 3, and performs the required calibrations to the calculation method of the relative change.
7.4.2 Measurement methods
Expected credit losses are mainly measured on a system basis using the PD/LGD method on a contract-specific basis for all personal and
corporate customer exposures.
Additionally, the cash flow based ECL measurement method based on expert judgement is used for the largest corporate exposures in
stage 3.
7.4.2.1 PD/LGD method
Expected credit losses are measured using modelled risk parameters with the formula probability of default (PD) x loss given default
(LGD) x exposure at default (EAD) for majority of portfolios per contract and they reflect expectations of future credit losses at the
reporting date. PD describes probability of default according to the definition of default described above. LGD describes the share of an
asset if a borrower defaults. It is affected, for example, by the quantity and type of collateral securities and various financial guarantees.
EAD describes the exposure amount at default, including exposure in the balance sheet (capital and accrued interest) and expected use
of off-balance-sheet items at default.
The ECL calculation is based on three different scenarios. Risk parameters PD, LGD and EAD are calculated for yearly time buckets in
each scenario. Yearly ECL figures are discounted to the reporting date and a probability-weighted ECL is calculated from the figures of
different scenarios. The contract’s effective interest or its estimate is used as the discount factor. The contract’s maximum residual term
to maturity is limited to 30 years in the calculation.
The lifetime probability of default (lifetime PD) models for a contract have been prepared separately for personal and corporate
customers. The PD models are substantially affected by the contract’s credit rating, loan age (personal customers) as well as the model’s
sub-segment, which is determined for corporate customers on the basis the rating model and for personal customers on the basis of the
product type. In addition, PD estimates are dependent on macroeconomic factors and their forecasts in each scenario. Change in GDP
and real interest rates are used as macroeconomic explanatory factors in the lifetime PD model for corporate exposures. In the lifetime
PD model for personal customers, the macroeconomic factors have been divided by segment and a GDP change and the 12-month
Euribor are used, for example, in home loans, where the effects of GDP and inflation have been deducted. The variables in revolving
credit facilities include change in GDP and the real 3-month Euribor.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
69
The lifetime LGD consists of the following three components: 1) cure rate, 2) collateral return and 3) non-collateral return. The values of
the components depend fundamentally on a product type, industry (companies), collateral type and the time how long the contract has
been in default.
The lifetime LGD consists of the following three components:
1. cure rate
2. collateral return and
3. non-collateral return.
The cure rate in personal customer exposures has been estimated at a product category level, whereas estimates concerning corporate
customer exposures are industry-specific. The collateral return describes how much of the cash flows received from collateral securities
covers the remaining amount of exposure. The collateral return is calculated by means of a lower-than-market value of collateral
(haircut). The lower-than-market values have been estimated by comparing the realisation values of collateral by type of collateral in
relation to the fair value of collateral, also considering the direct expenses incurred due to collateral repossession and sale. Finally, a
margin of conservatism has been added to the lower-than-market-value estimates because of uncertainties associated with collateral
data and estimation. The non-collateral return describes cash flows that have been estimated for the remaining exposure amount at
product category level, which the collateral return does not cover.
The estimates for the non-collateral return and the cure rate for impairment stage 3 time-dependent so that they will decrease if the
period of default or debt collection increases.
The macroeconomic factors and their forecasts affect the first two components.
The lifetime exposure at default (lifetime EAD) for a contract is based on contractual cash flows, utilisation rate, prepayment rate and
maturity model, depending on the product type.
Determining the period of a contract
The period of a contract for promissory notes is a contractual maturity that takes account of repayments under the payment terms. The
prepayment model applies to secured promissory notes (excl. default). It does not reduce the contractual maturity but is taken into
account as part of the contract’s EAD.
Revolving credit facilities (such as credit cards) are contracts valid until further notice and an expected maturity has been modelled for
them. The modelled maturity depends on the product type and rating grade, averaging some 13 years.
Forward-looking information
The calculation model includes forward-looking information and macroeconomic scenarios. OP Financial Group’s economists update
macroeconomic scenarios on a quarterly basis and the scenarios are the same that OP Financial Group uses otherwise in its financial
planning. Macroeconomic scenarios span 2–3 years of the baseline economic scenarios. After that, the scenario converges towards an
economic balance in the long term. In the long-term balance, GDP and some of other variables are calculated using production function
methodology. Alternative scenarios around the baseline are defined using the autoregressive model where the paths of each variable
with desired probabilities are solved from the joint probability distribution of variables. The probability distribution of the variables is
based on economic shocks observed in history and on correlations between the variables. The forecast errors in OP Financial Group’s
economic forecast are also taken into account in defining alternative scenarios. Three scenarios are used: baseline, upside and downside.
The macroeconomic factors used are GDP growth rate, unemployment rate, investment growth rate, inflation rate, change in income
level, 12-month Euribor and real 3-month Euribor. In addition, the house price index is used in LGD models.
Preparing macroeconomic forecasts and projecting them into the future up to 30 years involves a large amount of uncertainty, which is
why actual results may differ significantly from the forecasts. OP Financial Group has analysed that the relationship of the change in the
components of risk parameters and macroeconomic factors used in the ECL calculation is not linear. Accordingly, the macroeconomic
forecasts represent OP Financial Group's best view of potential scenarios and outcomes.
Macroeconomic forecasts and ESG
Macroeconomic scenarios take account of impacts from climate change, the related change in the economy and adjustment on the
economy. An assessment of economic impacts has been made in calculating macroeconomic scenarios where the use of fossil energy is
reduced, so that carbon neutrality will be achieved by 2035. In this scenario, the Finnish GDP growth rate is an average of 0.3 percentage
points slower for many years than in the baseline scenario. However, the calculation may overestimate the slowing down of the economy
if the economic adjustment capacity proves to be better than usual. For this reason, the negative effect is included in a weaker scenario.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
70
Estimates of the economic impacts resulting from climate change will be specified as new research data on the impacts becomes available
that can be applied to the scenario calculations for the period they cover.
7.4.2.2 Cash flow based ECL method based on customer-specific expert assessment
The target group of customers subject to the expert ECL testing method are R-rated corporate counterparties on the watch list, whose
exposures have, in general, been moved to Stage 2 or 3 of ECL calculation. Such expert judgement is performed in connection with a
rating or credit decision.
The forward-looking information used in the calculation is part of the credit rating assessment and rating proposal by a credit analyst
that cover developments in business, markets, competitive situation and the forecast cash flow. The calculation also takes account of the
scenarios describing the effect of macroeconomic variables (upside, baseline and downside), on the basis of which the customer’s
weighted expected credit loss is calculated. The scenarios used in the PD/LGD model are utilised in the determination of the scenarios.
When the customer included in the ECL measurement based on the customer-specific expert judgement does no longer meet the
criteria for default and has been identified and classified as a ‘performing’ obligor, it is excluded from this method and returns to be
included in the ECL measurement based on the normal PD/LGD model.
7.4.3 Impairment of notes and bonds
The expected loss on notes and bonds recognised through other comprehensive income is recognised through profit or loss and to adjust
the fair value reserve.
OP Financial Group uses a model in the calculation of the expected credit loss on notes and bonds that is based on credit rating
information.
In the model, credit ratings are sought for purchase lots on the purchase date and the reporting date, and they are converted into PD
figures. OP Financial Group primarily uses the averages of external credit ratings and secondarily internal credit ratings, in case no
external credit ratings exist.
The PDs correspond to the actual historical default rates by credit rating for each period from the date of issuing the credit rating. The
historical data, for which the determined equivalence is based on, is comprehensive and on a long-term basis. The LGDs also correspond
to the studied historical actuals by investment class/insurance line (seniority, covered bond status) and these are not separately assessed
for each issuer or investment. Because external credit ratings measure total credit risk (ECL), not PD, the LDG in these cases affect only
the division of the ECL between PD and LGD components.
7.4.3.1 Classification of notes and bonds into impairment stages
Investments whose 12-month PD has doubled in such a way that the change is at least 0.2 percentage points, an investment is subject
to forbearance measures or its payments are over 30 days past due are transferred to stage 2. Investments related to an issuer in
default are classified into stage 3 if its payments are over 90 days past due or if the customer is a default customer.
7.4.4 Impairment of off-balance-sheet items
Several products provided by OP Financial Group include a limit, credit facility or another off-balance-sheet loan commitment as a
standard feature or a feature in some stage of the product lifecycle. For example, revolving credit facilities, such as credit cards and
accounts with credit facility, include both a loan and an undrawn commitment component. Moreover, OP Financial Group is an issuer in
various guarantee contracts, such as financial guarantees and other commercial guarantees or guarantees given to authorities, to all of
which IFRS 9 impairment rules apply. For loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts, the date that OP Financial Group
becomes a party to the irrevocable commitment shall be considered to be the date of initial recognition for the purposes of applying the
impairment requirements. Accordingly, only OP Financial Group’s binding items are taken into account in the calculation of expected
credit losses.
The expected credit loss is calculated for these items using the same principles as for loans. Likewise, increases in significant credit risk
are assessed on the same grounds. The Group models EAD for such products that forecasts exposure at default. It includes both the
utilisation rate and credit conversion factor. In addition, a maturity model is applied to contracts valid until further notice. The model
takes account of cases where OP Financial Group has a contractual ability to demand repayment and cancel the undrawn commitment
but it does not limit the Group’s exposure to credit losses during the contractual notice period.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
71
7.4.5 Recognition of expected credit losses
OP Financial Group mainly recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses on a loan at carrying amount in a separate account. For
loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts the loss allowance is recognised as a provision. For products that include both a
loan (i.e. financial asset) and an undrawn commitment (i.e. loan commitment) component and OP Financial Group cannot separately
identify the expected credit losses on the loan commitment component from those on the financial asset component, the expected credit
losses on the loan commitment are recognised together with the loss allowance for the financial asset.
7.4.6 Extra impairment provisions based on management judgement (management overlay)
In unusual situations (for example, rapidly escalated global crises, such as a pandemic or war), OP Financial Group may make an ECL
provision based on management judgement. The provision is temporary and remains valid as long as risk parameters used in ECL
calculation have been updated to describe the changed situation. Strict monitoring criteria are applied to the extra impairment provisions
made based on management judgement and they are quarterly reported to Group Executive Management.
7.4.7 Write-off
A write-off constitutes a derecognition event. When OP Financial Group has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in
its entirety or a portion thereof, the final credit loss is recognised to directly reduces the gross carrying amount of the financial asset.
A loan is derecognised when collateral securities have been realised or when the final meeting of the bankruptcy estate has been held,
debt rescheduling or financial restructuring has come to an end or when collection measures have ended. Since 2022, OP Financial
Group has partially written off the amount not received already when the payment plan of the debt rescheduling or financial
restructuring has been confirmed and the loan has no other parties or realisable assets. Payments received after the derecognition are
recognised as an adjustment to impairment losses on receivables.
7.5 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and receivables from credit institutions repayable on demand Frevoked(Note 17. Cash and
cash equivalents).
7.6 Classification and subsequent measurement of financial liabilities
Financial liabilities comprise deposits and other liabilities to credit institutions and customers, debt securities issued to the public and
other financial liabilities.
Financial liabilities are classified at amortised cost using the effective interest method, except for derivative liabilities measured at fair
value through profit or loss. In addition, investment contracts with no entitlement to discretionary participation feature issued by
insurance companies are designated as measured at fair value through profit or loss. Liabilities held for trading also include obligations
to deliver securities to the counterparty which have been sold but which are not owned at the time of selling (short selling).
Upon initial recognition, OP Financial Group has not designated financial liabilities as measured at fair value through profit or loss.
The Group derecognises a financial liability (or a part of a financial liability) when it is extinguished – i.e. when the obligation specified in
the contract is discharged or cancelled or expires.
An exchange between OP Financial Group and original lenders of financial liabilities with substantially different terms must be accounted
for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability. In such a case, any costs or fees incurred are recognised as part of the gain or
loss on the extinguishment. If the exchange or modification is not accounted for as an extinguishment, the amortised cost of the modified
financial liability will be recalculated by discounting the modified contractual cash flows using the original effective interest rate. Changes
in the amortised cost of the financial liability is recognised through profit or loss. Costs or fees incurred adjust the carrying amount of the
liability and are amortised over the remaining term of the modified liability. OP Financial Group has not made any exchanges of financial
liabilities for the existing financial liabilities.
7.7 Netting
Financial assets and liabilities are offset in the balance sheet if OP Financial Group currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off in
the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, and intends to settle the asset and liability on a net
basis (Note 44. Financial assets and liabilities offset in the balance sheet or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or
similar agreements).
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
72
7.8 Derivative contracts
Derivative contracts are classified as hedging derivative contracts and derivative contracts held for trading. They include interest rate,
currency, equity, commodity and credit derivatives. Derivatives are measured at fair value at all times (Note 19. Derivative contracts).
Standardised OTC derivative transactions entered into with financial counterparties are cleared in London Clearing House, in accordance
with the EMIR regulation (EU 648/2012). In the model used, the central counterparty (CCP) will become the derivatives counterparty at
the end of the daily clearing process. Depending on the clearing broker, the settled-to-market (STM) or collateralised-to-market (CTM)
practice is used as the settlement model. In both models, daily payments of derivatives are offset with the central counterparty. In
addition, the fair value change of derivatives (variation margin) is either paid or received in cash. In the STM model, the daily payment is
determined on a contractual basis as final payment and part of the derivative contract’s cash flows. The daily payment is recognised as a
fair value change through profit or loss. In such a case, the derivative contract involves no fair value change other than the valuation
difference between OP and the CCP. The difference is recognised in derivative assets or derivative liabilities (Sum of net liability positions)
in the balance sheet. The CTM model differs from the STM model in such way that the daily payment has not on a contractual basis
defined as the final payment but as collateral. It is, however, offset with the fair value of the derivative in the balance sheet. Other
derivatives are presented in the balance sheet on a gross basis, in which case positive value changes are presented as derivative
contracts under assets and negative value changes as derivative contracts under liabilities.
7.8.1 Hedging derivatives
OP Financial Group has prepared methods and internal principles used for hedge accounting, whereby a financial instrument can be
defined as a hedging instrument. In accordance with the hedging principles, OP Financial Group can hedge against interest rate risk,
currency risk and price risk by applying fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Fair value hedging refers to hedging against changes in the
fair value of the hedged asset, and cash flow hedging to hedging against changes in future cash flows. In OP Financial Group, the
hedgeable risk categories are fair value and cash flow interest rate risks and currency risk.
Contracts are not accounted for according to the rules of hedge accounting if the hedging relationship between the hedging instrument
and the related hedged item, as required by IAS 39, does not meet the criteria of the standard. OP Financial Group also concludes
derivative contracts which are in fact used to hedge against financial risks but which do not fulfil these criteria.
Hedge accounting will be discontinued prospectively if the hedging instrument expires, is sold, terminated or exercised or hedging no
longer fulfils the criteria set for the application of hedge accounting or its designation as a hedge is revoked. For this purpose, the
replacement or rollover of a hedging instrument into another hedging instrument is not an expiration or termination if such a
replacement or rollover is part of the entity’s documented hedging strategy. Additionally, for this purpose there is not an expiration or
termination of the hedging instrument if as a consequence of laws or regulations or the introduction of laws or regulations, the parties to
the hedging instrument agree that one or more clearing counterparties replace their original counterparty to become the new
counterparty to each of the parties. For this purpose, a clearing counterparty is an entity that acts as a counterparty in order to effect
clearing by a central counterparty.
7.8.2 Derivatives held for trading
The difference between interest received and paid on interest rate swaps held for trading is recorded in Net investment income in the
income statement and the corresponding interest carried forward is recognised in derivative contracts in the balance sheet. Changes in
the fair value of Derivatives held for trading are recorded under Net investment income in the income statement. Derivatives are carried
as assets under Derivative contracts when their fair value is positive and as liabilities under Derivative contracts when their fair value is
negative.
7.9 Hedge accounting
Hedge accounting is used to verify that changes in the fair value of a hedging instrument or cash flows fully or partially offset the
corresponding changes of a hedged item. Details of life insurance hedging can be found in section 13.3.2 relationship between hedging
and hedged instruments is formally documented, The documentation contains information on the Risk Appetite Framework, hedging
strategy and the methods used to demonstrate hedge effectiveness. Hedge effectiveness is tested at the inception of the hedge and in
subsequent periods by comparing respective changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging instrument and the hedged item. The
hedge is considered effective if the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument or in cash flows offsets the change in the fair value
of the hedged contract or portfolio or in cash flows within a range of 80–125%.
Due, however, to the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, if the real result of the retrospective effectiveness test is outside of the limits
concerned, the central cooperative consolidated assesses whether hedge accounting can continue or be discontinued. This includes that
hedging is still expected to be prospectively effective and the hedging relationship effectiveness can be calculated reliably. When
assessing proactive effectiveness testing whether hedge is still highly probable, the reference rate will not be changed due to the Interest
Rate Benchmark Reform. The effectiveness test also involves assessing any potential effects of market participants following the Reform
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
73
on OP Financial Group’s hedging relationship. OP Financial Group will stop applying the changes to hedging relationship effectiveness
tests when uncertainty due to the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform ceases to affect cash flows based on reference rate of a hedged item
or hedging derivative or when the hedging relationship ceases to exist. OP Financial Group applies hedge accounting based on IAS 39
and the related changes caused by the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform.
OP Financial Group has a Reference Interest Rate Committee tasked with monitoring the progress of the Interest rate Benchmark
Reform and its effects on OP Financial Group and reporting the progress to the management on a regular basis. OP Financial Group has
made a business continuity plan required by the Benchmarks Regulation that determines a substitute rate for contracts if the reference
rates now used were no longer available and where the existing contract terms by product are identified and the effects on different
parts of business are assessed. OP Financial Group will adopt reformed reference rates in new contracts, based on market practice.
When it comes to the old portfolio of contracts, the changes will be implemented by adopting practices applied in the market to replace
IBORs.
7.9.1 Fair value hedges
Fair value hedging against interest rate risk involves long-term fixed-rate debt instruments (such as central bank debt, own issues and
certain term deposit issues), individual bond and loan portfolios, as well as individual loans. OP Financial Group applies a fair-value
portfolio hedging model based on the EU carve-out version to hedging against interest rate risk involved in the derivative clause of
certain loans, demand deposit current and savings accounts with an interest rate cap or a fixed interest rate. For these hedging
relationships, the prepayment option related to the hedged item causes ineffectiveness only rarely. OP Financial Group uses interest rate
options, forward exchange contracts and interest rate and currency swaps (OTC swaps) as hedging instruments. Hedging against foreign
currency risk applies to non-life insurance’s and life insurance’s foreign currency investments.
For derivative contracts which are documented as fair value hedges and which provide effective hedges, the changes in the fair value are
recognised in the income statement. Hedged assets and liabilities are also measured at fair value during the period for which the hedge
is designated, and any fair value changes are recognised through profit or loss.
In fair value hedge accounting, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recorded in banking in the
income statement under Net interest income and Net investment income. These are recorded in net investment income in Non-life
Insurance and Life Insurance. Any ineffectiveness that may arise from a hedge relationship may be caused by the timing differences
between the cash flows of the hedging instrument and the hedged item, and it is correspondingly recognised in the abovementioned
items.
When discontinuing hedge accounting, the carrying amount adjustment to fair value of the hedged financial instrument due to the risk to
be hedged, to which the effective interest method applies, must be amortised to profit or loss by the financial instrument’s maturity date.
The adjustment is amortised based on a recalculated effective interest rate or using the straight-line method in portfolio hedges.
However, if the hedged item during the discontinuance of hedging is derecognised, the fair value adjustment will also immediately be
recognised in profit or loss.
The calculation principles of the Euribor changed during 2019. In July 2019, the Financial Services and Markets Authority (FSMA) of
Belgium granted authorisation related to the Euribor by virtue of the European Union Benchmark Regulation. This made it possible for
the market participants to continue using the Euribor after 1 January 2020, covering both the existing and new contracts. OP Financial
Group expects that the Euribor will remain the reference interest rate in the future too because the Euribor panel could have been
reinforced. The European Money Market Institute (EMMI), the administrator of the Euribor rate, began to publish the forward-looking
€STR derivative market EFTERM rate (Euro Forward-looking term rate) during Q4/2022 for use as a replacement rate. The EONIA rate
(Euro Over Night Index Average) ceased to exist on 3 January 2022, replaced by the €STR published by the ECB.
7.9.2 Cash flow hedges
A cash flow hedge is a hedge of the exposure to the variability attributable to a particular risk associated with variable-rate debt or other
variable-rate assets and liabilities. In addition, cash flow hedges are used to hedge the future interest flows of the loan portfolio defined
on the basis of reference interest rate linkage. Interest rate swaps are mainly used as hedging instruments.
Derivative contracts which are documented as cash flow hedges and provide effective hedges are measured at fair value. The effective
portion of changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in other comprehensive income. Any ineffectiveness that may
arise from a hedge relationship may be caused by the timing differences between the cash flows of the hedging instrument and the
hedged item, and it is recognised in net interest income in the income statement. Fair value changes recognised in equity are included in
the income statement in the period when hedged items affect net income. If the hedged cash flows are no longer expected to occur, the
fair value changes from the hedging instrument are transferred from equity as an adjustment due to reclassification to profit or loss. In
respect of revoked hedge designations, if the hedged cash flows are still expected to occur, accrued fair value changes will remain in
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
74
equity as a separate item until the hedged cash flows affect the income statement if cash flows are expected to affect several reporting
periods, the accrued amount will be amortised using the straight-line method.
OP Financial Group has assessed to what extent cash flow hedges are dependent on the uncertainty associated with the Interest Rate
Benchmark Reform on the reporting date. Hedged items and hedging derivatives continue indexing in respect of the reference interest
rate that is not changed and whose quotations continue on a daily basis and whose cash flows are changed between counterparties as
before. Using the USD LIBOR rate will cease in June 2023 and will be replaced with a new reference interest rate. The transition still
involves uncertainty that may later affect the hedging relationship effectiveness or the assessment of the highly probable term. In respect
of cash flow hedges, OP Financial Group does not see that the Reform would cause any uncertainty with timing or Euribor cash flows on
the reporting date of 31 December 2022. OP Financial Group is prepared for the cessation of the USD LIBOR rate so that new USD
LIBOR-linked contracts will not be entered into. OP Financial Group has a minor amount of USD LIBOR-linked balance sheet items and
will replace the USD LIBOR contracts with new reference interest rates. Operating in the derivatives market after the end of use of the
USD LIBOR will be based on market practice.
8. Investment property
Investment property is land and/or buildings or part thereof held to earn rental income or for capital appreciation. Property, a minor part
of which is used by the owner company or its personnel, is also accounted for as investment property. However, a part of property used
by the owner company or its personnel is not accounted for as investment property if the part can be sold separately. Investment
property is shown as investment assets in OP Financial Group’s balance sheet (Note 21. Investment assets).
Investment property is initially recognised at cost which includes transaction costs. It is subsequently carried at fair value. Investment
property under construction is also measured at fair value only if the fair value can be determined reliably. Any changes in fair value are
recognised in net income from investment property under net investment income.
If no comparable market data is available on the actual transaction prices of the property comparable with the property under review, OP
Financial Group uses the income approach and internal methods based on property-specific net income to determine the fair value of
commercial, office and industrial premises. OP Financial Group uses both its internal and external information in the income approach. A
property’s net income comprises the difference between rental income and maintenance charges and is based on income under current
leases or, if no lease is in force, on average market rents. Expenses deducted from income are mainly based on actual expenses.
Assumption of underutilisation of the property is also taken into account in the calculation. For the income approach, OP Financial Group
obtains information on market rental and cost levels from sources outside the Group, in addition to its own expertise. The return
requirements for investment property holdings are determined on the basis of the property’s purpose of use, location and
condition/modernness and are based on market data provided by an external expert.
The fair value of residential buildings and land areas is primarily determined using the market approach, based on information on the
actual transaction prices of similar properties and on OP Financial Group’s internal expertise. In the fair value of undeveloped plots, the
Group has taken account of the planning and market situation at the time of appraisal. The fair value of major property holdings is based
on valuation reports drawn up by Authorised Property Valuers. External valuers use a cash flow analysis as the basis for their appraisal
(Note 41. Recurring fair value measurements by valuation technique)
9. Intangible assets
Goodwill, brands, acquired insurance portfolios, customer relationships, information systems and other intangible assets are presented in
the intangible assets group on the balance sheet (Note 24. Intangible assets). Section 10.1 Impairment of PPE and intangible assets
describes impairment of intangible assets.
9.1 Goodwill
For business combinations, OP Financial Group measures the resulting goodwill as the fair value of the consideration transferred
including the recognised amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the previous holding exceed OP Financial Group's
share of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities.
For acquisitions before the effective date of the current IFRS 3, goodwill represents at the time of acquisition the excess of the cost of an
acquisition over the fair value of OP Financial Group’s share of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of an
acquiree.
Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash-
generating units (CGU), which are business segments, entities belonging to them or their internal business divisions. From the time of
acquisition, goodwill is allocated to those CGUs or groups generating cash flow that are expected to benefit from synergies arising from
the combination of businesses, and also to the lowest level with which goodwill is monitored for the purpose of internal management. If
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
75
OP Financial Group reorganises its internal reporting structure, goodwill is allocated to the CGUs subject to such reorganisation in
proportion to their fair values or on the basis of another method, which would better reflect goodwill related to the transferred business.
9.2 Testing goodwill for impairment
The cash-generating unit (CGU) to which goodwill has been allocated is subject to an annual impairment test or whenever there is any
indication of the lowered goodwill of the unit. The value of the CGUs of OP Financial Group was, for the goodwill testing, determined by
the Excess Returns method. Accordingly, the return on equity capital is deducted from the recoverable amount for the current and future
financial periods. Excess/negative return is discounted by a discount rate corresponding to the return rate on equity capital in order to
determine the present value of cash flows.
Forecasts used in cash flow statements are based on the cash flow expected for the next five years and on the terminal value of the
testing unit that are discounted to present value. Cash flow forecasts derive from the strategy process based on the guidelines for OP
Financial Group’s development confirmed by the Supervisory Council of OP Cooperative and the related derived expectations of the
future development of businesses.
Impairment loss on goodwill may not be reversed under any circumstances.
9.3 Value of acquired insurance portfolio
An intangible asset corresponding to the value of an acquired insurance portfolio is recognised if the insurance portfolio is acquired
directly from another insurance company or through the acquisition of a subsidiary. The fair value of acquired insurance contracts is
determined by estimating the present value of future cash flows on the basis of the insurance portfolio on the date of acquisition. Upon
initial recognition, the fair value of acquired insurance contracts is divided into two parts: a liability associated with insurance contracts
measured in accordance with the applicable principles on the acquisition date, and an intangible asset. Subsequent to the acquisition, the
intangible asset is amortised, depending on the business, either on a front-loaded basis or on a straight-line basis over the estimated
effective lives of the acquired contracts. The effective lives are reviewed annually and the value is amortised over 1–4 years for non-life
insurance and 10–15 years for life insurance. An intangible asset is tested annually for impairment in connection with testing the
adequacy of the liability associated with insurance contracts.
9.4 Customer relationships
Identifiable customer relationships acquired through business combinations are measured at fair value upon acquisition. This intangible
asset arising from customer relationships is amortised on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life. The estimated useful
life of OP Financial Group’s acquired customer relationships is 5–15 years.
9.5 Brands
Identifiable brands acquired through business combinations are measured at fair value upon acquisition. The estimated useful lives of
brands are estimated to be indefinite since they will generate cash flows for an indefinable period. These will not be amortised. OP
Financial Group’s brands originate entirely from the acquisition of Pohjola Group plc’s business operations. Impairment testing was
carried out separately for the Pohjola and A-Vakuutus (A-Insurance) brands, in accordance with IAS 36.
The value of brands is tested annually for impairment. The value of the brands was determined by using a method where their value
was determined to be royalty savings accrued in the future from owning the brands, discounted to the present. The discount rate used in
testing brands is the market-based equity cost defined for the non-life insurance business plus an asset-specific risk premium or 3%.
The testing period of the brands has been determined to be five years under IAS 36.
9.6 Information systems
Information systems are measured at cost less amortisation and any impairment losses. In general, computer software and licences are
amortised over 4 years and other intangible assets over 5 years.
The development costs of internally generated information systems are capitalised from the time when they can be determined reliably,
completing the asset is technically feasible and the asset can be used or sold and it has been demonstrated that the software will
generate future economic benefit. The capitalised expenditure includes, for example, licence fees, purchased services, other external
costs related to projects and inhouse work. The asset will be amortised from the time it is ready for use. An asset that is not yet ready
for use is assessed annually for impairment. Research costs are recognised as expenses for the financial year. Information systems are
written off from accounting when they gone out of use. Acquisition costs of information systems in Note 24. Intangible assets contain
only those assets whose acquisition costs have not yet fully recognised as amortisation expense.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
76
9.7. Cloud computing arrangements
In cloud computing arrangements, in other words Software as a Service (SaaS) or Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), the software vendor
has partial or full control over the software or service concerned, and OP Financial Group does not capitalise fees for software or services
controlled by the vendor as intangible assets.
The development costs of a cloud computing arrangement, before its implementation, are recognised in prepayments under other
assets. The amount capitalised in prepayments constitutes costs related to the implementation project and customisation that are
performed by the service provider before the service provider is able to produce the service for OP Financial Group. Costs capitalised in
prepayments are an integral part of the service and they are not separable from the service itself. Prepayment costs are spread over the
contract period from the date when the service is ready for use.
10. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment (PPE) assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. These assets
are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Land is not subject to depreciation. Subsequent expenditures
are capitalised at the asset’s carrying amount only if it is probable that the asset will generate greater economic benefits than initially
estimated (Note 25. Property, plant and equipment).
The estimated useful lives are mainly as follows:
Buildings
20–50 years
Emergency power units and generators
15 years
Machinery and equipment
3–10 years
ICT hardware
3–5 years
Cars
2–6 years
Other PPE assets
3–10 years
The assets’ residual value and useful lives are reviewed on each balance sheet date and adjusted as appropriate if expectations differ
from previous estimates with respect to economic benefits. PPE assets are written off from accounting when they have gone out of use.
10.1 Impairment of PPE and intangible assets
On each balance sheet date, OP Financial Group assesses whether there is any indication of an asset’s impairment. If such indication
exists, the amount recoverable from the asset will be estimated. Regardless of the existence of such indication, the recoverable amount
is estimated for assets not yet available for use, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (brands). An impairment loss is
recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its future recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell (net selling price) or value in use. The recoverable amount
is primarily determined on the basis of the asset’s net selling price, but if this is not possible, the asset’s value in use must be
determined. The asset’s value in use equals the present value of future cash flows expected to be recoverable from the asset. The
discount rate used is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the
asset. The need for impairment of the annually tested assets stated above is always determined on the basis of value-in-use
calculations.
If the asset’s net selling price cannot be determined and the asset does not generate cash flows independent of other assets, the need
for impairment will be determined through the cash-generating unit, or the business segment or its company, to which the asset
belongs. In such a case, the carrying amounts of the unit’s assets are compared with the entire unit's recoverable amounts.
An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the
last impairment loss was recognised. The increased carrying amount of the asset may not exceed the carrying amount of the asset that
would have been determined had no impairment loss been previously recognised.
In respect of property in own use, OP Financial Group assesses as part of the financial statements whether there is any indication of an
impaired property. Such indication includes a significant reduction in the market value and evidence of non-marketability or physical
damage.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
77
11. Leases
At the inception of the lease, OP Financial Group assesses whether the contract concerned is a lease or contains a lease. It is the
question of a lease treated under IFRS 16 if the following conditions are fulfilled in all respects:
• The contract is based on control over an identified asset in such a way that OP Financial Group companies or its employees
have the right to decide on the use of the asset throughout the lease period when OP Financial Group is the lessee and the
customer and its Group companies have decision-making powers related to the use of the asset when OP Financial Group is
the lessor.
• The contract includes rights and obligations and related payments.
• The asset identified in the contract is used only by OP Financial Group companies or employees when OP Financial Group is the
lessee, and by the customer or its Group companies when OP Financial Group is the lessor.
11.1 Recognition of assets leased out
On the date of inception, OP Financial Group classifies leased assets as finance leases or operating leases depending on the substance of
the transaction. A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incident to ownership to the
lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases. Lease classification is performed at the inception of the lease.
Assets leased out under finance lease are recorded as receivables from customers in the balance sheet. The asset is recognised to the
amount equal to the net investment in the lease. Finance income from the lease is recognised in interest income based on a pattern
reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on the lessor’s net investment outstanding in respect of the finance lease.
Assets leased out under operating lease are shown under property, plant and equipment and are depreciated on a straight-line basis
over the lease term. Lease income is presented under other operating income and is recognised on straight-line basis over the lease
term. The fixed duration specified in the contract is determined as the lease term in the leased contracts that may not be extended or
terminated without a good reason or sanction.
11.2 Recognition of leased right-of-use assets
Leased right-of-use assets are presented in PPE assets and are mainly derecognised during the lease term. The corresponding lease
liability is presented in other liabilities and the related interest expenses are presented in net interest income. Service charges related to
leases, which are separated from the lease amount, are presented in other operating expenses. Separating the service charge is
performed by right-of-use asset class.
For leased contracts, OP Financial Group defines the lease term as follows:
• a fixed term that cannot be extended or terminated without any good reason or sanction or
• based on management judgement, for a maximum of three years when it is the question of a property lease until further
notice to which a mutual notice period applies. If the lease is fixed at first and is renewed to be valid until further notice as
described above, the lease term is a combination of these. When such a lease has been terminated, the notice period is defined
as the lease term. When determining the lease term, OP Financial Group assesses that it is reasonably certain that the lessee
stays on the premises longer because the property based on the lease has a central location and no substitutive property is
necessarily available.
• the lessor’s notice period if it is the question of a lease other than a property lease until further notice to which a mutual notice
period applies. The lease term will always be renewed with a new notice period after the end of the notice period unless the
lease has been terminated. When determining the lease term, OP Financial Group assesses that it is reasonably certain that
leases have been concluded for a longer time because terminating and renewing such leases would not be profitable or
• The useful life of the leased property if it is shorter than the lease terms defined in a matter mentioned above.
In calculating lease liability, OP Financial Group usually uses the incremental borrowing rate of the lessor. The interest rate quoted by the
OP Financial Group Treasury is used as the incremental borrowing rate that Treasury uses to lend OP cooperative banks and OP
Financial Group’s subsidiaries.
OP Financial Group applies entry concessions allowed for lessees. Expenses of low-value and short-term leases for the financial year are
recognised in other operating expenses. These leases include laptops, mobile phones and smaller devices and devices and machines
leased on a one-time basis.
OP Financial Group applies IAS 36 Impairment of assets to determine whether the right-of-use asset concerned has impaired. On every
day at the end of the reporting period, OP Financial Group assesses whether there is any indication of impairment of an asset. If there is
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
78
such indication, OP Financial Group will assess the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset has impaired when its carrying amount exceeds
its recoverable amount.
OP Financial Group’s leased contracts are mainly those related to premises, company cars and safety devices (Note 26. Leases).
12. Employee benefits
12.1 Pension benefits
Statutory pension cover for OP Financial Group companies’ employees is arranged by Ilmarinen Mutual Pension Insurance Company.
Some OP Financial Group companies provide their employees with supplementary pension cover through OP Bank Group Pension
Foundation or an insurance company.
Pension plans managed by Ilmarinen Mutual Pension Insurance Company are defined contribution plans. Pension plans managed by
insurance companies may be either defined benefit or defined contribution plans. All of the plans managed by OP Bank Group Pension
Foundation are defined benefit plans.
Expenses arising from pension plans are recognised under ‘Personnel costs’ in the income statement. Contributions under defined
contribution plans are paid to the insurance company and charged to expenses for the financial year to which they relate. No other
payment obligations are included in defined contribution plans. Curtailing the defined benefit pension plan or fulfilling or changing the
related obligation is recognised through profit or loss at the time of occurrence.
Defined benefit plans managed by insurance companies and OP Bank Group Pension Foundation are funded through payments based on
actuarial calculations.
The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation on
the balance sheet date less the fair value of the plan assets of OP Bank Group Pension Foundation and acceptable insurance.
Defined benefit obligations are calculated separately for each plan using the Projected Unit Credit method. Pension costs are charged to
expenses over the employees’ expected working lives on the basis of calculations performed by authorised actuaries. The discount rate
for the present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined on the basis of the market return on high-grade corporate bonds on
the closing date of the reporting period.
Items resulting from remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability are recognised in other comprehensive income in the period
they occur. Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability recognised in other comprehensive income will not be reclassified to
income statement in later financial periods.
12.2 Short-term employee benefits
OP Financial Group has a short-term and long-term remuneration scheme in place. Those included in the scheme may receive bonuses
either in cash only or as a combination of cash and a reference instrument decided by OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors. Bonuses will
be paid for work performed during the performance year. The maximum estimated amount under the remuneration scheme is
calculated on the grant date and the amount charged to expenses is recognised in personnel costs and deferred expenses over the
vesting period.
The amount of compensation corresponding to the objectives reached is reviewed quarterly. Any effects resulting from reviewing the
original estimates are recognised in personnel costs in the income statement and the corresponding adjustment is made in accrued
expenses and deferred income.
OP Financial Group has a personnel fund into which bonuses are paid on the basis of pre-agreed principles, depending on the
achievement of OP Financial Group’s targets. Bonuses transferred to the Fund are recognised under ‘Wages and salaries’ in the profit
and loss account and the counterpart as ‘Deferred expenses’ in the balance sheet until they are disbursed to their beneficiaries (Note 10.
Personnel costs).
13. Insurance assets and liabilities
Notes 31. Insurance liabilities and 32. Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts present itemised insurance
liabilities. Notes 21. Investment assets and 22. Assets covering unit-linked contracts present investments related to insurance business.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
79
13.1 Classification of financial assets within insurance business
The section ‘Classification and recognition’ under Financial Instruments contains information on the classification of financial assets
within OP Financial Group’s insurance operations.
13.2 Classification of insurance contracts issued by insurers
An insurance contract is a contract which transfers significant insurance risk from the policyholder to the insurer, as defined in IFRS 4.
Other contracts which the insurance company may issue under its licence represent investment or claims management contracts. If a
contract does not involve any significant insurance risk on the balance sheet date but the policyholder has the right to change the
contract in such a way that the contract transfers significant insurance risk to the insurer, the contract is classified as an insurance
contract. The contracts are categorised contract by contract or by type of contract containing homogeneous risks. If several contracts are
concluded simultaneously with a single counterparty or if contracts are otherwise interdependent, the significance of insurance risk is
assessed jointly.
The savings and insurance components of insurance contracts are not unbundled.
Almost all of the contracts issued by non-life insurers are insurance contracts. Contracts in which the difference between realised and
estimated losses are balanced with a supplementary premium and which involve no underwriting risk are categorised as claims
management contracts.
Capital redemption contracts issued by life insurers and such endowment and pension insurance contracts under which, in the case of
the insured person’s death, purely savings will be paid to beneficiaries or an amount that differs slightly from it, are classified as
insurance contracts because they do not include any significant underwriting risk and their policyholder has no right to change the
contracts to include underwriting risk.
Insurance contracts are classified into risk groups in such a way that the risks of contracts are homogeneous in each group. This
classification of non-life contracts takes account of the insured object, differences in the duration of contracts or the average length of
the period between the occurrence of a loss event and the date of the fully-paid claim (claim settlement period). As to life insurance
policies, the Group takes account of whether savings are accumulated, how the return of the savings is determined and whether the
contract is for life or death risk.
The main insurance contract categories are short-term non-life contracts, long-term non-life contracts and life insurance contracts.
Short-term non-life insurance contracts usually have a policy term of 12 months or less, very rarely more than 24 months. In particular,
policies for private individuals, motor-vehicle policies and statutory workers’ compensation policies are usually automatically renewable
annual policies that are treated as short-term contracts.
Long-term non-life insurance contracts refer to contracts with an average minimum policy term of two years. These include perpetual
insurance policies and latent defects insurance policies under the Housing Transactions Act.
Life insurance contracts include single and regular premium endowment policies where the sum insured is to be paid at termination of
the policy, individual pension policies, group pension policies supplementing statutory pension cover, and term insurance policies issued
mainly for death. Life and pension insurance savings can have either a guaranteed interest rate, with a discretionary participation in the
profit of the insurer, or unit-linked in which the investment risk has been transferred to policyholders.
13.3 Recognition and measurement of insurance contracts issued by insurers
Contracts are recognised when an insurer’s obligation to pay out the related claim begins following the occurrence of an insurance event.
Insurance contracts and investment contracts where the contract holder has the right of discretionary participation feature or the right to
transfer the savings for a guaranteed interest rate and thereby be entitled to the discretionary participation feature are treated and
measured according to Insurance Contracts standard IFRS 4. Other investment contracts are measured according to IFRS 9.
Liabilities of contracts issued by insurers and measured under IFRS 4 are calculated mainly in accordance with national accounting
standards. However, equalisation provisions are not included in these liabilities but are included in equity capital less tax liability. In
addition, part of the insurance liability is measured by taking account of the current market interest rate.
The liabilities comprise the provision for unearned premiums and the provision for outstanding claims. The life insurance provisions for
unearned premiums consist of the liability calculated from the expected net claims and operating expenses during the contracts’
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
80
remaining maturities less future insurance premiums during the remaining coverage periods of the recognised policies. The non-life
insurance provisions for unearned premiums equal the liabilities arising from claims and other expenses expected for the remaining
coverage periods of the recognised policies. Provision for outstanding claims arises from reported and non-reported claims incurred and
from their claims and settlement expenses paid in the future.
13.3.1 Measurement of insurance contracts issued by non-life insurers
Premiums are primarily recognised as revenue over the term of the contract. However, revenue recognition in latent defects and
perpetual insurance policies is based on the distribution of underwriting risk. In these policies, the portion of premiums written for the
post-balance sheet date is recorded as provision for unearned premiums in the balance sheet and recognised as premium revenue
relative to risk over the policy term.
Claims paid out and direct and indirect claim settlement expenses are charged to claims incurred on the basis of the date of loss
occurrence. Claims unsettled on the balance sheet date for losses already occurred and their settlement expenses – including claims
incurred but not yet reported (IBNR) – are reserved in the provision for outstanding claims, consisting of both claims reserved for
individual cases and statistically reserved claims. The provision, included in the provision for outstanding claims, for the future settlement
of expenses is based on estimated costs.
Provision for unearned premiums for latent defects insurance and perpetual insurance policies and insurance liability related to annuities
are discounted. The general trend for the interest rate is taken into account in determining the discount rate. Change in the discount
rate of the insurance liability for annuities is taken into account as one continuously updated variable of an accounting estimate. The
discount rate may not exceed the expected return on the assets covering the liability or the level set by the authorities. An increase in
liabilities due to the passage of time (unwinding of discount) is shown in the income statement as a separate item in non-life insurance
items under net investment income.
Non-life insurance’s interest rate risk associated with insurance liability is reduced by entering into interest rate derivative contracts and
making direct fixed income investments that are recognised at fair value through profit or loss. The value of derivatives is included in the
insurance liability so that the insurance liability reacts to changes in market interest rates.
Capital gain or loss on derivatives is recognised over the insurance liability’s residual term to maturity mainly by decreasing or increasing
the discount rate. A capital loss on a derivative may be recognised by increasing the discount rate only if the planned rate is not
exceeded. By selling investment instruments that hedge the insurance liability, it is possible to cover the systematic decrease of the
discount rate only to a limited extent. The limit at its most is the value change that has accrued from the rate movement exceeding the
target level at that time.
13.3.2 Measurement of insurance contracts issued by life insurers
The portion of premiums written for risk insurance policies’ post-balance sheet date, less any yet unpaid insurance premiums, is
recognised as provision for unearned premiums in the balance sheet.
The liabilities of savings-type insurance contracts and those of insurance contracts measured under IFRS 4 are calculated as the capital
value of future benefits, policy administration costs and future premiums. The capital value is calculated mainly by the discount rate,
mortality and assumptions of operating expenses used for pricing. The decided additional customer bonuses are included in the
insurance liability.
Provision for outstanding claims arises from reported and non-reported claims incurred and from their claims and settlement expenses
paid in the future.
The liabilities’ discount rate, according to the Insurance Companies Act, cannot be any higher than what was used for insurance pricing.
The discount rate may not exceed the expected return on the assets covering the liability or the level set by the authorities.
The company has savings at its own risk with interest rate guarantees ranging between 0.5 and 4.5%. The insurance liability of contracts
whose interest rate guarantee is 4.5% has been supplemented so that the technical interest rate of insurance liabilities in the financial
statements is permanently 3.5% as the insurance liability discount rate. In addition to this, supplementary interest rate provisions have
been applied to reduce the discount rate of the guaranteed-interest portfolio for a specific period. The provision for outstanding claims of
life insurance other than pension insurance is not discounted.
Life insurance’s interest rate risk associated with insurance liability is reduced by entering into interest rate derivative contracts and
making direct fixed income investments that are recognised at fair value through profit or loss. The value of derivatives is included in the
insurance liability because any benefit from the derivatives is used for the guaranteed cash flows of the contracts.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
81
The main assumption when calculating the liability of unit-linked insurance contracts and investment contracts is that the market income
of assets covering the insurance liability is credited as income to the policy.
Unit-linked investment contracts are presented under Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts in the balance
sheet.
13.4 Liability adequacy test on insurance contracts
On each balance sheet date, OP Financial Group tests for the adequacy of liabilities in the balance sheet, using current estimates of
future cash flows from insurance contracts. If the test shows that the liability’s carrying amount arising from insurance contracts is not
sufficient, the liability amount will be increased by the shortfall and the shortfall will be recognised in the income statement.
13.5 Premiums written
Premiums written included in net insurance income in the income statement are a consideration of the insurance coverage that began
during the period.
Insurance premium tax, but not commissions and credit loss on insurance premium receivables, is deducted from premiums written.
Insurance premiums based on non-life insurance contracts are recognised as premiums written when the insurance period begins.
Life insurance premiums and investment contract payments are recognised under premiums written on an accrual basis in such a way
that contracts other than defined benefit group pension contracts do not generate insurance receivables. Neither commissions nor loan
losses are deducted from premiums written (Note 6. Net insurance income).
13.5.1 Receivables and payables related to insurance contracts
Non-life insurance premium receivables are recognised at the beginning of the insurance period when the right to the receivable is
established. These receivables are mainly those from policyholders and to a minor extent from insurance intermediaries. Prepaid
insurance premiums are included in direct insurance liabilities under other liabilities.
Non-life insurance receivables based on insurance contracts are tested for impairment on each balance sheet date. If there is objective
evidence of an impaired receivable, its carrying amount is reduced through profit or loss. Both final impairment losses (loan losses) and
impairment losses established statistically on the basis of the phase of collecting the charge are deducted from receivables.
13.6 Salvage and subrogation reimbursements
Salvage property that has come to the company’s possession in connection with claims settlement or undisputable subrogation
reimbursements related to claims are reduced from insurance liability.
13.7 Reinsurance contracts
Reinsurance taken out by OP Financial Group refers to an insurance contract which meets the classification requirements set for
insurance contracts and under which the Group may be paid compensation by another insurer if the Group becomes liable to pay
compensation on the basis of other insurance contracts (ceded reinsurance).
Assets based on reinsurance contracts are tested for impairment on each balance sheet date. If there is objective evidence that OP
Financial Group may not receive all amounts to which it is entitled on the basis of the contract terms, the carrying amount of the
reinsurance asset is reduced to correspond to the recoverable amount and the impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.
Non-life insurance benefits received under reinsurance contracts held are included in other assets, reinsurance assets in the balance
sheet, with the latter receivables corresponding to reinsurers’ share of provision for unearned premiums and provision for outstanding
claims of the insurance contracts reinsured by OP Financial Group. Premiums unpaid to reinsurers are included in other liabilities,
reinsurance liabilities.
Amounts recovered from or due to reinsurers are measured consistently with the amounts associated with the reinsured insurance
contracts and are recognised in the balance sheet either under other assets or other liabilities.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
82
13.8 Coinsurance and pools
OP Financial Group is involved in a few coinsurance arrangements with other reinsurers. Of the coinsurance contracts, OP Financial
Group treats only its share of the contract as insurance contracts and OP Financial Group’s liability is limited to this share.
OP Financial Group also underwrites shares of insurance contracts through pools, whose members are primarily responsible for their
own proportionate share of the underwriting risk. These shares are based on contracts confirmed annually. OP Financial Group treats as
insurance contracts its own proportionate share of the direct insurance business managed by pools and of the reinsurance business from
the pool to its members.
The pool’s share of these insurance contracts is treated as reinsurance. In some pools, members are responsible for an insolvent
member’s liabilities in proportion to their shares in the pool. OP Financial Group recognises liabilities and receivables based on joint
liability if joint liability is likely to materialise.
13.9 Principle of equity concerning life insurance
With the exception of unit-linked parts of life insurance contracts, almost all life insurance contracts and some capital redemption
contracts entitle to a discretionary participation feature to the profit, in addition to guaranteed benefits, which may account for a
significant portion of the total contractual benefits, but whose amount and timing is at the discretion of the company under the contract.
Some unit-linked policies include an option for a discretionary participation feature. Additional benefits are distributed as additional
return in excess of technical interest, additional death benefit or reduced premiums.
The distribution of the surplus is based on the principle of equity referred to in the Insurance Companies Act which requires that a
reasonable amount of the surplus to which the contracts are entitled is distributed to these policyholders, provided the solvency
requirements do not prevent this. It is necessary to aim at continuity with respect to the level of additional benefits. Nevertheless, the
principle of equity will not enable policyholders to demand any funds as debt. OP Financial Group has published its life-insurance
additional benefit principles and its realisation on its website.
Separated balance sheets with a profit distribution policy differing from other life insurance operations have been created from the
endowment policies and individual pension policies transferred from Suomi Mutual Life Assurance Company. The amount with which the
assets on the separated balance sheets exceed the insurance liabilities measured by discounting using a swap curve on a market
consistency basis is reserved as liability for future bonuses.
14. Provisions and contingent liabilities
A provision is recognised for an obligation if the obligation is based on a past event and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be
required to settle the obligation, but there is uncertainty about the timing or amount required in settlement. In addition, an entity must
have a present legal or constructive obligation towards a third party as a result of past events. If it is possible to receive compensation
for part of the obligation from a third party, the compensation is recognised as a separate asset, but only at the time when receipt of the
compensation is actually certain (Note 34. Provisions and other liabilities).
A contingent liability is a possible obligation arising from past events, whose existence will be confirmed only by the realisation of an
uncertain future event beyond OP Financial Group's control. A present obligation which probably does not require fulfilment of payment
obligation or the amount of which cannot be defined reliably is also considered as contingent liability. A contingent liability is presented in
a note (Note 43. Contingent liabilities and assets.)
15. Equity capital
OP Financial Group categorises instruments it has issued on the basis of their nature either as equity or financial liability. Incremental
costs directly attributable to the issue or purchase of equity instruments are shown in equity as an allowance.
Cooperative capital, divided into cooperative bank members’ cooperative contributions and Profit shares, are classified as equity
instruments. Cooperative banks have an unconditional right to refuse to redeem both cooperative shares and Profit Shares. However,
cooperative banks may decide to redeem cooperative shares, within the limits set by the authorities.
Member cooperative contributions and the resultant owner-customer membership entitle owner-customers to take part in the bank’s
decision-making. Cooperative banks have an unconditional right to refuse redemption of cooperative contributions. No interest is paid on
cooperative contributions.
Profit Shares confer no voting rights. Cooperative banks have an unconditional right to refuse payment of Profit Share capital or interest.
Any interest payable on Profit Shares is the same for all Profit Shares. The interest is recognised as liability and deducted from equity
once the decision for payment has been made (Note 36. Equity capital).
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
83
16. Income taxes
Income tax expense shown in the income statement includes current tax, based on the taxable income of OP Financial Group companies
for the financial year, and income tax for prior financial years and deferred tax expense or income. Taxes are recognised in profit and
loss except when they are directly linked to items entered into equity or other items in other comprehensive income. In such a case, the
tax is recognised in the items in question. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the companies operate and generate taxable income.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for temporary taxable differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their
tax base. Deferred tax assets are calculated on tax-deductible temporary differences between the carrying amount and taxable value
included in the financial statements, and on losses confirmed for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is
probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are not
recognised where generation of taxable profits, against which taxable losses or refunds could be utilised, is not likely. The greatest
temporary differences in OP Financial Group are caused by tax provisions (such as loan loss provision), measurement of investments at
fair value, and elimination of equalisation provision within non-life insurance. (Note 16. Income tax expense).
17. Charges of financial authorities
OP Financial Group pays charges to various authorities. The Financial Stability Authority is in charge of deposit guarantee. Responsibility
for banking supervision rests with the European Central Bank. The Finnish Financial Supervisory Authority is responsible for insurance
supervision, macroprudential supervision and supervision of conduct of business. The EU’s Single Resolution Board (SRB) is responsible
for bank resolution. The financial authority charges and fees are in full recognised under other operating expenses at the beginning of
the year (Note 12. Other operating expenses)
17.1 Stability contribution
Stability contributions will be paid to the euro-area Single Resolution Fund (SRF) until 2023 in such a way that the target of a minimum
of 1% of the amount of covered deposits will be reached. The SRF is managed by the Single Resolution Board which also determines the
amount of stability contributions. The SRF ensures that the financial industry, as a whole, finances the stabilisation of the financial
system. The stability contribution is determined based on the bank’s importance and risk profile.
17.2 Deposit guarantee contribution
Amounts contributed to the former Deposit Guarantee Fund currently exceed the EU requirements governing the deposit guarantee
level. By virtue of its rules, the former Deposit Guarantee Fund takes charge of the deposit guarantee contributions payable by its
member banks to the new Deposit Guarantee Fund in proportion to which each member bank has made contributions to the former
Deposit Guarantee Fund over the years. The Financial Stability Fund determines the contribution for each member bank but charges the
amount directly from the former Deposit Guarantee Fund. The deposit guarantee contribution had no effect on OP Financial Group in
2021 and 2022 in terms of expenses.
17.3 Financial Stability Authority’s administrative fee
The administrative fee charged by the Financial Stability Authority is based on the same calculation method as the supervision fee
charged by the Financial Supervisory Authority.
17.4 Financial Supervisory Authority’s supervision fee
The supervision fee charged by the Financial Supervisory Authority comprises a relative supervision fee, which is based on an entity's
balance sheet total, and a fixed basic fee.
17.5 European Central Bank’s supervisory fee
The ECB supervisory fee is determined based on the bank’s importance and risk profile.
18. OP bonuses to owner-customers
In the income statement, OP bonuses to owner-customers are presented as a separate item. OP cooperative banks’ owner-customers
earn OP bonuses through the use of banking, non-life insurance and wealth management services. OP bonuses are expensed in the
income statement as they are earned and recognised as accrued liabilities in the balance sheet. Earned bonuses are used automatically
for banking and wealth management service fees and non-life insurance premiums starting from the oldest ones, and the accrued
liabilities are reversed (Note 14. OP bonuses to owner-customers).
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
84
19. Government grants
Government grants mean support by which resources are transferred to an entity that has followed or will follow certain conditions
related to its business in consideration of the support. Benefit that is received at an interest rate lower than that for the market interest
rate of the public authority for the loan is treated as a government grant. The benefit lower than the market interest rate for the loan
must be determined based on the difference between the loan’s original carrying amount and received payments. However, government
grant will be recognised only when it is reasonably certain that the entity fulfils the related terms and condition and that the grant will be
given. Grants related to income are reduced from respective expenses in the financial statements and are recognised through profit for
the periods when the expenses are recognised as expenditure that the grant is meant to cover.
20. New standards and interpretations
The IASB (International Accounting Standards Board) has issued the following significant future IFRS amendments.
20.1 IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
Note 3 to the financial statements provides information on the changes in the accounting policies and presentation regarding the
adoption of the adoption of IFRS 17 Insurance contracts on 1 January 2023.
20.2 Other upcoming amendments to standards
Amendments to IAS 1, IAS 8 and IAS 12 took effect on 1 January 2023. The amendments will not have any significant effect on OP
Financial Group’s financial statements.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
85
Note 2. OP Financial Group’s Risk Appetite Framework
1 Overview of OP Financial Group’s significant risks
OP Financial Group prepares its Risk Appetite Statement and Risk Appetite Framework to cover all operations and these
general risk management principles are further specified for each revenue logic (by product and service). The bases for
establishing revenue generation models include services provided to customers, processes needed in the production of
services, analyses reporting of operations and what risks will be caused to OP Financial Group by providing these services.
Due to the characteristics of OP Financial Group’s business and industry, risks have two distinct fundamental principles: OP
Financial Group may earn revenue through risks (earnings risks) or risks may be a consequence of something
(consequential risks). Reviewing earnings risks involves the examination of OP Financial Group’s critical success factors
from the business perspective. For this reason, OP presents the sources and management of earnings risk in detailed
descriptions of significant risks by revenue logic, except for Group-level risks that apply to all revenue logics. Risks are
grouped in more detailed descriptions of significant risks at Group level because the majority of consequential risks are
Group level ones and the review of consequential risks focuses on reducing the negative effect of potential risk
materialisation.
The graph below shows a summary of OP Financial Group’s significant risks and their sources. The sources and root causes
of significant risks are presented in shaded grey and orange in the periphery of the figure’s table. Similarly, the negative
effect of the potential materialisation of risks on OP Financial Group’s trust and reputation is also described outside the
table.
It is highly important to note the following in the graph’s table:
• Taking earnings risks may cause consequential risks in addition to the sources and causes of OP Financial Group’s
external risks.
• The combined effect of earnings and consequential risks may result in new Group-level risks, due, for example, to
concentrations and interdependencies between risks.
• Due to the different functions of earnings and consequential risks, OP Corporate Bank primarily aims to manage
earnings risks, whereas it primarily aims to reduce consequential risks.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
86
Banking’s revenue generation models are used in both the Retail Banking segment and the Corporate Banking segment.
They are grouped into three revenue logics within risk management: Banking through the balance sheet, Markets and
Asset Management. The revenue logic, Banking through the balance sheet, is further divided by business segment between
Corporate Banking, Retail Banking, and Group Treasury (included in other operations according to OP Financial Group’s
segment division). Life and Non-life Insurance revenue generation models belong to the Insurance segment.
OP Financial Group’s risk management and compliance are based on the principle of three lines of defence. The first line of
defence comprises business lines, the second line of defence comprises the Risk Management function and Compliance
independent of the business lines/divisions and the third line of defence comprises Internal Audit. Each line of defence has
its own role in performing the risk management process efficiently.
At OP Financial Group, the first line and the second line of defence in risk management cooperate on an ongoing basis.
This is to ensure that all expertise needed to develop and manage operations is in use in advance. The lines of defence
build the risk management process together where the special features of OP Financial Group’s business are taken into
consideration. Responsibilities of the first and second lines of defence have been clearly divided.
• The business units fulfil OP Financial Group’s strategy, are responsible for planning their own operations and their
efficient and effective implementation and for their internal control. Only the business concerned makes business
decisions and is responsible for the quality of its customer service, its business continuity as well as its earnings
and risks.
• For consideration by OP Financial Group’s management, the second line of defence prepares a risk management
framework within the limits of which the first line of defence implements risk-taking and risk management related
to its daily business. The second line of defence supports the first line of defence by consulting it and
constructively challenging especially in matters that are part of its own expertise. The second line of defence also
oversees compliance with regulation and OP Financial Group’s guidance framework; independently analyses the
balance between earnings, risks and capital and liquidity acting as buffers; and ensures business continuity during
incidents.
• Internal Audit that is independent of other lines of defence acts as the third line of defence.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
87
2 OP Financial Group’s significant risks: sources and management
2.1 Definitions and sources of significant risks
Below is a summarised description of the definitions and sources of OP Financial Group’s significant risks.
Credit risks
Credit risk refers to the risk of a contracting party to a financial instrument
being unable to fulfil its contractual repayment obligations, and thereby
causing a financial loss to the other party.
Liquidity risks
A liquidity risk is the risk of liquidity or capital availability being insufficient to
realise business goals as laid down in the strategy. It is caused by the timing of
incoming or outgoing cashflows (payments) and/or imbalances between them.
Liquidity risks include concentration risk, market liquidity risk and refinancing
risk. Concentration risk is caused by the concentration of financing across time,
or between certain counterparties or instruments. Market liquidity risk is the
risk of failure to execute market transactions within a desired time and/or at
an estimated price, or of a contraction in the liquid assets owned by a bank.
Refinancing risk involves the risk that a debt cannot be refinanced on the
market.
Market risks
Market risk refers to an unfavourable change related to the value of a contract
or contract revenue due to price changes observed in the financial market.
Market risks include interest rate, currency, volatility, credit spread, equity and
property risks associated with on- and off-balance sheet items as well as other
potential price risks.
Structural interest rate risk on
the balance sheet
The risk arising from the effects of interest rate movements on Banking’s
annual net interest income, and on the insurance company’s earnings (IFRS
17) and solvency (SII).
Non-life insurance risks
Non-life insurance risks comprise risk of loss or damage, and provision risk.
Risk of loss or damage occurs when there are an above-average number of
losses, or they are exceptionally large. Provision risk arises when the claims
expenditure incurred for losses that have already occurred is higher than
expected or the timing of the payment of claims deviates from expectations.
Life insurance risks
Life insurance risks comprise biometric risks, cost risk and customer behaviour
risks. Biometric risk arises when forecasts of the insured’s life expectancy differ
in insurance products that include an endowment risk, or when mortality
forecasts concerning the insured (e.g. unpredicted growth in mortality caused
by a catastrophe) differ in products that cover the risk of death. Biometric risk
also arises when forecasts, of when the insured person’s incapacity for work
will begin, differ in products that cover disability risk. However, such a risk is
very small in OP Life Assurance Company.
Counterparty risks
Counterparty risk refers to the risk that a party to a derivative contract,
repurchase agreement (Repo), trade or reinsurance contract will fail to fulfil its
financial obligations, accompanied by a risk of growing costs due to the
obtaining of a corresponding, replacement contract. A special feature of
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
88
counterparty risk is a change in the risk level alongside the agreement’s market
value, due to which contractual risk can grow after an agreement is made.
Operational risks
Operational risk is caused by all business operations and may result from
insufficient or incorrect practices, processes, systems or external factors. OP
Financial Group’s operational risks also include ICT and security risks.
Operational risk related to data capital means potential losses, loss of
reputation or deterioration of operations caused by uncertainty in decision-
making, management and reporting related to data and the information
derived from it.
Compliance risks
Risks caused by non-compliance with external regulation, internal policies,
appropriate procedures or ethical principles governing customer relationships.
Model risks
Model risk refers to potential losses or loss of reputation caused by decisions
made on the basis of the results of models, due to errors made in the
development, implementation or use of such models. In this context, a model is
a method used to translate source data based on mathematics, statistics and
expert assessments into data guiding business decisions or quantitative data
related to financial position or risk exposure.
Reputational risks
This is the risk of a weakening in reputation or trust, primarily due to the
simultaneous materialisation of an individual risk or several risks, or to some
other kind of negative publicity.
Concentration risks
Risks that may arise due to a business having an excess concentration of risk
in individual customers, products, lines of business, maturity periods or
geographical areas. Concentration risk can also arise due to a concentration of
service providers or processes.
Risks associated with future
business
Risk associated with the conditions and volumes on which similar or entirely
new agreements are based. This also includes a risk that arises from
inadequate internal reaction and inflexibility in the business and competitive
environment, or changes in the values of customers or in technology.
Risks associated with future business are not dealt with as a separate whole, because such risks may emerge in the form
of various significant risks, or as part of different risk types.
Customer behaviour risk may materialise in several risk types (the impact of a change in customer behaviour affecting
matters such as the value of insurance contracts, volume of deposits or early repayments of contracts).
Residual risk is a lingering risk which a party cannot or does not want to eliminate, or that remains after possible risk
reduction measures. Residual risk can be considered synonymous with risk. As such, residual risk is not an equivalent
concept to the significant risks described above. Instead, residual risk can be considered to apply to any of the significant
risks described above.
Integration of ESG factors as part of risk management
Change factors in the business environment, such as climate change and other sustainability (ESG) factors, have an impact
on the needs and preferences of customers and other social actors. ESG factors are external megatrends, that is to say
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
89
examples of root causes on OP Financial Group’s risk map. They are defined as change factors affecting different risk types,
not as separate risks, in risk identification processes.
Within OP Financial Group, such external risk factors are analysed to identify their impacts on OP’s and its customer’s
operations, and future short and long-term success. Drivers of change in the business environment are channelled into
financial risks in the Group’s banking and insurance business through various impact chains. Impacts can be direct – or
indirect as in credit, market, operational and reputational risk.
Like other changes and risk factors in the business environment, ESG factors include risk evaluation. The possible
environmental and reputational impacts of risks must be evaluated in addition to financial impacts.
Reputational risk could affect OP Financial Group or the entire financial sector, for example as a result of changes in public
opinion or customer preferences. Good governance and compliance with guidelines affect the reputational impact of OP
Financial Group’s operations. OP Financial Group’s responsible approach to business fosters a positive public image.
For the time being, risk evaluation of ESG factors is focused on assessing events and impacts caused by climate and
environmental factors. Worsening climate change and environmental damage create physical risk factors:
• Acute risk factors include extreme weather conditions such as events related to drought, floods and storms or, for
example, an individual environmental catastrophe.
• Longer-term changes emerge more slowly: examples include global warming, rising sea levels, reduction in
biodiversity, land and water pollution, and the destruction of living environments.
The transition towards a low-carbon and more environmentally sustainable economy will have direct and indirect impacts.
These include, for example, climate or environmental policy decisions, technological development, market confidence, and
changes in consumer choices.
Physical and transition risks will impact on OP Financial Group’s business and financial success through stakeholders, in
particular. If they materialise, such risks may affect the risk profile, capitalisation, liquidity and continuity of daily business in
various ways. The Group draws up scenarios to reveal the effects of such potential shocks.
The integration of ESG factors in all risk taking, risk management and processes for evaluating the adequacy of capital and
liquidity (ICAAP, ORSA and ILAAP) require extensive development work within business functions and assurance functions.
ESG factors are being embedded in the management’s risk reporting in stages, while seeking synergies with external
sustainability reporting. As with other risks and risk factors affecting OP Financial Group, the inclusion of ESG factors in the
limit system is evaluated at least annually during the updating of OP Financial Group’s Risk Appetite Statement and risk
policies. In addition to the Risk Taking and Risk Appetite Framework, this fulfils the risk-taking and risk-management goals
of OP Financial Group's sustainability programme.
Because keeping up with rapidly developing ESG regulation can be challenging, there is a greater risk of failure to comply
with regulations according to the required schedule. Development takes the most forward-looking account possible of
regulatory adjustments and supervisory expectations. The rapid pace of research and keeping up to speed with the latest
knowledge are additional challenges.
Management of operational risks
All companies in OP Financial Group must comply with shared operational risk management methods, which include the
application of approaches to compliance and model risk management. ESG factors are a fixed element of operational risk
identification and assessment, which enables monitoring of the risk profile in relation to OP Financial Group’s operational
risks, including a breakdown between ESG factors and the resulting risks.
ESG factors and the resulting operational risks are identified and evaluated through operational risk management methods:
risk events, risk and control self-assessments, risk assessments of new and modified products, and management of
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
90
continuity and outsourcing. Identification of the causes and effects of risks lies at the heart of risk identification and
assessment. Possible environmental and reputational impacts are identified in addition to the financial impacts of risks.
In their continuity management, OP Financial Group’s businesses must also prepare for the materialisation of physical risks
caused by climate and environmental factors, in order to secure their services for customers if such circumstances
materialise. Securing business continuity covers matters such as the efficiency and systematic nature of operational
processes, which also include outsourcing management and knowledge of service providers.
Stress testing and scenarios related to operational risks complement the overall risk analysis and fulfil the economic capital
requirement. Scenarios are used to forecast and prepare for different situations. They supplement overall operational risk
management, particularly in cases, such as climate change, where the available historical data cannot be used to forecast a
future event.
Economic impacts caused by ESG factors are covered by existing operational risk limits.
Means such as training investments are used to provide business functions with more advanced skills to ensure the
identification of ESG factors, and their causes and effects, as part of operational risk management. It is also critically
important to identify transition risks and react to them proactively.
Data governance and management
Requirements derived from the ESG factor for data governance and data are implemented as part of OP Financial Group’s
current models and practices. Such requirements are integrated with practices, and customer service and operational
processes, in such a way that they form a natural part of the Group’s activities. They are recognised in relation to data
governance and acquisition, and the resulting changes are integrated with existing operating models and services.
Banking – Credit risk management
In credit risk management, the key issue is to assess the impact of climate, environmental and other ESG factors on
customers’ operations and success, and their repayment capacity.
In addition to making it difficult to operate in some sectors, external change drivers may provide opportunities. For
example, climate change could weaken profitability in one sector due to changes in customer behaviour, lower collateral
values in some areas, and cause higher than predicted growth in regulation-related costs. On the other hand, it could also
create more favourable conditions for, and boost the competitiveness of, some customers’ businesses.
At customer level, risks are managed by providing customers with advice and monitoring how the customer relationship
develops. Pricing is based on risks. The ESG projects and/or investments to be financed must be financially sustainable.
Attending to the customers’ future success ensures that OP Financial Group’s business remains profitable in the long term
too and that the risk buffers for operations are sufficient for capital and liquidity. By providing customers with advice, the
Group seeks added value that improves customers’ financial standing and wellbeing.
Corporate customers are classified into ESG classes based on industry exposure to ESG categories. If an ESG category and
the total exposures of a group of connected customers are significant, an ESG analysis will be performed. The need for an
ESG analysis is assessed whenever new credit is granted to a customer, a proposal is being prepared to change a current
exposure, or another, equivalent proposal related to a financial decision is being drawn up. The ESG score is used in loan
decisions. We document it and prepare to report the ESG exposure of our customer base and decisions.
Residential property collateral is analysed and, on the basis of addresses, matched with flood maps produced by the Finnish
Environment Institute (SYKE). Energy certificates for residential property collateral on home loans provide a rough account
of the climate impacts of mortgages. An energy classification evaluation is modelled for all residential property collateral
from the energy performance certificate on the register of The Housing Finance and Development Centre of Finland (ARA).
The impact of ESG factors on collateral value is derived from flood maps and the energy efficiency of residential real estate.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
91
Credit risk stress testing methods should be developed in such a manner that impact analyses of macro shocks lead to
concrete conclusions about developments in the financial situation of customer companies (including EBITDA and equity
ratio), while taking account of climate and environmental factors such as energy consumption. In addition, customer-
specific sensitivity analyses are performed based on the customer’s income statement and the location of collateral
property. This enables recalculation of customer companies’ credit rating and reporting – based on a customer-specific
analysis – on how stress impacts on the Group’s corporate loan portfolio. It also complements assessment of the economic
capital need and the collateral eligibility of receivables, while account for the impact of climate and environmental change.
Banking – Management of interest rate risk in the banking book and liquidity risks
ESG factors can impact on market interest rates and credit spreads. Risk management reviews primarily focus on the
liquidity buffer with regard to managing the interest rate risk in the banking book and liquidity risk. Financial impacts are
assessed using regular scenarios that take account of climate and environmental factors. The impacts are not thought to
be significant in the case of notes and bonds acquired for the portfolio.
Investment of the liquidity buffer is guided by the investment plan, based on which an own allocation target for responsible
investments was set for the portfolio up to the end of 2022. From then on, no separate allocation target for responsible
investments will be set but responsible investments will be made in such a way that tools, methods and practices adopted
in OP Asset Management are integrated as part of the investment process of the liquidity buffer. Responsible investments
are made by acquiring bonds classified as green (sustainability bonds, social bonds and green bonds). Investment of this
kind could be investing in assets with positive social impacts, such as an energy-efficient hospital that takes account of
environmental aspects (sustainability bonds). Taking account of climate and environmental factors involves, say, investing
in the green residential buildings sector. Investments of this kind must also fulfil all other requirements set for liquidity
buffer investments.
Corporate Banking’s bond portfolio is based on ESG analyses by Corporate Banking. The portfolio primarily involves
investment in companies that are important to OP Corporate Bank – credit and ESG analyses are performed on such
companies. Investment decisions for the portfolio comply with OP Corporate Bank’s corporate responsibility principles.
Banking – Markets
Markets aims for fast turnover in its management of the bond portfolio; the portfolio’s structure reflects the demand
present from time to time. The portfolio tends to be heavily weighted towards bonds issued by Nordic companies. ESG
factors can have an impact on the credit spreads of bonds, even if this impact is regarded as minor.
Markets engages in FX trades and may hold uncovered risk positions on these, accounting for a small proportion of such
trades. ESG factors seem to have no significant impacts on currency risk.
Markets produces structured investment products that are offered through the Group’s sales channels. Selection of the
underlying asset is a key element of such products. Asset Management’s list of exclusions is applied to underlying assets –
companies on the list are not selected for such investments.
Markets’ clients mainly agree on derivatives for hedging purposes, in which the key risk is market interest rates. Based on
underlying assets, the derivative service concerns brokerage, which does not normally lead to market risk and involves little
counterparty risk. Risks associated with trading in commodity derivatives are covered on the market. ESG factors have no
identified impact on market risk associated with derivatives.
In the case of Markets’ activities, the economic capital requirement covering ESG factors must be assessed on the basis of
stress tests, primarily regarding interest rate movements and, if necessary, credit spreads.
Banking – Asset Management
Asset Management services include discretionary investment management, advisory investment management and the
related investment risk management services. The selection consists of products from the range of mutual funds,
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
92
alternative investments, real estate investments, international partners’ funds, and products intended exclusively for
professional investors.
Sustainable development and responsibility are of growing importance to clients, as shown by the growth in popularity of
sustainable investments. As client behaviour changes, product selections must include products that meet clients’
sustainability preferences.
In asset management, ESG factors consist of tightening regulation. More details must be provided on the sustainability
factors of investments, investment products must take increasing account of clients’ sustainability preferences, and
sustainability-related reporting obligations are growing.
Asset Management’s responsible investment methods include taking account of ESG factors in investment decisions,
shareholder engagement, negative screening, and thematic and impact investing. Account is taken of key sustainability
factors in the target sector, so as to improve long-term returns and reduce risk. An ESG tool has been developed internally
to assist with investment decisions. OP funds manage four sustainability-themed funds and impact investment is done via
alternative funds.
Asset Management’s investment activities include assessing the responsibility of investments and using shareholder
engagement to promote corporate sustainability. OP Asset Management has its own responsible investment principles,
which describe how OP Asset Management invests responsibly.
Insurance
Account is taken of the climate, the environment and other ESG factors in investment the trading by Pohjola Insurance and
OP Life Assurance Company. Climate and environmental risks related to non-life insurance are highlighted in the case of
loss due to natural phenomena, whereas impacts primarily occur through investment risks in the case of OP Life Assurance
Company.
Account is taken of ESG factors in Pohjola Insurance’s UW policy, for example in insurance policy exclusions. ESG risk
factors are also part of insurance companies’ normal risk identification process.
ESG factors show in the spread risk and equity risk of investments made by insurance companies. For example, climate
and environmental factors can affect cash flows related to insurance liabilities via market interest rates, and thereby impact
on the realisation of interest rate risk.
The responsible investment principles of Pohjola Insurance and OP Life Assurance Company provide detailed descriptions
of the methods and means used to take account of the environment, social responsibility and good governance.
ESG analysis is included in investment analysis conducted in support of investment decisions. OP Asset Management’s
internally developed ESG tool helps with the objective assessment of sustainability factors in investment decisions.
Pohjola Insurance and OP Life Assurance Company manage social risks in accordance with the principles of responsible
investment, through shareholder engagement and impact investing. Impact investing refers to investments in companies,
organisations or funds made with the aim of bringing about material social or environmental change as well as making
returns.
Pohjola Insurance and OP Life Assurance Company’s annual risk and capital adequacy assessment (ORSA report) describes
the identification and management of climate and environmental risks as part of company activities. These ORSA reports
include climate scenarios used to identify and measure possible changes in value by investment product and sector, in the
short and long term. Risks to companies’ capital adequacy are assessed using climate scenarios in relation to both
investment market risks and underwriting risks.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
93
Key instruments and risk types
The graph below describes risk types associated with key financial instruments and illustrates the significance of risk types
by means of the balance sheet values of each financial instrument (31 December 2022).
2.2 Banking risks
Credit risks
OP Financial Group manages its credit risk through the Group-level guidelines and principles and quantitative risk limits.
These are specified in Banking risk-taking policy lines, limits and threshold values, qualitative and quantitative targets, as
well principles governing customer selection, collateral and covenants. Quantitative and qualitative target levels balance out
the business targets and moderate risk appetite. Limits and threshold values set maximum limits for risk-taking. These
help to ensure sufficient diversification of the loan portfolio, while avoiding the emergence of overly large risk
concentrations.
Credit risk management is based on careful customer selection, active customer relationship management, good knowledge
of customers, strong professional skills and comprehensive documentation. The day-to-day credit process and its
effectiveness play a key role in the management of credit risks. Credit risk is also managed through selection of the range
of products and product terms and conditions. Risk associated with new lending is managed through well thought-out
customer selection and the avoidance of risk concentrations. In addition, techniques are used to reduce credit risks
(collateral and guarantees) and active use is made of covenants. Managing risk associated with the loan portfolio is based
on good customer relationship management and the proactive and consistent management of problem situations.
The customer’s sufficient repayment capacity is a prerequisite for all lending. Creating a group of connected clients properly
provides a foundation for credit risk management. Without a clear picture of which parties constitute the group, what the
structure of the group is like and what its repayment capacity comprises, it is not possible to get a true picture of the group
and understand the risk involved in lending to it. Each business identifies the group of connected clients and their
interdependencies and describes them in OP Financial Group’s systems.
Sufficient up-to-date information must be collected for assessing the creditworthiness of customers that pose a credit risk.
Creditworthiness comes from the customer’s willingness to pay and repayment capacity. They both affect the customer’s
rating grade. Sufficient and correct basic information is used to ensure that the customer can be rated with a correct credit
rating model, and that the rating grade gives a true picture of the customer’s creditworthiness risk. Each business ensures
that its customers’ rating grades are constantly valid and up to date and, if necessary, updates the grade if the customer’s
situation changes. This is how the loan portfolio of the bank concerned and the entire OP Financial Group can be monitored
on a real-time basis.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
94
Collateral management is based on an independent collateral assessment, the validity of pledges and the realisability of
collateral, enabling us to continuously maintain a realistic view of hard collateral securities used to secure receivables. The
values of assets pledged in security of receivables must give a true and real-time picture of the collateral position related
to the loan portfolio as well as individual customers. The financial standing of the collateral asset owner must be
considered when valuing collateral securities. The weaker the asset owner’s financial standing, the greater the weight of
the realisation value must be when estimating the collateral asset.
Financing decision-making is based on the principle of segregation, based on which the person preparing financing may not
make the financing decision alone. Because financing decisions are risk-taking decisions, those making such decisions must
have all the relevant information. All credit risk decisions are made on a business-specific basis. Decision-making is guided
by OP Financial Group’s Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) and the target risk profile specified in the risk policy. Decisions that
deviate from the target risk profile specified in the risk policy must be explained on a broader basis. The central
cooperative’s Risk Management assesses compliance of the most significant financing projects with the risk policy and
provides the managements of OP Financial Group and Group banking entities with a situational picture of compliance with
the risk policy.
The bank’s senior management and management body closely monitor the bank’s credit risk exposure. The bank’s
management is responsible for keeping the members of the management body informed if the bank’s operational risk-
taking deviates from the risk policy approved by the management body. This allows the Board of Directors, as its role
requires, to monitor the trend in the bank’s risk exposure and, if necessary, issue instructions to senior management on
risk-taking.
From the bank’s perspective, credit risk materialises in a situation where the customer becomes insolvent and cannot fulfil
its credit obligations without the bank taking measures, such as realising collateral. It is therefore important that customers
whose repayment capacity has weakened or a significant threat is posed to their repayment capacity are promptly
identified in both the financing process and the customer relationship management process.
Customers that are most significant to the bank and whose risk of default has clearly increased, or whose repayment
capacity is subject to another significant threat, must be placed under special control. For these customers, the bank must
prepare an action plan on what measures should be taken to resolve the customer’s situation from the bank’s perspective,
and to minimise the possibly materialised risk to the bank. The monitoring and documenting of customers in potential or
actual default is more intensive and extensive than the documentation of less risky customers, to ensure that the bank is
actively aware of changes in the customer’s situation and can react immediately if necessary.
Measuring credit risk
OP Financial Group measures credit risk using the ratio of economic capital need for credit risk to exposures at default, the
ratio of non-performing receivables to the loan and guarantee portfolio, and the ratio of expected credit losses to the loan
and guarantee portfolio. The proportion of corporate exposures in different rating grade baskets, and the average rating of
corporate exposure, are also measured. The risk policy sets limits for these metrics. In addition, loan portfolio
concentrations are monitored by customer, industry and country. OP Corporate Bank also measures the growth differential
of the loan portfolio and credit risk economic capital, to ensure a balance between growth and risk-taking. Limits derived
from Group-level limits have been set for the business segments engaged in banking.
Limits set in the risk policy can be supplemented with qualitative targets set in the operating instructions of each business
segment. These targets may be business segment or entity-specific. These targets may be segment or entity-specific.
Targets may be set for the entire loan portfolio or separately in relation to personal or corporate customer financing. It is
also possible to set targets measuring the quality of the credit risk process.
Customer segmentation is used to manage the loan portfolio, in order to ensure sufficient diversification of the loan
portfolio and efficient capital allocation. To enable a coordinated risk policy, customer segments have been defined so as to
ensure that each segment’s receivables are homogenous in terms of credit risk. Based on segmentation and the
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
95
breakdown by rating grade, the loan portfolio target status is presented in the risk policy. This status is not binding on the
business concerned, but the business must control credit risk-taking in order to achieve the target status.
OP Financial Group’s internal credit rating system
Rating means models, methods, processes, supervision, data collection and IT systems that support credit risk
management, credit risk assessment, the assignment of exposures to rating grades or pools, and the quantification of
default and loss estimates that have been developed for certain types of exposures. OP Financial Group’s internal rating
system applies to all Group entities. The Board of Directors of OP Cooperative considers and approves the credit rating
principles as part of the Risk Appetite Framework document.
OP Financial Group uses an internal 16-level scale of A‒F to assess the probability of default for its personal customer
agreements, with F representing borrowers in default. The Group assesses monthly all personal customer agreements’ PD
using a loan portfolio rating model. The loan portfolio rating is based on a customer’s basic data, payment behaviour and
other transaction history data. Average PDs have been calculated for each rating grade for a period of 12 months.
For now, an application stage rating model supports the loan approval process, credit risk assessment and the pricing of
new loans. OP cooperative banks and the Group’s asset and sales finance solutions and unsecured consumer loans have
their own application stage models.
The probability of default of corporate customers is assessed using the 20-level credit rating system on a scale of 1.0‒
12.0, with 11‒12 rating grades representing customers in default.
The R rating for mid-size and large corporate customers is based on the company's financial indicators and qualitative
background data on the basis of which a statistical model generates a proposal for rating. An expert familiar with the
customer makes a rating proposal on the basis of the rating suggested by the model and of any other information
available. Any changes and uncertainties relating to the future outlook will be regarded as warning signs and exceptions to
the rating provided by the model. The rating grade is determined by the central cooperative’s independent Risk
Management, based on the rating proposal, at least once a year and, in respect of weak customers, on a half yearly basis.
Suomen Asiakastieto’s automated rating model, Rating Alfa, forms the basis of small corporate customers' A rating. The
rating Alfa variables include information on payment default and payment practices of the company and its persons in
charge, key indicators based on financial statements and the customer’s basic data. The rating Alfa risk scores and OP
Financial Group’s internal payment behaviour data resulting in default are used to generate OP Financial Group’s rating
grades that will be changed based on expert assessments, if need be. The banks must at least once a year assess the
validity of the rating grade of A rated customers and they must assess customers with a low rating grade and those on the
watch list on a half-yearly basis. Responsibility for the assessment rests with the bank in charge. The rating grade for the
most significant A-rated customers is approved by the central cooperative’s Risk Management.
Low exposure corporate customers are rated using a rating model for low exposures (P). The rating model is an
automated rating model calculated on a monthly basis that is created on the basis of the customer’s basic data, transaction
data and payment behaviour data.
Liquidity risks
Identifying liquidity risks
OP Financial Group’s Treasury and other business units plus Risk Management continuously identify and assess risks
associated with funding and business and other business environment. In the risk assessment of new products, services,
business models, processes and systems, every business unit must take account of liquidity risks, too. At least once a year,
Risk Management and business representatives perform a comprehensive liquidity risk assessment to ensure that the
capital adequacy assessment process (ILAAP) is appropriate and adequate in relation to the Group’s liquidity risks.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
96
Assessment and measurement
OP Corporate Bank assesses the future cash flows of receivables, liabilities and off-balance-sheet commitments based on
the contract maturity date, repayment programme, expert assessments or statistical models based on customer behaviour
history.
Structural funding risk is measured as the difference between cash inflows and cash outflows in different maturities. In
addition, OP Corporate Bank calculates the regulatory Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), which determines the amount of
stable funding sources expected to span over one year in proportion to assets requiring stable funding.
From the perspective of the relevant authority, funding liquidity risk is measured using the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR).
The sufficiency of the liquidity requirement in terms of time is assessed though maturing items on the balance sheet,
wherein agreements are not renewed but ended at maturity. Based on the economic perspective, OP Financial Group
measures the sufficiency of the liquidity buffer through stress testing.
The Group measures funding concentration risk by calculating the amount of bond funding with a maturity of rolling 12
months and 3 months. In the time horizon of less than 12 months, OP Financial Group measures the total wholesale
funding amount, comprising short- and long-term wholesale funding, for 3 months. When it comes to deposit funding, the
Group monitors the concentration of the largest deposit volumes. Concentrations by counterparty and instrument are also
subject to monitoring.
The central cooperative consolidated measures its asset encumbrance by proportioning encumbered assets to the
aggregate amount of balance sheet assets and collateral securities.
Risk assessment and measurement methods related to liquidity buffer investments are described as part of market risks.
Liquidity stress testing
The adequacy of OP Financial Group’s liquidity buffer and buffer items is assessed through various scenarios. OP Financial
Group-specific and market-specific scenarios, as well as their combination, are used as stress scenarios. The scenarios
must cover both short- and long-term stress conditions. When measuring member bank-specific structural funding risk,
the liquidity requirement based on the regulatory stress scenario is counted as a deposit in Treasury on a bank-specific
basis. A reverse stress test is used in connection with the Group’s Recovery Plan. Senior management confirms the
scenarios to be used, use and reporting of stress test results.
Funding plan
OP Financial Group’s funding plan defines guidelines for wholesale funding for the next few years. In its funding plan, OP
Financial Group must take account of its member banks’ estimate of the funding need for years to come. Implementation
of the plan is monitored regularly and the plan is updated, where needed, during the year. Deposit funding is primarily
based on the business strategy and plan. The funding plan specifies the sources of wholesale funding and presents how the
Group covers its need for key wholesale funding sources in view of market depth and sufficient diversification. It also
defines the related decision-making powers. The funding plan must also take account of unfavourable scenarios lasting
several years and of abrupt changes in key funding items.
Non-euro liquidity management
OP Financial Group carries out non-euro funding due to the diversification of funding sources. Since almost all the Group’s
receivables are in euros, the Group mainly converts its non-euro funding into euros through derivative transactions in
connection with an issue.
According to liquidity regulation, a non-euro currency is significant if non-euro liabilities account for over 5 per cent of the
amalgamation’s balance sheet total. The Group monitors significant currencies every month when it produces its liquidity
report for the supervisor. Foreign currencies account for only a small proportion of the balance sheet and the liquidity risk
due to currency availability has been minimised by the operating model.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
97
Management of intraday liquidity
OP Financial Group’s Treasury monitors intraday funding sources and anticipates and monitors the execution of intraday
payments. It holds intraday funding sources at an amount that allows it to make payments due on the banking day.
Based on the liquidity contingency plan, the Group can raise its level of preparedness even if intraday liquidity is disturbed
in order to ensure efficient operations in the case of an increased threat of a crisis.
Liquidity buffer
From the financial perspective, the liquidity buffer consists of deposits in the Bank of Finland and unencumbered notes and
bonds eligible as collateral for central bank refinancing held by OP Corporate Bank. It also includes other notes and bonds
held by OP Corporate Bank marketable on the secondary market and unencumbered corporate loans eligible as collateral
for central bank refinancing.
From the regulatory perspective, OP Financial Group’s liquidity buffer consists of the liquidity buffer that fulfils the criteria
for liquidity buffer requirement provisions (LCR buffer).
The Group’s Treasury is responsible for preparing the investment plan at least once a year. The bond investments in the
liquidity buffer held by the Treasury are included in it. OP Corporate Bank’s Board of Directors approves the plan. The
investment plan applies the restrictions and objectives set in OP Financial Group’s Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) and Risk
Policy for market risk, credit risk and funding liquidity risk. To the appropriate extent, the investment plan establishes a
framework for testing the liquidity of notes and bonds.
OP Corporate Bank diversifies investments, for example, by product, counterparty and country, in view of both internal risk
appetite and external regulatory requirements.
Collateral management and asset encumbrance
In this context, collateral securities mean OP Financial Group’s assets used as collateral to fulfil liquidity needs, either in
normal or stress conditions. Group Treasury monitors collateral on a centralised basis, and is responsible for its use and
transfer.
Home loans serving as collateral for covered bonds issued by OP Mortgage Bank constitute the largest source of asset
encumbrance in the balance sheet. Central bank operations and the derivatives business are the other main sources of
asset encumbrance. From the perspective of preparing for liquidity needs, the central cooperative consolidated restricts
asset encumbrance through the quantitative limits specified in its Risk Policy.
To increase liquidity potential, it is necessary to identify the eligibility of the balance sheet receivables as collateral and
create readiness to use receivables as collateral.
Securing liquidity in stress conditions
OP Financial Group’s liquidity contingency plan establishes a framework that safeguards the Group’s ability to meet its
payment obligations, even during a liquidity crisis. The plan provides well-defined operational guidelines and operating
models for identifying an increased liquidity risk. It also steers OP Financial Group towards timely and appropriate
measures for reducing liquidity risk, by ensuring efficient organisation and actions if the threat of a crisis grows. The
contingency plan specifies control and monitoring practices for each liquidity level, which become more rigorous when
moving up to the next level.
Furthermore, OP Financial Group’s Recovery Plan includes liquidity management recovery measures.
Liquidity risk reporting
The Group reports liquidity risks to the central cooperative’s management on a regular basis and, with a heightened
threshold level of the liquidity status, will adopt weekly or daily progress reporting practices whenever necessary. OP
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
98
Financial Group companies report liquidity risks to their boards of directors regularly, applying at least the level which has
been set for limits. As part of OP Financial Group’s risk analysis, Risk Management reports quarterly to the Risk Committee,
which operates under the central cooperative’s Board of Directors, on liquidity risks.
Liquidity management and control within the amalgamation
Liquidity regulation as such is not applied to the amalgamation’s companies. However, with the ECB’s permission, the
central cooperative may give member banks special permission to deviate from the liquidity regulation. As the central
institution of the amalgamation of cooperative banks, OP Cooperative has granted its member credit institutions special
permission, under the Act on the Amalgamation of Deposit Banks. Pursuant to the Act, the liquidity requirements set for
credit institutions mentioned in Part VI of the EU Capital Requirements Regulation are not applied to OP Cooperative’s
member credit institutions. Liquidity based on the regulation is subject to supervision and reporting at the level of the
cooperative banks’ amalgamation. To fulfil the prerequisite for granting special permission, the central cooperative gives
the amalgamation’s companies instructions on the risk management needed to secure liquidity and meet other qualitative
requirements, and supervises compliance with these instructions.
The central cooperative senior management is responsible for organising OP Financial Group’s centralised liquidity risk
management according to liquidity strategy policy lines. It must ensure that management and supervision of the
amalgamation’s liquidity accord with the scope and quality of business, and fulfil regulatory requirements, at all times. In
the sales control of borrowing and lending, the management pays attention not only to growth and profitability targets but
also to liquidity features. Product development related to customer service must also aim to reduce risks associated with
the liquidity and funding structure.
OP Financial Group’s liquidity and wholesale funding plan and authorisations to raise capital on the financial markets are
subject to approval by the Boards of Directors of OP Corporate Bank and OP Mortgage Bank. The central cooperative’s
senior management approves the Liquidity Contingency Plan which contains the control and supervision procedures of the
liquidity status based on various threshold levels as well as funding sources.
As OP Financial Group’s treasury, OP Corporate Bank plc is tasked with securing the liquidity of the entire Group and each
OP cooperative bank or Group company. OP Financial Group places its entities’ liquidity in its Treasury’s cheque account
with the Bank of Finland. This means that the Group always manages its overall liquidity position through the account on a
centralised basis. OP Financial Group’s Treasury is in charge of the Group’s wholesale funding, manages the Group’s short-
term liquidity, maintains the liquidity buffer, manages the Group’s minimum reserve on a centralised basis and is
responsible for managing intraday liquidity risk. OP Corporate Bank manages on a centralised basis the Group’s wholesale
funding in the form of debt capital and equity capital, while OP Mortgage Bank manages wholesale funding based on
covered bonds.
Based on the decision by the Board of Directors or a body it has authorised, Group Treasury may use the collateral
securities in the entire OP Financial Group in a normal circumstance. In a severe liquidity crisis caused by money and
capital market disruptions or by other reasons or in preparing for it the central cooperative’s Board of Directors, or a body
it has authorised, obliges the amalgamation’s member banks to either sell loans to OP Mortgage Bank or to place part of
their loan portfolio as collateral for the covered bond issued by OP Mortgage Bank through an intermediary loan. The
amounts of the loans to be needed are based on the Group-level need and are determined for each bank. The decision
may be put into practice based on a decision made by the central cooperative’s Board of Directors or a body it has
authorised. Member banks are committed to immediately executing any measures related to the decision.
The primary funding sources of OP cooperative banks’ lending include equity capital, deposit funding and funding for
intermediary loans from OP Mortgage Bank. The use of intermediary loans reduces the need for OP Financial Group’s
senior funding.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
99
If surplus liquidity emerges in an OP cooperative bank’s customer business, it will be channelled to investment products
provided by the Group’s Treasury to support the implementation of the entire OP Financial Group’s mission. Investment is
not counted among the basic tasks of OP cooperative banks.
Allocation of liquidity risk costs within the amalgamation
The costs of wholesale funding and liquidity buffer maintenance are allocated among member banks based on the
matching principle adopted by the central cooperative senior management. The costs of liquidity maintenance are allocated
through liquidity deposits and the costs of wholesale funding are allocated through the margin added to the base rate of
OP Financial Group’s loans/deposits, or by using another practice.
Market risks
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) management strategy
The interest rate risk in the banking book is posed by retail banking transactions and the size of risk is affected by
developments in customer credit and deposits. The interest rate risk in the banking book has been defined as one of OP
Financial Group’s significant risks.
The general principles for managing interest rate risk in the banking book are as follows:
• Senior management is responsible for arranging the management of interest rate risks in the banking book as
part of OP Financial Group’s banking activities, in line with the interest rate risk management strategy and
grounded, stable and documented practices. Such methods must ensure that realisation of interest rate risk in the
banking book (IRRBB) remains at Group level and within the limits set for each bank, and that the IRRBB is
compliant with regulations.
• IRRBB limits set the size of interest rate risk at a level matching each member bank’s risk-bearing capacity, taking
account of each bank’s deposit funding structure. This is particularly necessary when an attempt is made to
increase net interest income using spreads between long-term and short-term interest rates.
• Member banks of the amalgamation manage interest rate risk in the banking book within the scope of the risk
policy and limits, other guidelines and targets issued by the central cooperative, and the terms and conditions of
accounts, deposits and loans. Member banks must understand how interest rate movements and customer
behaviour affect net interest income and have sufficient expertise in the use of derivatives in order to manage
interest rate risks related to products provided by the Group Treasury. As part of their annual planning, member
banks prepare an ALM plan that includes a management plan for their interest rate risk in the banking book.
• Overall interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is monitored by OP Financial Group’s Treasury, and the
Banking ALM Committee can provide member banks with recommendations on how to manage interest risk. Such
recommendations can be binding.
• The central cooperative must ensure that, through centralised hedge accounting, the financial statements of the
Group and its major companies take account of interest rate risk transfer, in accordance with the nature of
businesses in question.
• Interest income risk metrics are used to assess changes in net interest income and present value risk metrics to
measure changes in the value of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet items over the entire term to maturity
assumed for the contracts. The interest rate outlook must include an assessment of how changes in the general
interest rate and the shape of the rate curve will impact on net interest income and the present value of balance
sheet items.
• When measuring interest rate risk, account must be taken of optionalities included in assets and liabilities, so as to
make their impact visible in future cash flows. The models’ functionality is ensured in accordance with the model
risk management principles.
• When measuring interest rate risk, equity items – equity capital, cooperative capital and retained earnings – are
non-interest-bearing liabilities which are placed on a timeline in accordance with the term structure set for them.
In risk calculation, subordinated loans in own funds are treated in accordance with their contractual terms and
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
100
conditions. In the case of Profit Shares, cash flows must be set in accordance with the customer promise in each
case.
• Regular stress tests must be performed regarding interest rate risk. In particular, this involves testing any change
in customer behaviour in relation to how credit, deposits and Profit Shares have performed historically as
portfolios. Other changes in key business assumptions, such as the removal of zero floors for reference interest
rates, must also be tested.
• The risk assessment procedure applied to OP Financial Group’s new products, services, operating models,
processes and systems must ensure that the requirements of interest rate risk management are appropriately
described and taken into account when developing customer business.
• Economic capital is allocated for interest rate risk in the banking book in relation to interest rate risk.
Management of other market risks in Banking through the balance sheet
Other market risks associated with revenue logic arising from banking through the balance sheet are chiefly due to the
management of OP Financial Group’s liquidity buffer and OP Corporate Bank’s portfolio of bonds.
OP Corporate Bank’s Group Treasury manages OP Financial Group’s banking liquidity buffer. The regulatory liquidity
coverage ratio (LCR) determines the constraints on the size and allocation of the liquidity buffer. Alongside Group Treasury
deposits, the liquidity buffer contains the liquidity buffer portfolio, and items in the liquidity buffer portfolio must conform to
the regulatory creditworthiness and liquidity requirements. For this reason, the portfolio includes securities carrying a very
low likelihood of credit losses materialising. Because these securities most often have fixed interest rates, their value varies
depending on movements in market rates and credit spreads.
The liquidity buffer portfolio is monitored and managed using market risk management methods:
• The Banking risk policy determines the risk measurement methods and risk-taking limits, as well as other
restrictions.
• An investment plan is prepared for the investment portfolio, describing the goals of investment activities and the
principles of portfolio management. OP Corporate Bank’s Board of Directors approves the investment plan.
• The Group ensures sufficient portfolio diversification by means of restrictions by issuer.
In addition, OP Corporate Bank invests in corporate bonds. OP Corporate Bank’s bond portfolio is OP Corporate Bank’s
equivalent to lending. An investment plan is prepared for each portfolio, describing the goals of investment activities and
the principles of portfolio management.
OP Corporate Bank manages equity and real estate risk in Banking primarily through instructions which strictly limit risk-
taking. Real estate risk chiefly involves real property units used by OP cooperative banks. The current Banking business
models do not call for an increase in equity or real estate risk.
If surplus liquidity emerges in an OP cooperative bank’s customer business, it will be channelled to investment products
provided by OP Financial Group’s Treasury to support the implementation of the entire OP Financial Group’s mission.
Investment is not counted among the basic tasks of OP cooperative banks. In their social role, OP cooperative banks may
invest in local private equity funds in their operating region. With their investments, the banks, according to their
cooperative values, support prosperity in their region and economic activity in their region and among the bank’s customer
base.
In car dealer financing, OP Financial Group can offer products where the risk of the car’s resale value at the end of the
contract period is borne by OP Corporate Bank. If the actual selling prices are less than the estimate used in the pricing of
the contract, revenue will be lower than targeted or a loss will be made. To manage risks, it is important to limit the
financed assets so that their prices can be predicted and their realisation goes smoothly.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
101
Risk management in Markets
OP Financial Group’s trading in capital market products has been centralised in OP Corporate Bank’s Markets function. This
includes the price setting and market hedging of interest rate hedging products for loans granted by OP cooperative banks
and OP Corporate Bank, separate interest rate hedges, foreign exchange trading, structured investment products, trading
in bonds and commodity derivatives. The risks taken include market risks such as interest rate risk in different currencies,
currency risk, volatility risk related to options, credit spread risks, and credit risks such as counterparty and issuer risks.
Repurchases of structured investment products also generate a degree of equity risk. Markets is responsible for managing
the Group’s currency exposure and does foreign exchange transactions on the market according to needs. Markets
manages risk exposures by actively trading on the market. Markets monitors risks and earnings on a daily basis. In
addition, Risk Management reports Markets’ risks to the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee and the senior management,
as part of OP Financial Group’s risk analysis.
The Markets function is exposed to risks associated with liquidity and market liquidity. The risk associated with liquidity is
due to secured derivative contracts’ collateral requirements dependent on market values. This is managed as part of other
liquidity management conducted by Treasury. The low market liquidity of some markets and products, general market
liquidity weakening or technical malfunction on the part of the central counterparty may lead to a situation where the
needed transactions cannot be executed at the expected price or following the selected hedging strategy is not possible.
Regarding risks associated with the liquidity of markets, it is necessary to ensure that customers have been proactively
informed of the consequences of any possible differing market situations. Furthermore, it is necessary to create
preparedness to use, if needed, an alternative central counterparty to ensure the continuity of customer business.
Market risks taken by the Markets function are measured using the expected shortfall measure, as well as various
sensitivity and nominal value metrics for specific products and positions. The impacts of market movements that are
significant to the business are assessed via stress tests. This is important in order to understand the risks of rare market
movements and those with a major impact. Economic capital need is calculated in relation to market risks taken by the
Markets function. The risk policy sets limits and frameworks for business models. The risk policy is prepared in such a way
that the risks are visible for each business model and any risk-taking that goes beyond the business model is tightly
constrained.
Entering into derivative contracts gives rise to counterparty credit risk, which is managed by applying customer-specific
limits. OP Corporate Bank’s credit decision process decides on the limits. The counterparty risk posed by derivatives is
included in the economic capital requirement related to credit risk. To take account of the risk, OP Corporate Bank adjusts
the valuations of derivatives using Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA and DVA). The size of the valuation adjustment is
affected by the credit-risk-free valuation of derivatives, interest rates, volatility of interest rate options, exchange rates, and
credit risk market price. Fluctuations in adjustments to the value of credit risk due to the valuation adjustment are
mitigated by entering into derivative contracts.
Ownership of bonds and money market instruments causes issuer risks, which are limited using issuer-specific limits, or
allocation limits on the corresponding limits used by the Markets function.
Some risks arising from interest-rate hedges for loans are transferred to Markets, which trades on the market to cover
them. Risks associated with operations include interest rate and volatility risk. In some products, the forecast client
behaviour has a significant effect on the pricing of the product and risk hedging. If, on the whole, the client’s behaviour
differs significantly from the predicted one, the realised client return may be lower or higher than expected and the risk
position over-hedged or under-hedged. Client behaviour risk differs from market risks in that the risk cannot be hedged on
inter-bank markets. Risk management is based on OP cooperative banks’ client relationship management, real-time
monitoring of client behaviour and the use of accumulated data in the development of forecast models.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
102
Risk management for the Asset Management business model
Key risks of the asset management function include operational and compliance risks related to service provision, and
prospective business risks such as changes in the economic situation, competition or customer behaviour. The sale of asset
management products is subject to detailed regulation seeking to ensure that clients understand the risks, costs and
environmental and social impacts of their investment decisions. The sale of investment products carries a reputational risk.
The effect of market developments on assets under management exposes to market risks involved in the revenue earned
by business.
In asset management business activities, low liquidity may be a feature of an investment (for example, real property) or
liquidity may become weaker in exceptional market conditions, in which case, for example, certain securities are not traded
actively or differ greatly in their bid and asked prices. Liquidity risk may also be shown due to unexpected customer
behaviour, especially in turbulent markets, for example in terms of larger-than-usual redemption requests sent to a
mutual fund. This may result in a situation where the fund cannot perform the redemptions. Liquidity risk associated with
the asset management business must be managed in advance by informing customers of liquidity risks associated with the
investment product in marketing materials. In problem situations, liquidity risk is managed by delaying and interrupting
redemptions, charging redemption fees or changing pricing and possibly increasing cash allocation.
Operational risk management processes often include risk assessments of products, services and investments, and at least
annual risk and control self-assessments of existing processes and practices. In addition, development processes for new
products, services and investments include internal discussions involving representatives of the supporting assurance
functions. Such discussions ensure that development takes account of risk management and regulatory compliance, and
that internal control forms part of operating models and product monitoring. Risk statements on new products and
services are drawn up by independent risk management and compliance functions. OP Asset Management’s risk
management processes also include internal committee work. The risk management and compliance functions take part in
committees and consideration of new products and operating models.
By ensuring that the product range meets customer demand and needs, customer retention can be improved in situations
where clients want to switch or diversify their investments. A capital requirement is set for risks within the risk type, Other
assessable risks.
2.3 Risks of insurance operations
Life insurance risks
Biometric risks associated with life insurance products consist of higher claim payouts than expected in most cases of
death, or longer periods of pension disbursements than expected. Mortality and life expectancy affect a life insurance
company’s risk exposure in pure life insurance policies and pension policies. Longevity risk is particularly significant for
group pension insurance policies under a defined benefit plan and in other portfolios of lifelong pensions, because these
contracts do not contain any significant mortality risk to counterbalance the risk exposure.
The policyholders’ customer behaviour gives rise to lapse risk. Policyholders have the right to stop paying their premiums,
terminate the contract early, or change the contract based on an embedded option in a way which results in higher risk for
the company. One example of such options is the customer’s right to change the profit type of their assets from unit-linked
to one with technical interest, which increases interest expenses. Another example is the postponement of pension, which
increases the longevity risk and lapse risk. Endowment policies and capital redemption contracts with the right of
surrender, and term life policies (which the policyholder can terminate anytime), are particularly susceptible to lapse risk
related to customer behaviour. Pension insurance can only be surrendered in exceptional circumstances.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
103
Expense risk refers to a situation in which incurred insurance contract management, maintenance and claims management
expenses differ from those estimated in premium rating. The early lapse of insurance policies may also jeopardise the
accuracy of cost assumptions used for premium rating and thereby contribute to the materialisation of expense risk.
The need for capital required by life insurance underwriting risks is assessed by applying the Solvency Capital Requirement
(SCR) and the economic capital need. Stress tests are used to supplement the assessment.
Life insurance underwriting risks are managed by means of strict risk selection and pricing and by ensuring that insurance
liabilities are accurate and sufficient. The customer and risk selection policies are described in the customer and risk
selection guidelines, which are updated frequently.
Risks related to mortality and longevity are priced in a secure way on the basis of the conditions and situation prevailing
when the policy is issued. The company can only change the prices of these long-term contracts to a very limited extent.
This is why risk caused by any later changes in the premium rating bases is borne by the insurance company, which raises
the premiums of new policies and records an insurance liability supplement for sold policies. Offering insurance policies
with the opposite risk exposures reduces the net risk incurred by the entire insurance portfolio.
Early lapse risks related to customer behaviour, and the risk of customers exercising their option to change the profit type
of their assets to a guaranteed-interest model, are managed through a competitive range of products, suitable product
structures, and incentives and sanctions in the contract terms and conditions.
Expense risk is managed through adequate cost control and prudent pricing. Realisation of assumptions concerning
premium rating is regularly monitored and, if necessary, the premiums of new policies are raised and additional insurance
liabilities are recorded for sold policies.
Reinsurance is also used to mitigate risk. The reinsurance level is determined in the reinsurance principles approved by OP
Life Assurance Company’s board of directors. The reinsurance principles set limits for the maximum retention and
catastrophe protection capacity. The reinsurance principles also restrict the authority to take reinsurance counterparty risk
– the document sets limits based on the counterparty’s rating grade and the reinsurance contract type (contract business,
facultative).
The actuary in charge annually makes the company’s board of directors a statement of continuous compliance with the
insurance liability requirements, the requirements set by the nature of the underwriting business and the opinions given by
the actuarial analysis function on the insurance policy and reinsurance arrangements.
OP Financial Group limits the economic capital requirement tied up in underwriting risks relative to OP Financial Group’s
internal capital. Underwriting risks are, for their part, also guided by a target set in the capital plan for own funds and the
requirement for solvency capital.
Non-life insurance risks
OP Financial Group manages non-life insurance underwriting risks by means of strict risk selection and pricing and by
ensuring that insurance liabilities are accurate and sufficient.
Premium rating is based on risk correlation, which means that the insurance risk premium corresponds to at least the
claims incurred from the insurance. The insurance premium also includes components for operating expenses and capital
cost.
The bases for risk selection (customer selection and related criteria, as well as decision-making limits by insurance line) are
specified in the risk policy, which is updated annually, and the guidelines, which supplement the risk policy. The documents
specify decision-making powers on a multistage basis according to the size of underwriting risk, as well as risks by
insurance line underwritten only to a limited extent and at the discretion of the Insurance Customers Management Team.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
104
Insurance periods within non-life insurance are mainly one year or less, and changes in the underwriting risk level can
usually be passed quickly onto insurance premiums. In respect of long-term insurance lines where risk inter-independence
does not perhaps materialise, risk is managed by setting underwriting limits.
Reinsurance is also used to mitigate risk. The reinsurance level is determined in the reinsurance principles approved by the
boards of directors. Reinsurance is implemented mainly through risk-specific (insured object) and loss-event-specific
reinsurance cover. Potential gaps in reinsurance cover are eliminated in accordance with detailed underwriting guidelines.
The risk arising from reinsurance availability is subject to strict supervision. Irrespective of the insurance line, large
individual risks, such as claim accumulations arising from natural disasters or human activity, are reinsured.
The reinsurance principles set limits for the maximum retention and catastrophe protection capacity. The reinsurance
principles also restrict authorisations to take reinsurance counterparty risk because the document sets limits based on the
counterparty’s rating grade and the reinsurance contract type (contract business, facultative, fronting). Local risk
concentrations are included in the Estimated Maximum Loss (EML) for property and business interruption risks, and
through EML breakthrough cover included in reinsurance cover.
The amount of insurance liabilities is estimated securely in such a way that it would be sufficient to fulfil the obligations
arising from insurance contracts. This is performed by first estimating the expected value for insurance liabilities, and then
determining a safety loading based on the degree of uncertainty. The actuary in charge annually makes the company’s
board of directors a statement of continuous compliance with the insurance liability requirements, the requirements set by
the nature of the underwriting business and the opinions given by the actuarial analysis function on the insurance policy
and reinsurance arrangements.
Non-life insurance underwriting risks are assessed by applying the Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR) and the economic
capital need. Stress tests are used to supplement the assessment. The economic capital need tied up in underwriting risks
is limited relative to OP Financial Group’s internal capital. Underwriting risks are also restricted by a target set in the capital
plan for the ratio of own funds to the solvency capital requirement.
Market and counterparty risk management in life and non-life insurance
Management of structural interest rate risk and other investment risks
The management of market risks in life and non-life insurance covers all of the market risks on the balance sheet,
consisting of insurance liabilities, investments and derivatives. Investment operations aim to ensure customer income,
obtain assets covering insurance liabilities, and invest profitably to generate returns. Investment operations take account of
factors such as the structural interest rate risk arising from the cash flow structure of insurance liabilities, and the other
requirements that insurance liabilities impose on investment assets and their liquidity. For this reason, companies must
divide future cash flows, the related uncertainties and causes of uncertainty by insurance type and asset class. In addition,
in their investment plan, companies must define and give grounds for which investment instruments are covered by which
part of insurance liabilities and how large a deviation will be allowed between the duration of investment portfolio and
insurance liability cash flows, interest rate sensitivity and other relevant key figures. Application of the principle of equity in
life insurance also affects investment targets and the amount of risk taken.
An analysis of structural interest rate risk – interest rate risk on the balance sheet – begins by assessing how well cash
flows from fixed income investments and insurance liability match each other (Asset and Liability Management, ALM).
Interest rate movements affect the value of insurance liabilities as well as investments and hedging derivatives. The
companies’ market risks on the balance sheet are managed in line with investment plans, using investment allocation and
insurance liabilities as hedging, while taking account of expected returns.
In the Solvency II framework and the economic capital need model, the insurance liability discounting curve includes a
volatility adjustment, which also exposes to credit spread risk on the balance sheet in terms of structural interest rate risk.
In respect of the level of the credit spread related to interest rate risk on the balance sheet, the consistency of the risk
profiles of assets and liabilities is essential. Differences between the companies’ fixed income investments and volatility
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
105
adjustment portfolio may be related to geographical distribution, corporate loan sectors, credit ratings or maturities. Fixed
income investments involve a risk of credit loss and a lower credit rating for the investment in question; sufficient
diversification is used to manage such risk.
The magnitude of market risks is measured and limited by the Value at Risk metric and various sensitivity indicators, as
well as the amount of the economic capital need and the solvency capital requirement (SCR). Stress tests are used to
supplement the assessment. Insurance companies’ risk concentrations within asset classes are assessed by examining the
asset class allocation distribution.
Market risks are limited using risk limits, which are set in revenue logic-specific risk policies and investment plans
confirmed by the Board of Directors. Risk policies set limits for market risks that are determined based on the limits based
on OP Financial Group's Risk Appetite Statement. Insurance liability hedging targets are set in the companies’ investment
plans. Asset class limits are set for liquid and illiquid investments. Credit rating limits are used to manage credit risks
related to the investment portfolio. Separate investment plans are prepared for the life insurance portfolio (ETA 1) and the
pension insurance portfolio (ETA 2) transferred from Suomi Mutual Life Assurance Company to OP Life Assurance
Company. The boards of directors of the insurance companies also approve principles for the use of derivatives for
inclusion in the investment plans. In addition to the Group’s risk policy lines and limits, investment portfolios are restricted
by the responsible investment principles confirmed by the companies’ boards of directors.
Insurance companies’ investment activities involve a country risk due to the geographical distribution of investments. Such
risk is limited by setting a maximum limit based on a credit rating from outside the country in question (the risk country) –
a credit rating given by an international rating agency. On the basis of OP Financial Group’s maximum limits for each
country, company-specific country limits are allocated separately to OP Life Assurance Company and Pohjola Insurance in
order to limit geographical concentrations in their investments. The geographical distribution of investment risks is
regularly monitored.
The insurance companies’ insurance liabilities do not, in principle, cause currency risks because their insurance liabilities
are normally denominated in euros. For OP Life Assurance Company, all insurance liabilities are denominated in euros. For
this reason, a substantial proportion of investments covering insurance liabilities are allocated to euro-denominated
securities, or open currency risks are hedged.
Counterparty risk management
The counterparty risk of reinsurers is managed using limits for specific rating grades and counterparties in accordance with
the reinsurance principles confirmed by the Board of Directors and in the investment plans.
The counterparty risk related to the investment portfolio is limited using risk limits, being included in the investment plan
on this basis. Diversification limits are set for direct and fund investments. Sufficient diversification of insurance companies’
investment portfolios is ensured by issuer limits set in the companies’ investment plans. Derivative-related counterparty
risk is limited on the basis of the counterparties’ credit ratings. The derivative instruments to be used and related practices
are described in the documentation, approved by the Board of Directors, on the principles underlying the use of derivatives.
Capital is reserved for counterparty risks in the economic capital need model and the SCR measurement.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
106
Note 3. Changes in accounting policies and presentation
1. Effective interest rate of TLTRO III loans
OP Financial Group’s TLTRO III funding amounted to a total of EUR 12 billion (16) at the end of December. The interest rate for
TLTRO III funding for each loan between 23 June 2022 and 22 November 2022 is the average of the ECB’s deposit facility rate
between the start date of the loan concerned and 22 November 2022, and after that the ECB’s deposit facility rate. The effect of
items related to TLTRO III funding and its hedging amounted to EUR –10 million (103) during the reporting period.
The effective interest rate for TLTRO funding has been calculated by taking account of all the loan’s contractual terms and
management judgement of expected payments. If changes occur later in the loan’s contractual terms or management judgement,
they will be treated as changes in the loan’s carrying amount. The gross carrying amount of the loan is recalculated in such a
way that it corresponds to the present value of the reassessed cash flows that is discounted at the loan’s original effective
interest rate. The resulting adjustment is recognised through profit or loss.
2. Adoption of IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
OP Financial Group has applied IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts since 1 January 2023, which is the mandatory effective date. The
European Union adopted IFRS 17 on 19 November 2021. In addition, OP Financial Group has applied an amendment to IFRS 17
that allows a classification overlay for financial assets. This removed an accounting mismatch between insurance contract
liabilities and related financial assets due to the adoption of IFRS 17 for the adjusted comparative information. The European
Union adopted the amendment on 8 September 2022.
IFRS 17 affects the measurement and recognition of OP Financial Group’s non-life and life insurance products as well as their
presentation in the financial statements. For the presentation of the balance sheet, the rights and obligations involved in
insurance contracts are netted and presented either in assets or liabilities. In the income statement, the insurance service result
is presented as a subtotal and separately investment income. In addition, the new standard means more qualitative and
quantitative requirements for notes to the financial statements, such as reconciliation statements for changes in the net carrying
amounts of insurance contracts during the period and an analysis of insurance service income per valuation component.
The most important goal of the standard is to harmonise the measurement of insurance contract liability on a global basis; the
measurement under the existing insurance contracts standard is based on national measurements. Under IFRS 17,
measurement is based on current estimates, as is the case in insurance companies’ solvency measurement. However, IFRS 17
differs from solvency measurement in terms of its purpose and principle basis. The current practice, in which insurance contract
liability may contain implicit margins of risk-bearing and future profits, will cease to exist. leading to explaining changes in liability
in a transparent way.
Significant changes to OP Financial Group’s accounting policies of the financial statements under IFRS are shown below.
IFRS 17 is applied to contracts under which OP Financial Group accepts significant insurance risk from another party. When
making an assessment, OP Financial Group takes account of all terms included in a contract, explicit or implied, but OP Financial
Group shall disregard terms that have no commercial substance. Contracts held by OP Financial Group that transfer significant
insurance risk of underlying insurance contracts to another party are classified as reinsurance contracts and are included within
the scope of the standard. Insurance contracts and reinsurance contracts expose OP Financial Group to financial risk too.
Changes in assumptions of financial risk and changes in liability arising from market changes can be reversed with changes in the
fair value of assets in income/expenses.
Insurance contracts with no direct participation features are measured using the General Measurement Model (GMM). This
measurement model is applied to typical non-life insurance contracts and the life insurance contracts that do not fulfil the criteria
of the variable fee approach (VFA). Insurance contracts with direct participation features are measured using the VFA. These are
unit-linked insurance contracts which have a significant insurance risk. On initial recognition, OP Financial Group assesses
whether the contract includes direct participation features using the following criteria:
• The contractual terms specify that the policyholder participates in a share of a clearly identified pool of underlying items
(e.g. investment basket).
• OP Financial Group expects to pay to the policyholder an amount equal to a substantial share of the fair value returns
on the underlying items.
• OP Financial Group expects a substantial proportion of any change in the amounts to be paid to the policyholder to vary
with the change in fair value of the underlying items.
For initial measurement, insurance contracts are identified and grouped into those subject to similar risks and managed together.
Insurance contracts are measured at cohort level that is created by means of a product line, customer group and cohort year.
Contracts are grouped further based on their level of profitability and if the group of contracts is onerous on initial recognition or
the existing group becomes onerous, the loss is immediately recognised in the income statement.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
107
Insurance acquisition expenses are capitalised in assets in the balance sheet to the extent they can be deemed to relate to the
renewal of the contracts. Capitalised acquisition expenses are allocated to the groups of future insurance contracts based on
experience data using a systematic and rational method, which is presented in Other assets in the balance sheet. Capitalised cash
flows are derecognised and are included in the measurement of the related new group of insurance contracts at the date of
initial recognition. OP Financial Group regularly assesses the recoverability of an asset for insurance acquisition cash flows. OP
Financial Group recognises an impairment loss in profit or loss if facts and circumstances indicate that the asset may be
impaired. This is applied to the non-life insurance products where it is typical that some customers renew short 12-month
policies, when the capitalisation criteria are fulfilled.
OP Financial Group recognises a group of insurance contracts are from the earliest of the following:
• the beginning of the coverage period of the group of contracts
• the date when the first payment from a policyholder in the group becomes due
• the date when the group of contracts becomes onerous.
The fulfilment cash flow of the group of insurance contracts is a sum of the following components:
• the fulfilment of cash flows adjusted with the time value of money
• risk adjustment that reflects OP Financial Group’s risk appetite
• the contractual service margin that is a residual item and represents unearned profit.
If the contractual service margin is negative, the group of contracts is onerous and the loss is immediately recognised in loss.
The following items are included in the cash flows of groups of insurance contracts:
• cash flows within the boundary of an insurance contract and those that relate directly to the fulfilment of the contract
(such as claims settlement expenses and administrative expenses as well as net commission expenses), including cash
flows for which OP Financial Group has discretion over the amount and timing
• investment components with a high interrelation with insurance contracts as master agreements
• any potential embedded derivatives closely related to insurance contracts as the master agreement
• a promise that may be included in insurance contracts to provide non-insurance services or products when it is the
question of ancillary cash flows.
Some life insurance contracts include investment components where their determination varies by contract type. The expenses of
these investment component are presented separate from other incurred insurance service expenses.
Subsequently, at the end of each reporting period, the carrying amount in the balance sheet of the group of insurance contracts
includes:
• the liability for remaining coverage (LRC) period that includes measurements of the components defined in initial
recognition on the reporting day, cash flows of the contracts related to the future service to be provided and the value
of contractual service margin
• the liability incurred for claims (LIC) that includes claims and expenses for past service allocated to the group of
insurance contracts at that date that have not yet been paid and claims that have occurred but have not yet been
reported.
When measuring groups of insurance contracts, estimates of future cash flows reflect future assumptions made at the
measurement date, the discount rate used is the rates at the measurement date and the estimate of risk adjustment for non-
financial risk is revised. Discount rates used to determine the rate accreting on the contractual service margin are locked-in rates
determined for contracts under the GMM model at the beginning of the group of contracts and for contracts under the VFA
model the rate at the reporting date.
The contractual service margin represents the unearned profit of the group of insurance contracts and an amount of the
contractual service margin is recognised in profit or loss in each period to reflect the insurance contract services provided under
the group of insurance contracts in that period. The amount recognised in profit or loss is determined by:
• identifying the coverage units in the group of insurance contracts. The number of coverage units in a group is the
quantity of insurance contract services provided by the contracts in the group, determined by considering for each
contract the quantity of the benefits provided under a contract and the contract’s duration
• allocating the contractual service margin at the end of the period (before recognising any amounts in profit or loss to
reflect the insurance contract services provided in the period) equally to each coverage unit provided in the current
period and expected to be provided in the future
• recognising in profit or loss the amount allocated to coverage units provided in the period.
At OP Financial Group, coverage units are determined for the forecast lifecycle of the contract. For typical non-life insurance
contracts of short duration, insurance service is interpreted to be provided evenly during the coverage period and insurance
premiums received from contracts in the same insurance group are used as the basis for the coverage unit at insurance group
level. The forecast lifecycle recognition of the contractual service margin of life insurance products in profit or loss, depending on
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
108
the contract type, is affected by the saved amount by group, expected duration of the contract, amount of compensation or
savings, lapses and future insurance premiums. Release of the contractual service margin and the basis of coverage units vary by
insurance line: the basis is the development of the amount of assets for endowment-type insurance products and the
development of capital at risk for term life insurance. In the reference year 2022, the basis is, however, an insurance premium
with respect to term life insurance products.
In the VFA model, a company’s share of changes in the fair value of underlying investments is included in the contractual service
margin that changes on each reporting date.
Reinsurance contracts are grouped using the same principle as direct insurance contracts, but proportional and non-proportional
reinsurance contracts are additionally grouped separately. The date of initial recognition of reinsurance contracts held is earlier of
the following:
• the start date of the coverage period of the group of reinsurance contracts. If this date is later than the start date of the
coverage period of the group of reinsurance contracts, recognition is delayed until the underlying insurance contract
has been initially recognised.
• The date when OP Financial Group recognises an onerous group of underlying direct insurance contracts when OP
Financial Group entered into the related reinsurance contract held in the group of reinsurance contracts held at or
before that date.
OP Financial Group adjusts the contractual service margin of reinsurance contracts held and, as a result, recognises income when
recognising a loss either in connection with initial recognition of the group of underlying onerous reinsurance contracts or when
adding underlying onerous insurance contracts to the group. This adjustment to the contractual service margin and the resulting
income are determined by multiplying:
• the loss recognised on the underlying insurance contracts
• the percentage of claims on the underlying insurance contracts OP Financial Group expects to recover from the group
of reinsurance contracts held.
Income of the group of insurance contracts is presented in the row Insurance premium revenue in the income statement,
comprising the measurement of the following components: future cash flows, risk adjustment for non-financial risk and
contractual service margin. Expenses related to the group of insurance contracts consist of claims incurred, losses from onerous
contracts, changes related to prior periods and operating expenses and they are presented in the row Insurance service
expenses. Expenses and income related to reinsurance contracts are presented in the row Net income from reinsurance
contracts. The income statement item Net insurance finance income and expenses includes the effect of change in the discount
rate and other financial changes on the value of insurance contract liability and the effect of the passage of time, meaning
unwinding of discount. In addition, the item includes an option of risk mitigation to apply to certain life insurance contracts.
Applying this option gives an opportunity to adjust accounting for contracts under the VFA model in such a way that those
changes in cash flows involving a hedgeable position in respect of funding risk are transferred from the contractual service
margin to the income statement. In the balance sheet, future cash flows related to contracts are presented in net terms and
grouped into insurance contract liabilities or assets at portfolio level and into reinsurance contract liabilities or assets at portfolio
level. The current presentation based on expense types in the income statement will change because, as a result of IFRS 17, a
proportion of personnel costs, depreciation/amortisation and other operating expenses is included in the calculation of insurance
contract liability under IFRS 17 and presented in Insurance service expenses.
OP Financial Group has made the following significant choices related to the accounting policies:
• Presenting financial income and expenses related to the insurance for the period through profit or loss; discounting
curves are derived as the sum of the risk-free interest rate and the liquidity premium dependent on the characteristics
of insurance contracts (bottom-up approach), extrapolating long-term interest rates. Similarly, investments related to
insurance contract liability are reclassified in such a way that their fair value is presented through profit or loss. The
overlay approach applied to equity investments allowed by IFRS 4 ceases to be effective at the date of initial application.
• A risk mitigation option is used for certain contracts based on the VFA that are hedged according to the goal and
strategy of the management of market risks in interest rate risk on the balance sheet. This removes the result
mismatch.
• The Cost of Capital Method is used to determine risk adjustment.
• OP Financial Group does not apply the Premium Allocation Approach (PAA), nor does it apply the option allowed by
IFRS 17 adopted in the European Union to group together several annual cohorts.
In the transition to IFRS 17, the modified retrospective approach is applied to non-life insurance contracts covering all types of
insurance contracts to which fully retrospective transition approach cannot be applied. The modification is especially used to
adjust cash flows that have already realised and to determine the discount rate. Insofar as complete data are not in all respects
available for applying the full retrospective approach, the modified retrospective approach, permitted by the standard, is applied
to in situations where reasonable and supportable information can, however, be used that is available without undue cost or
effort. The end results of the modified retrospective approach will quite closely correspond to those of the full retrospective
approach.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
109
In addition, the fair value approach is applied to life insurance contracts and other non-life insurance contracts to which the
modified retrospective approach is not applied. According to the option allowed by the transitional provisions, all contracts are
grouped on a portfolio basis into one transition cohort. The full retrospective approach is the primary transition model, but it
must be able to be applied without hindsight relating, for example, to data concerning cash flows received and paid before the
transition, their estimates and changes itemised for each group of insurance contracts in view of the inception year of contracts.
As a result of the IFRS 17 transition, OP Financial Group’s equity capital on 1 January 2022 decreases by 52 million euros on the
date of transition. Solvency II valuations are used in FiCo calculation, so this change to OP Financial Group’s equity capital will not
affect the FiCo ratio.
The change in equity capital on the date of transition on 1 January 2022 is itemised in the table below. Equity capital was
increased by the non-life insurance capitalised acquisition costs recognised in “Other assets”, totalling 238 million euros. On the
date of transition, insurance contract liabilities measured under IFRS 17 were higher than those measured under IFRS 4, which
lowered equity capital. Risk adjustment added to insurance contract liabilities under IFRS 17 was higher than the margin included
in the calculation under IFRS 4.
Estimated effect of the date of transition to IFRS 17 on equity capital on 1 January 2022
€ million
Cooperative
capital
Fair value
reserve
Other
reserves
Retained
earnings
Total
Equity capital 31 Dec 2021
3,459
323
2,184
8,090
14,057
Effect of non-life insurance on the transition date
-121
324
202
Effect of life insurance on the transition date
-99
-123
-223
Effect of consolidation adjustments
15
4
19
Change in deferred tax asset/liability
-51
-51
Effect of IFRS 17 transition 1 Jan. 2022, in total
-205
153
-52
Equity capital on 1 Jan 2022 (capital and reserved
attributable to parent company owners)
3,459
118
2,184
8,244
14,004
OP Financial Group’s 2022 earnings before tax measured under IFRS 17 are estimated to be EUR 100–140 million lower than
those reported in the financial statements bulletin 2022 (EUR 1,265 million lower). This earnings difference comes mainly from a
change in life insurance earnings that is caused, for example, by timing differences. Furthermore, changes in the provisions for
upcoming customer bonuses due to higher interest rates caused the difference. Entry into force of IFRS 17 will have no effect of
the overall profitability of insurance contracts. There may be differences in the timing of recognition in profit or loss between the
measurement models under IFRS 4 and IFRS 17.
In the income statement, Insurance service result will replace Net insurance income. Insurance premium revenue and Insurance
service expenses are included in insurance service result. Insurance premium revenue includes recognition of the contractual
service margin (CSM) in profit or loss, change of expected claims and operating expenses as well as risk adjustments and
changes to prior period payments. Insurance service expenses include operating expenses of insurance contract, claims incurred
and the losses of onerous contracts and changes related to prior periods. Insurance contract operating expenses include
operating expenses and net commission expenses. In the income statement, these have been included as part of the insurance
service result. Net income from reinsurance contracts in the income statement is presented in its specific row as part of
Insurance service result.
“Net insurance finance income and expenses” is a new item in the income statement. The item includes the effect of change in
the discount rate and other financial changes on the value of insurance contract liability and the effect of the passage of time,
meaning unwinding of discount. In addition, the item includes an option of risk mitigation to apply to certain life insurance
contracts. Applying this option gives an opportunity to adjust accounting for contracts under the VFA model in such a way that
those changes in cash flows involving a hedgeable position in respect of funding risk are transferred from the contractual service
margin to the income statement. This acts as a counterpart to the value change of the hedging portfolio.
Net investment income shows return on investment assets in terms of fair value. Net investment income together with net
insurance finance income and expenses describes investment profitability.
Expenses in the income statement decreased because the operating expenses of insurance contracts measured under IFRS 17
were transferred to insurance service result. The item OP bonuses to owner-customers decreased because the cash flows
payable from insurance contracts are included in the cash flows under IFRS 17 calculation, in case they are included as part of
the insurance service result.
In OP Financial Group’s balance sheet, assets of reinsurance contracts measured under IFRS 17 are in the balance sheet assets.
The acquisition costs capitalised in non-life insurance are recognised in “Other assets”. Insurance contract liabilities in the balance
sheet replaced insurance liabilities under IFRS 4.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
110
The fair value reserve in equity capital decreased because investments related to the insurance contract liability of non-life and
life insurance has been reclassified so that their fair value is now entirely presented in profit or loss based on the option allowed
by IFRS 17.
On the date of transition of 1 January 2022, the contractual service margin amounted to an estimated EUR 780 million of which
life insurance accounted for an estimated EUR 690 million and non-life insurance for an estimated EUR 90 million. Non-life
insurance contracts have mainly duration of one year. At the beginning of the period, new insurance contracts involve a
contractual service margin, releasing during the period. In life insurance, the contractual service margin is released in the result
through long-term contracts, even in the course of decades. A new contractual service margin is also created in new sales of
portfolios. Recognition of the contractual service margin in profit or loss in relation to a new CSM was around 7% in the reference
year. In the reference year, term life insurance coverage units were determined using premiums and capital at risk is used in
coverage units from the beginning of 2023. This change has no significant effect on OP Financial Group’s result.
Differences between Solvency II solvency measurement and measurement under IFRS 17
IFRS 17 changes the measurement of insurance contracts for those contracts to which the standard is applied. Measurement is
market-based and close to measurement in line with Solvency II solvency measurement. Mainly the same cash flows of
insurance contracts as in solvency measurement form the basis. These cash flows are discounted at a risk-free interest and
liquidity premium. The risk-free interest is the same as the risk-free interest in solvency measurement and the liquidity premium
corresponds to the volatility adjustment, but its size is determined based on the nature of the insurance contract liability of the
Group’s insurance companies and the investment universe. The risk adjustment calculated using the Cost of Capital method is
added to the value of insurance contracts that conceptually corresponds to the risk margin in solvency measurement but it has
been calculated using the company’s own parameters. As part of the IFRS 17 insurance contract liability, a contractual service
margin is reserved that spreads out the profits of insurance contracts for the coverage period. In solvency measurement, the
item corresponding to the contractual service margin is not deducted from own funds but the profit of insurance contracts
increases own funds directly on the first measurement date. Of the acquisition expenses of insurance contracts under IFRS 17,
the portion that is considered to be allocated to future annual cohorts are capitalised in the balance sheet assets. Capitalised
acquisition costs are not taken into account in Solvency II own funds.
3. Changes in the 2023 income statement and balance sheet format
OP Financial Group changed its official income statement and balance sheet format as of 1 January 2023. The key changes in
income statement and balance sheet format are as follows:
a) The rows Total income and Total expenses were removed because insurance income and expenses (such as personnel
costs) have been presented in the row Insurance service result since the entry into force of IFRS 17 on 1 January
2023.
b) The sub-rows of Net interest income (interest income and interest expenses) and Net commissions and fees
(commission income and commission expenses) have been broken down in presentation.
c) Impairment loss on receivables was transferred from the end of the income statement next to net interest income to
operating items.
d) New items under IFRS 17, Insurance service result and Net insurance finance income were added to the income
statement. The former row Net insurance income was removed.
e) Net income from financial assets held for trading is presented on a specific row separate from Net investment income.
Net income from financial assets held for trading includes only Banking and Group Functions items. Net investment
income includes net income from financial assets at fair value recognised through comprehensive income, net income
from financial assets recognised through profit or loss, net income from investment property, net income from financial
assets carried at amortised cost, the result of the associate or joint venture as well as net income from life insurance
investment contract liabilities recognised according to IFRS 9.
f) Operating expenses Personnel costs, Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss and Other operating expenses are
mainly presented the same way as previously, showing OP Financial Group’s total expenses, but item Transfers to
insurance service result next to these items has been added. It describes how much of these expenses are presented in
Investment service result.
g) A new row, Operating profit, is presented in the income statement. OP bonuses are presented next to Operating profit
before the row Earnings before tax. The OP bonuses row no longer includes OP bonuses earned from insurance
because they are presented in the insurance service result.
h) The balance sheet presents new balance sheet items under IFRS 17: Insurance contract assets, Reinsurance contract
assets, Insurance contract liabilities and Reinsurance liabilities.
i) The balance sheet item Investment contract liabilities presents life investment contracts measured in accordance with
IFRS 9.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
111
Income statement
Explanation of the format change:
Interest income
b) New row
Interest expenses
b) New row
Net interest income
No change
Impairment loss on receivables
c) Moved to another place in the format
Commission income
b) New row
Commission expenses
b) New row
Net commissions and fees
No change
Insurance premium revenue
d) New row under IFRS 17
Insurance service expenses
d) New row under IFRS 17
Net income from reinsurance contracts
d) New row under IFRS 17
Insurance service result
d) New row under IFRS 17
Net insurance finance income (+) /expenses (–)
d) New row under IFRS 17
Net interest income from financial assets held for trading
e) New row
Net investment income
e) Item content has changed
Other operating income
No change
Personnel costs
No change
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss
No change
Other operating expenses
No change
Transfers to insurance service result
f) New row related to the adoption of IFRS 17
Operating expenses
f) New row related to the adoption of IFRS 17
OP bonuses to owner-customers
g) Item content has changed
Operating profit (loss)
g) New row
Earnings before tax
No change
Income tax
No change
Profit for the period
No change
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
112
Balance sheet
Explanation of the format change:
Cash and cash equivalents
No change
Receivables from credit institutions
No change
Receivables from customers
No change
Derivative contracts
No change
Investment assets
No change
Assets covering unit-linked contracts
No change
Insurance contract assets
h) New row under IFRS 17
Reinsurance contract assets
h) New row under IFRS 17
Intangible assets
No change
Property, plant and equipment
No change
Other assets
No change
Tax assets
No change
Total assets
No change
Liabilities to credit institutions
No change
Liabilities to customers
No change
Derivative contracts
No change
Insurance contract liabilities
h) New row under IFRS 17
Reinsurance contract liabilities
h) New row under IFRS 17
Liabilities from investment agreements
i) New row under IFRS 17
Debt securities issued to the public
No change
Provisions and other liabilities
No change
Tax liabilities
No change
Subordinated liabilities
No change
Total liabilities
No change
Equity
No change
Cooperative capital
No change
Membership capital contributions
No change
Profit Shares
No change
Fair value reserve
No change
Other reserves
No change
Retained earnings
No change
Non-controlling interests
No change
Total equity
No change
Total liabilities and equity
No change
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
113
Segment information
Segment accounting policies
Note 4. Segment reporting
OP Financial Group's business segments are Retail Banking, Corporate Banking, and Insurance. Non-business segment operations are presented under the Group
Functions segment. OP Financial Group prepares its segment reporting in compliance with its accounting policies. Defining segments and presentation are based on
management reporting. The segments' earnings and profitability is assessed in terms of earnings before tax.
Companies in the Retail Banking segment include OP cooperative banks, OP Koti real estate agencies, OP Retail Customers plc, OP Mortgage Bank and Pivo Wallet Oy.
Net interest income forms the most significant income item of the segment. Income also comes from commissions and fees and investment. Expenses arise mainly from
personnel and ICT costs and the costs of the branch network and OP bonuses to owner-customers. The most significant risk category pertains to credit risk but business
also involves market risks and operational risks.
Companies in the Corporate Banking segment include OP Corporate Bank plc (excl. treasury functions), OP Custody Ltd, OP Asset Management Ltd, OP Property
Management Ltd and OP Fund Management Company Ltd. Net interest income forms the most significant income item of the segment. Income also comes from banking
and wealth management in terms of commission income and from investment operations. Expenses mainly come from personnel and ICT costs. The most significant risk
category pertains to credit risk but business also involves market risks and operational risks.
The Insurance segment consists of OP Financial Group’s non-life insurance company Pohjola Insurance Ltd and life insurance company OP Life Assurance Company Ltd.
The segment’s products include non-life and life insurance products sold to corporate and personal customers. Income generated by the segment derives mainly from
income from insurance premium revenue, commission income and net investment income. The Insurance segment’s most significant risks are underwriting and
investment risks.
The Group Functions segment consists of functions that support other segments. The segment includes the majority of OP Cooperative Ltd and OP Corporate Bank plc’s
treasury functions. Costs of the services for the business segments are allocated to the segments in the form of internal service charges. Income from the Other
Operations segment mainly consists of Treasury income and OP Financial Group's internal charges recognised in other operating income.
OP Financial Group's segment reporting is based on accounting policies applied in its financial statements. Income, expenses, assets and liabilities which have been
considered to relate directly to and be reasonably attributable to the segments are allocated to the segments. Income, expenses, investments and capital which have not
been allocated to segments, and inter-segment Group eliminations are reported under 'Group eliminations'.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
114
Q1-4 earnings 2022, EUR million
Retail
Banking
Corporate
Banking
Insurance
Group
Functions
Eliminations OP Financial Group
Net interest income 1,194 457 -5 -62 35 1,618
of which internal net income before tax -35 35
Net insurance income
901 -12 889
Net commissions and fees 773 166 73 0 -6 1,005
Net investment income -9 136 -230 -11 -34 -149
Other operating income 39 18 36 657 -686 63
Total income 1,996
776 774
583 -703 3,426
Personnel costs 455 95 150 195 -1 894
Depreciation/amortisation 53 8 51 103 -2 214
Other operating expenses 720 218 263 376 -704 874
Total expenses 1,229 321 464 674 -708 1,981
Impairments loss on receivables -96 -18 0 0 0 -115
OP bonuses to owner-customers -168 -20 -21 0 -209
Temporary exemption (overlay approach) 143 143
Earnings before tax 502
416
433 -91 4 1,265
Q1-4 earnings 2021, EUR million
Retail
Banking
Corporate
Banking
Insurance
Group
Functions
Eliminations OP Financial Group
Net interest income 959 414 -2 10 29 1,409
of which internal net income before tax -9 9
Net insurance income
754 -11 743
Net commissions and fees 753 204 96 -2 -18 1,034
Net investment income -16 171 288 -5 -62 376
Other operating income 78 97 0 684 -804 54
Total income 1,773 886 1,135 687 -866 3,616
Personnel costs 447 93 160 216 -1 914
Depreciation/amortisation 69 14 66 137 -2 283
Other operating expenses 705 211 267 444 -819 810
Total expenses 1,221 318 493 797 -822 2,007
Impairments loss on receivables -84 -74 0 0 0 -158
OP bonuses to owner-customers -165 -20 -21 0 -205
Temporary exemption (overlay approach) -117 -1 -118
Earnings before tax 304 474 504 -109 -46 1,127
Value change arising from market changes in derivative contracts between Corporate Banking and Retail Banking is included in Group eliminations.
Net income of OP Corporate Bank’s Baltic branches totalled EUR 30 million.
Net income of OP Corporate Bank’s Baltic branches totalled EUR 29 million.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
115
Balance sheet at 31 December 2022, EUR million
Retail
Banking
Corporate
Banking
Insurance
Group
Functions
Eliminations OP Financial Group
Cash and cash equivalents 52 154 0 34,797 35,004
29,713 310 904 13,173 -43,302 798
Derivative contracts 1,266 5,612 76 169 -3,007 4,117
Receivables from customers 70,729 27,803 0 383 -369 98,546
Investment assets 537 298 8,714 20,485 -9,280 20,754
11,597 11,597
Intangible assets 23 181 717 202 29 1,153
Property, plant and equipment (PPE) 285 4 2 136 -4 423
Other assets 635 1,756 1,201 -493 -280 2,819
Tax assets 137 3 91 24 48 303
Total assets
103,378 36,120 23,304 68,877
-56,163 175,516
Liabilities to credit institutions 11,615 -36 65 42,621 -41,965 12,301
Derivative contracts 1,667 5,295 60 443 -3,033 4,432
Liabilities to customers 63,951 14,043 4,876 -1,402 81,468
Insurance liabilities
7,638 7,638
11,662 11,662
Debt securities issued to the public 16,941 1,672 23,537 -4,711 37,438
Provisions and other liabilities 846 891 382 1,954 -224 3,849
Tax liabilities
514 2 117 372 4 1,008
Subordinated liabilities 0 -51 380 1,435 -380 1,384
Total liabilities
95,535
21,816
20,303
75,239 -51,712 161,181
Equity
14,335
Balance sheet at 31 December 2021, EUR million
Retail
Banking
Corporate
Banking
Insurance
Group
Functions
Eliminations OP Financial Group
Cash and cash equivalents 57 183 0 32,606 32,846
26,228 138 1,908 13,950 -41,683 541
Derivative contracts 324 3,441 85 271 -653 3,467
Receivables from customers 70,952 25,666 0 580 -251 96,947
Investment assets 624 492 9,472 21,714 -9,356 22,945
13,137 13,137
Intangible assets 27 189 768 234 -5 1,212
Property, plant and equipment (PPE) 299 4 13 137 -7 446
Other assets 397 567 988 827 -360 2,419
Tax assets 48 0 26 19 49 141
Non-current assets held for sale
8 8
Total assets
98,957 30,679 26,405 70,337 -52,267
174,110
Liabilities to credit institutions 12,196 111 68 43,439 -39,163 16,650
Derivative contracts 285 2,553 27 117 -715 2,266
Liabilities to customers 62,222 15,448 2,801 -2,573 77,898
Insurance liabilities
8,773 0 8,773
13,210 13,210
Debt securities issued to the public 16,420 1,406 21,355 -4,286 34,895
Provisions and other liabilities 707 776 430 1,454 -232 3,134
Tax liabilities
471 11 226 399 1 1,109
Subordinated liabilities 380 1,994 -392 1,982
Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale 8 8
Total liabilities
92,301 20,304 23,123
71,559 -47,360
159,926
Equity 14,184
Liabilities from unit-linked insurance
and investments contracts
Net assets of OP Corporate Bank’s Baltic branches totalled EUR 1,677 million.
Assets covering unit-linked contracts
Liabilities from unit-linked insurance
and investments contracts
Net assets of OP Corporate Bank’s Baltic branches totalled EUR 619 million.
Receivables from credit institutions
Assets covering unit-linked contracts
Receivables from credit institutions
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
116
EUR million
2022 2021
Interest income
Receivables from credit institutions 111 0
Receivables from customers
Loans
1,623 1,238
Finance lease receivables 35 31
Impaired loans and other commitments
Total 1,658 1,269
Notes and bonds
Measured at fair value through profit or loss 0 0
At fair value through other comprehensive income 66 52
Amortised cost 0 0
Total 66 52
Derivative contracts
Fair value hedge -43 -144
Cash flow hedge 43 49
Ineffective portion of cash flow hedge -17 -4
Total -16 -99
Liabilities to credit institutions
Negative interest
-23 172
Liabilities to customers
Negative interest
24 35
Other 24 12
Total 1,843 1,441
Interest expenses
Liabilities to credit institutions -2 -1
Liabilities to customers 82 12
Notes and bonds issued to the public 207 136
Subordinated liabilities
Subordinated loans 0
Other 35 58
Total 35 58
Derivative contracts
Cash flow hedge -159 -262
Other -40 -35
Total -200 -296
Receivables from credit institutions
Negative interest
75 120
Other 14 5
Total 211 34
Net interest income before fair value adjustment under hedge accounting 1,632 1,408
Hedging derivatives -481 -154
Value changes of hedged items 467 156
Total 1,618 1,409
Interest income calculated using the effective interest method totalled EUR 1,770 (1,472) million.
Notes to the income statement
Note 5. Net interest income
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
117
EUR million 2022 2021
Net insurance premium revenue
Premiums written 1,606 1,543
Insurance premiums ceded to reinsurers -6 14
Change in provision for unearned premiums -14 -13
Reinsurers' share 0 0
Total
1,587
1,545
Net Non-life Insurance claims
Claims paid -1,043
-892
Insurance claims recovered from reinsurers 35
47
Change in provision for unpaid claims* 130 -5
Reinsurers' share 148 17
Total
-731 -834
Other Non-life Insurance items -2 -1
Life Insurance risk premiums collected 35 34
Total 889 743
Retail
Banking
Corporate
Banking
Insurance
Group
Functions
Eliminations
OP Financial
Group
Commission income
Lending 104 48 0 -1 150
Deposits 22 3 0 0 25
Payment transfers 298 32 11 -12 329
Securities brokerage 8 22 -8 22
Securities issuance 0 6 0 0 6
Mutual funds 47 237 90 0 -109 265
Asset management 33 27 1 -13 48
Legal services 27 0 0 27
Guarantees 12 13 0 0 25
Housing service 72 0 72
Insurance brokerage 96 27 -70 53
Life insurance total expense loadings 87 87
Health and wellbeing services 1 0 1
Other 94 8 0 2 -90 15
Total 814 395 206 14 -302 1,126
Commission expenses
Lending 0 2 0 -1 0
Payment transfers 29 3 1 2 -10 25
Securities brokerage 4 0 0 0 4
Securities issuance 0 4 0 -4 0
Mutual funds 110 0 -109 1
Asset management 9 0 4 13
Guarantees
0 0
Insurance brokerage -5 131 -70 56
Health and wellbeing services 0 0 0
Other 16 98 8 -102 21
Total 41 229 133 15 -296 121
Total net commissions and fees 773 166 73 0 -6 1,005
Note 6. Net insurance income
* The item includes EUR –286 million (-42) as a result of changes in reserving bases of insurance liability.
Note 7. Net commissions and fees
Q1–4 2022, EUR million
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
118
Retail
Banking
Corporate
Banking
Insurance
Group
Functions
Eliminations
OP Financial
Group
Commission income
Lending 96 51 0 -1 146
Deposits 21 3 0 0 24
Payment transfers 282 39 12 -12 321
Securities brokerage 11 28 -10 28
Securities issuance 0 6 0 6
Mutual funds 47 253 95 0 -115 279
Asset management 30 40 1 -25 45
Legal services 25 0 0 25
Guarantees 11 13 0 0 24
Housing service 78 0 78
Insurance brokerage 106 24 -76 53
Life insurance total expense loadings 104 104
Health and wellbeing services 14 0 14
Other 84 2 1 -81 7
Total
790 436 237 13 -321 1,155
Commission expenses
Lending 0 1 0 -1 0
Payment transfers 27 5 1 3 -10 25
Securities brokerage 4 0 0 0 4
Securities issuance 0 2 1 -2 1
Mutual funds 116 0 -115 1
Asset management 10 0 4 0 14
Guarantees 0 0
Insurance brokerage -6 134 -76 53
Health and wellbeing services 5 0 5
Other 16 93 0 8 -98 20
Total 37 231 141 15 -303 121
Total net commissions and fees 753 204 96 -2 -18 1,034
Q1–4 2021, EUR million
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
119
Note 8. Net investment income
EUR million 2022 2021
Net income from assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Notes and bonds
Interest income 44 37
Other income and expenses -7 -3
Capital gains and losses -10 14
Currency fair value gains and losses 3 18
Impairment losses and their reversal* -1 2
Total 29 67
* Expected credit losses (ECL) on notes and bonds of insurance
2022
2021
Financial assets held for trading
Notes and bonds
Interest income and expenses 4 3
Fair value gains and losses -24 -5
Total -20 -2
Shares and participations
Fair value gains and losses 9 1
Dividend income and share of profits 2 4
Total 11 5
Derivatives
Interest income and expenses -8 35
Fair value gains and losses -456 -130
Total -464 -95
Total -474
-92
Financial assets that must measured at fair value through profit or loss 2022 2021
Notes and bonds
Interest income 19 18
Fair value gains and losses -6 -55
Total 13 -38
Shares and participations
Fair value gains and losses -209 219
Dividend income and share of profits 89 71
Total -120 290
Total -107 252
2022 2021
Notes and bonds
Interest income 20 37
Fair value gains and losses -279 -57
Total -259 -20
Shares and participations
Fair value gains and losses -24 -4
Dividend income and share of profits 9 7
Total -16 3
Derivatives
Fair value gains and losses 0 -15
Total 0 -15
Total -275 -32
Total net income from financial assets recognised at fair value through profit or loss -855 129
Net income recognised at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
120
Net income from investment property 2022 2021
Rental income 51 51
Fair value gains and losses 6 31
Maintenance charges and expenses -42 -37
Other 1 1
Net income from investment property total
16 45
Net income from loans and receivables measured at amortised cost
Loans and receivables 2022 2021
Interest income 7
8
Interest expenses 1 -8
Impairment losses and their reversal -2 3
Loans and receivables total
6
3
Non-life Insurance
Unwinding of discount, Non-life Insurance -21 -17
Life Insurance
2022 2021
Interest credited on customers' insurance savings -76 -79
Change in supplementary interest rate provisions 356 135
Other technical items** 370 66
Total
650 122
** Other technical items include changes in other technical provisions than those in supplementary interest rate provision
Associates and joint ventures 2022 2021
Accounted for using the fair value method 17 18
Consolidated using the equity method 8 10
Total
25 27
Total net investment income
-149 376
The increase in the discounted insurance liabilities in Non-life Insurance due to passage of time is unwinding of discount. Unwinding of discount
is computed monthly applying the discount rate at the end of the previous month and the insurance liabilities discounted at the beginning of the
current month. The discount rate stood at 2.0% (0.85).
The investment environment was challenging due to higher market interest rates and lower stock prices.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
121
Note 9. Other operating income
EUR million 2022 2021
Rental income from property in own use 9 9
Capital gains on property in own use 2 3
Leasing agreements 1 1
ICT income 1 1
Debt collection 1
2
Other* 50 39
Total 63 54
Note 10. Personnel costs
EUR million 2022 2021
Wages and salaries 664 653
Variable remuneration 75 105
Pension costs
Defined contribution plans 121 113
Defined benefit plans* 7 8
Other personnel related costs 27 36
Total 894 914
* Note 34.
Performance metrics of the performance-based bonus scheme in 2022
Personnel fund
About 95% of all personnel are members of OP Financial Group's Personnel Fund.
Payment of profit-based bonuses to OP Financial Group’s Personnel Fund in 2022 was based on the achievement of the following targets: growth
differential between OP Financial Group’s income and expenses with a weight of 50% and net growth in customers using OP as their main bank
and insurer with a weight of 50%. Profit-based bonuses for 2022 transferred to the Fund account for some 1.5% (2.8) of the combined salaries
and wages earned by the Fund’s members. The bonuses recognised in 2022 totalled EUR 5 million (14.7).
Long-term remuneration schemes
OP Financial Group’s variable remuneration comprises a performance-based bonus scheme and the personnel fund. Group-level strategic goals
and targets are taken into account in the metrics of short-term remuneration and the personnel fund.
Expenses for the schemes are recognised from the beginning of the performance period up to the date of payout (vesting period) as personnel
costs, and the equivalent liability is recognised under deferred expenses.
Performance-based bonus scheme
The performance period of the performance-based bonus scheme is 6 or 12 months. Performance-based bonuses are based on targets set for
each company, team and person derived from the annual plan, covering all personnel of OP Financial Group.
The bonus is determined by the job grade and the maximum bonuses correspond to a 1–12-month annual salary. Thus, the proportion of fixed
remuneration to variable remuneration is 8–100%, depending on the maximum bonuses.
A factor applies to the bonus created through the achievement of the targets achieved in the central cooperative consolidated that is based on the
central cooperative consolidated’s EBT. Targets shown in the balanced scorecards and derived from annual planning are decided by the business
lines/functions.
Short-term performance-based remuneration in OP cooperative banks is based on shared bank-level targets and personal targets. Customer
experience, sales and the strategy-based targets, among other things, are highlighted in the metrics.
Conditions for payment of variable remuneration in 2022
The Group-level metrics common to all OP Financial Group’s executives were ‘Growth differential between OP Financial Group’s income and
expenses’ with a 20% weight and ‘Net growth in customers using OP as their main bank and insurer’ with a 20% weight.
In addition to the achievement of the performance metrics related to the performance-based bonus, qualitative assessment affects bonus payout,
where the supervisor assesses a person’s performance in view of compliance with regulation and instructions. The assessment also takes account
* The sale of Pohjola Hospital increased other operating income by EUR 32 million. A year ago, the sale of Checkout Finland Ltd increased other
operating income.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
122
2022 2021
5 19
71 86
Scheme for 2014–16 0
Scheme for 2017–20 1
Total
76 105
The Act on Credit Institutions (233/2021), the Act on Investment Services (213/2012) and the Commission Delegated Regulation on the taking-
up and pursuit of the business of Insurance and Reinsurance (2015/35) prescribe payment of variable remuneration to persons whose action
may cause significant risk to the company (‘identified staff’). OP Financial Group’s identified staff includes CEOs/Managing Directors and other key
management personnel as well as those involved in internal control.
Bonuses will be paid to their beneficiaries provided that OP Financial Group’s CET1 ratio exceeds the CET1 ratio on the payout date which, if
exceeded, no restrictions on profit distribution occur +2% and the LCR exceeds 110% in the financial statements preceding the year of the bonus
payout date. Another condition is that the person has not resigned from OP Financial Group until before the payout date and an OP Financial
Group company or the customer business shows a profit.
If it is noted in retrospect that an employee has been paid a bonus in violation of the performance-based bonus scheme, the company’s Board of
Directors has the right to decide on the non-payment of all or part of the variable remuneration, or on the clawback of paid bonuses, if the bonus
payout is in violation of regulation or OP Financial Group’s internal guidelines.
Expenses for the scheme are recognised from the beginning of the performance period up to the date of payout (vesting period) as personnel
costs, and the equivalent liability is recognised under deferred expenses.
OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors decides on the terms and conditions of OP Financial Group’s performance-based bonus scheme, maximum
bonuses based on job grades and a structural framework within which companies belonging to the Group can select the scheme metrics and set
related targets.
Deferment of variable remuneration
* Excl. social expenses.
Personnel fund
Performance-based bonuses
If the bonus of a member of identified staff for the performance year exceeds €50,000 or accounts for at least a third (in credit institutions and
insurance companies) or a quarter (in investment firms, real estate asset management and fund management company) of the combined annual
bonuses, 60% of the bonus will be paid during the year following the performance year. The remaining part 40% of the bonus will be paid in four
equal instalments over the course of four years (five years for Executive Management Team members) in such a way that the time between the
payments is at least one year. If an identified staff member’s variable remuneration for the performance year is exceptionally large, in other
words is equivalent to at least 8 months’ salary and equals at least 200,000 euros, 40% of the bonus will be paid in the year after the
performance year and the remainder (60%) in four instalments over the course of four years (five instalments over the course of five years for
members of OP Cooperative’s Executive Management Team), with at least one year between each payment.
Remuneration for persons in charge of control duties
The remuneration objectives of persons in charge of control duties independent of business lines, such as risk management, internal audit,
compliance and actuarial duties, may not jeopardise the independence of the duties. Variable remuneration must be independent of the business
line under control and the Chief Risk Officer’s metrics may not include any direct sales-based targets. It is also recommended that the balanced
scorecard also includes a qualitative metric that measures the performance of control duties.
Monitoring of OP Financial Group’s remuneration
OP Financial Group monitors the market consistency of its total remuneration on a regular basis using various salary surveys.
Long-term schemes:
Half of the variable remuneration is paid in cash and half is tied to the value of the reference instrument decided by OP Cooperative’s Board of
Directors. The bonus tied to the reference instrument will be paid to its beneficiary after a one-year retention period. A synthetic financial
instrument tied to the Profit Share is used as the reference instrument in credit institutions and insurance companies and investment firms, real
estate asset management and the fund management company use the return of OP Private Strategy 50 as a synthetic financial instrument.
OP Cooperative’ Board of Directors annually monitors how paid bonuses are in proportion to OP Financial Group’s success vis-à-vis benchmark
companies and refunds paid to customers. OP Financial Group also makes internal, Group-level comparisons of remuneration and structures on a
regular basis.
Expenses recognised for variable remuneration*
EUR million
More information on the remuneration schemes is available at www.op.fi.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
123
Note 11. Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss
EUR million 2022
2021
Depreciation and amortisation
Buildings 11 17
Machinery and equipment 9 10
Intangible assets related to business combinations 10 10
Information systems and other 148 192
Right-of-use assets 26 31
Leased out assets -1 -1
Other 2 1
Total 205 260
Impairment loss
Property in own use 6 17
Information systems 0 0
Right-of-use assets 2 4
Other 1
Total 8 22
Total
214 283
Note 12. Other operating expenses
EUR million 2022 2021
ICT costs
Production 228 231
Development 153 133
Buildings
56 53
Government charges and audit fees* 88 69
Purchased services 123 115
Data communications 32 32
Marketing 39 31
Corporate social responsibility 14 9
Insurance and security costs 9 10
Other 133 125
Total 874 810
Development costs
€ million 2022 2021
ICT development costs 153 133
Share of own work 63 62
Total development costs in the income statement 216 195
Capitalised ICT costs 81 84
Capitalised share of own work 16 15
Total capitalised development costs 97 99
Total development costs 313 294
Depreciation/amortisation and impairment loss 145 177
The deposit guarantee contribution of EUR 37.7 million (33.5) calculated for OP Financial Group for 2022 has been fully covered by payments
accounted for from the old Deposit Guarantee Fund.
* In 2021, audit fees paid to auditors totalled EUR 3.0 million (3.2), whereas assignments as referred to in chapter 1, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph 2 of the
Auditing Act totalled 0.2 million (0.2), fees for tax advisory services EUR 0.2 million (0.3) and fees for other services EUR 1.1 million (1.0). Non-audit services
provided by KPMG Oy Ab to OP Financial Group companies totalled EUR 1.3 million (1.3) (excl. VAT). The corresponding figures for 2021 are shown in brackets.
OP Financial Group's stability contribution calculated for 2022 amounted to EUR 68.0 million (53.0).
OP Financial Group reduced the indoor temperature of its offices by one degree and took several other energy-saving measures.
OP Financial Group invests in developing its operations and improving customer experience on an ongoing basis. The central cooperative with its
subsidiaries is responsible for the development of OP Financial Group’s products and services, digital channels and shared technology, data and
cybersecurity capabilities, while safeguarding the high quality, availability and data security of the services.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
124
Note 13. Impairment losses on receivables
EUR million 2022
2021
Receivables written down as loan and guarantee losses 133 126
Recoveries of receivables written down -15 -13
-3 46
Expected credit losses** (ECL) on notes and bonds* 0 0
Total 115
158
* The expected credit losses on notes and bonds in insurance operations are presented in net investment income.
** Loss allowance is itemised in Note 37. Loss allowance regarding receivables and notes and bonds.
Note 14. OP bonuses to owner-customers
EUR million 2022 2021
New OP bonuses accrued to owner-customers 215 210
Unused, expired OP bonuses -5 -5
Total
209 205
Liite 15. Temporary exemption (overlay approach)
2022
2021
Financial assets that must measured at fair value through profit or loss
Shares and participations
Fair value gains and losses -209
221
Total (A) -209 221
Shares and participations
Capital gains and losses 12
115
Impairment losses and their reversals -78 -13
Total (B) -66 103
143 -118
-143 118
Note 16. Income tax
EUR million 2022 2021
Current tax 221 213
Tax for previous financial years 0 -3
Deferred tax 21 13
Income tax expense 242 224
Corporate income tax rate 20.0 20.0
Earnings before tax 1,265 1,127
Tax calculated at a tax rate of 20% 253 225
Tax for previous financial years 0 -3
Tax-exempt income -10 -7
Non-deductible expenses and income portions of limited partnerships 4 6
Re-evaluation of unrecognised tax losses 0 -3
Tax adjustments -5 5
Effect of capital gain on intra-Group transaction 0
Other items 0 0
Tax expense
242 224
Reconciliation between tax expense in the income statement and tax expense calculated by
the applicable tax rate
Expected credit losses** (ECL) on receivables from customers and off-
balance-sheet items
Net investment income within the scope of the overlay approach recognised according
to IFRS 9
Net investment income within the scope of the overlay approach measured according
to IFRS 39
Effect of the overlay approach on the income statement (-A+B)
Effect of the overlay approach on the statement of comprehensive income - (-A+B)
Section 7.3.5 of the accounting policies deals with the overlay approach.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
125
EU
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Cash 183 181
Deposits with central banks repayable on demand
OP Corporate Bank plc's minimum reserve deposit 882 863
Cheque account* 34,820 32,665
Total liquid assets 35,004 32,846
* The cheque account includes EUR –471 (–11) million in cash resulting from central counterparty clearing.
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Receivables from credit institutions
Deposits
Repayable on demand 652 283
Other
69 70
Total 721 353
Loans and receivables
Repayable on demand 0 0
Other
79 189
Total 79 189
Total 800 542
Loss allowance* -2 -1
Total receivables from credit institutions 798 541
* Loss allowance is itemised in Note 37. Loss allowance regarding receivables and notes and bonds
Notes to assets
Note 17. Liquid assets
In accordance with the minimum reserve system under the euro system, credit institutions are obligated to have a minimum reserve deposit with their national central
bank. The reserve deposit equals the required percentage of the reserve base, as specified by the European Central Bank. The reserve base includes deposits (extensive)
and debt securities with a maximum maturity of two years. The reserve base does not include deposits from other parties subject to the minimum reserve obligation. The
reserve deposit is currently 1% of the reserve base. Credit institutions within OP Financial Group place a reserve deposit with OP Corporate Bank plc, which acts as an
intermediary authorised by OP Financial Group credit institutions and is responsible for OP Financial Group’s obligation to place a deposit with the Bank of Finland.
Note 18. Receivables from credit institutions
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
126
Note 19. Derivative contracts
Assets
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Held for trading
Interest rate derivatives 2,107 2,262
Currency derivatives 717 401
Equity and index derivatives 0 0
Credit derivatives 0
Commodity derivatives 42 7
Total 2,866 2,672
Hedging derivative contracts*
Fair value hedging
Interest rate derivatives 1,190 556
Currency derivatives 62 239
Total 1,252 796
Total derivative contracts 4,117 3,467
Liabilities
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Held for trading
Interest rate derivatives 2,057 1,492
Currency derivatives 683 412
Credit derivatives 0
Other
39 29
Total 2,779 1,933
Hedging derivative contracts*
Fair value hedging
Interest rate derivatives 1,514 333
Currency derivatives 135 1
Cash flow hedge
Interest rate derivatives 4 0
Total 1,653 333
Total derivative contracts
4,432 2,266
* The balance sheet item includes positive changes in fair value of derivative contracts as well as premiums paid.
* The balance sheet item includes negative changes in value of derivative contracts as well as premiums received.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
127
Derivatives held for trading 31 December 2022
EUR million <1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total Assets Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaps 11,949 24,758 46,177 82,884 845 1,980
Cleared by the central counterparty 10,000 16,055 29,841 55,896 114 73
Settled-to-market (STM) 7,979 15,524 29,621 53,124 113 71
Collateralised-to-market (CTM) 2,022 531 220 2,772 1 2
Forward rate agreements
OTC interest rate options
Call and caps
Purchased 1,089 2,529 -643 2,976 286 -56
Written 589 4,223 2,919 7,731 46 417
Put and floors
Purchased 953
7,390 5,237 13,581 522 85
Written 1,082 7,120 1,452 9,654 22 375
Total OTC interest rate derivatives 15,661 46,021 55,142 116,824 1,722 2,801
Interest rate futures 838 1,050 1,888 0 0
Total exchange traded derivatives 838 1,050 1,888 0 0
Total interest rate derivatives 16,499 47,071 55,142 118,712 1,722 2,801
Currency derivatives
Forward exchange agreements 51,317 604 4 51,924 705 674
Interest rate and currency swaps 91 2,826 401 3,318 185 175
Currency options
Call
Purchased 192 1 193 3 0
Written 190 1 191 0 3
Put
Purchased 187 187 2 2
Written 208 208 1
2
Total OTC currency derivatives 52,184 3,431 405 56,020 896 856
Total currency derivatives 52,184 3,431 405 56,020 896 856
Credit derivatives
Credit default swaps 34 63 13 110 1 34
Total credit derivatives 34 63 13 110 1 34
Other
Other forward contracts 102 57 159 10 5
Other swaps
286 816 26 1,128 79 75
Total other OTC derivatives 387 873 26 1,287 89 80
Other futures contracts 52 16 68 1 2
Total other derivatives 439 889
26 1,355 91 82
Total derivatives held for trading 69,157 51,453 55,587 176,197 2,710 3,772
Nominal values/residual maturity
Fair values*
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
128
Derivatives held for trading 31 December 2021
EUR million <1 year 1–5 years >5 years
Total Assets Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaps
6,958 21,900 45,220 74,078 1,611
826
Cleared by the central counterparty 4,675
14,536 26,779 45,990 6 8
Settled-to-market (STM) 4,434
14,316 26,611 45,361 6 8
Collateralised-to-market (CTM) 241
219 168 629 0 0
Forward rate agreements
OTC interest rate options
Call and caps
Purchased 2,901 4,139 964 8,005 154 8
Written 2,281 4,819 2,950 10,051 58 224
Put and floors
Purchased 852 4,699 3,609 9,160 199 49
Written 1,235 7,456 1,412 10,104 39 137
Total OTC interest rate derivatives 14,228 43,014 54,156 111,397 2,061 1,244
Interest rate futures 517 950 1,467 0 0
Total exchange traded derivatives 517 950 1,467 0 0
Total interest rate derivatives 14,745 43,964 54,156 112,864 2,061 1,244
Currency derivatives
Forward exchange agreements 38,834 1,354 3 40,191 389 400
Interest rate and currency swaps 568 2,937 403 3,908 151 182
Currency options
Call
Purchased 111 111 1 0
Written 138 138 0 2
Put
Purchased 132 132 1 0
Written 101 101 0
1
Total OTC currency derivatives 39,885 4,291 406 44,582 543 585
Total currency derivatives 39,885 4,291 406 44,582 543 585
Equity and index derivatives
Equity index options
Call
Purchased 2 2 0
Total OTC equity and index derivatives 2 2 0
Total equity and index derivatives 2 2 0
Credit derivatives
Credit default swaps
34 783 110 926 2 35
Total credit derivatives 34 783 110 926 2
35
Other
Other forward contracts 36 44 81 3 24
Other swaps
196 500 28 724 101 19
Other options
Put
Purchased 600 600 0
Written 600 600 0
Total other OTC derivatives 233 1,744 28 2,005 104 43
Total other derivatives 260 1,744 28 2,032 104 43
Total derivatives held for trading 54,925 50,782 54,700 160,406 2,710 1,908
Nominal values/residual maturity
Fair values*
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
129
Derivative contracts for hedging purposes - fair value hed
EUR million <1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total Assets Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaps 11,471 40,499 23,786 75,756 76
108
Cleared by the central counterparty 11,451 40,469 23,688 75,608 76
100
Settled-to-market (STM) 3,364 18,079 7,679 29,121 13 49
Collateralised-to-market (CTM) 8,088 22,390 16,009 46,487 62 51
Forward rate agreements
OTC interest rate options
Call and caps
Purchased 1,300 7,652 7,253 16,205 1,105 92
Put and floors
Purchased 43 150 193 3 2
Written 5,703 994 6,697 67 74
Total OTC interest rate derivatives 12,771 53,897 32,183 98,851 1,250 276
Total interest rate derivatives 12,771 53,897 32,183 98,851 1,250 276
Currency derivatives
Forward exchange agreements 42 42 38
10
Interest rate and currency swaps
1,872 681 2,553 11 166
Total OTC currency derivatives 42 1,872 681 2,595 49 176
Total currency derivatives 42 1,872 681 2,595 49 176
Total derivative contracts, fair value hedge 12,813 55,769
32,864 101,446 1,300 452
Derivative contracts for hedging purposes – cash flow hedg
EUR million <1 year
1–5 years >5 years Total Assets Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaps 693 4,242 2,087 7,021 9 18
Cleared by the central counterparty 692 4,192 2,072 6,956 0 18
Settled-to-market (STM) 192 1,592 1,912 3,696 0 14
Collateralised-to-market (CTM) 500 2,600 159 3,259 0 5
Total OTC interest rate derivatives
693 4,242 2,087 7,021 9 18
Total interest rate derivatives
693
4,242 2,087 7,021
9 18
Currency derivatives
Forward exchange agreements 3,735 3,735 12 125
Total OTC currency derivatives 3,735 3,735 12 125
Total currency derivatives 3,735 3,735 12 125
Total derivative contracts, cash flow hedge
4,428 4,242 2,087 10,756 21 143
Total derivative contracts held for hedging 17,241 60,010 34,951 112,202 1,321 596
Nominal values/residual maturity
Fair values*
Nominal values/residual maturity
Fair values*
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
130
Derivative contracts for hedging purposes – fair value hedging 31 December 2021
EUR million <1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total Assets
Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaps 5,591 22,216 22,646 50,454 31 9
Cleared by the central counterparty 5,511 22,216 22,498 50,226 5 4
Settled-to-market (STM) 1,581 9,243 8,226 19,051 2 1
Collateralised-to-market (CTM) 3,930 12,973 14,272 31,175 2 3
OTC interest rate options
Call and caps
Purchased 690 5,855 6,790 13,335 356 164
Put and floors
Written 1,358 313 1,671 4 28
Total OTC interest rate derivatives 6,281 29,430 29,749 65,460 391 201
Total interest rate derivatives 6,281 29,430 29,749 65,460 391 201
Currency derivatives
Forward exchange agreements 17 17 18 0
Interest rate and currency swaps 730 1,217 351 2,297 63 83
Total OTC currency derivatives 746 1,217 351 2,314 81 84
Total currency derivatives 746 1,217 351 2,314 81 84
Total derivative contracts, fair value hedge 7,028 30,646 30,100 67,774 473 285
Derivative contracts for hedging purposes – cash flow hedg
EUR million
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total Assets Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaps 151 1,593 2,604 4,347 1 1
Cleared by the central counterparty 141 1,543 2,589 4,272 0
1
Settled-to-market (STM) 141 1,043 2,474 3,657 0 1
Collateralised-to-market (CTM) 500 114 614 0 0
Total OTC interest rate derivatives 151 1,593 2,604 4,347 1 1
Total interest rate derivatives 151 1,593 2,604 4,347 1 1
Currency derivatives
Forward exchange agreements 3,978 3,978 158 0
Total OTC currency derivatives 3,978 3,978 158 0
Total currency derivatives 3,978 3,978 158 0
Total derivative contracts, cash flow hedge
4,129 1,593 2,604 8,325 159 1
Total derivative contracts held for hedging 11,156 32,240 32,704 76,099 632 287
Nominal values/residual maturity
Fair values*
Nominal values/residual maturity
Fair values*
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
131
Total derivatives 31 December 2022
EUR million <1 year 1–5 years
>5 years
Total
Assets Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives 29,963
105,209 89,412 224,584 2,981 3,096
Cleared by the central counterparty 22,144
60,716 55,600 138,460 190 191
Settled-to-market (STM) 11,535 35,194 39,212 85,941 126 134
Collateralised-to-market (CTM) 10,609 25,521 16,388 52,519 64 58
Currency derivatives 55,961 5,303 1,086 62,350 958 1,157
Credit derivatives 34 63 13 110 1 34
Other derivatives 439 889 26 1,355 91 82
Total derivatives 86,398 111,463 90,538 288,399 4,031 4,368
Total derivatives 31 December 2021
EUR million <1 year 1–5 years >5 years
Total
Assets Liabilities
Interest rate derivatives 21,176 74,987 86,509 182,671 2,453 1,447
Cleared by the central counterparty 10,327 38,295 51,866 100,487 11 13
Settled-to-market (STM) 6,155 24,603 37,311 68,069 9 11
Collateralised-to-market (CTM) 4,171 13,692 14,554 32,418 2 3
Currency derivatives 44,610 5,508 757 50,874 782 669
Equity and index-linked derivatives 2 2 0
Credit derivatives 34 783 110 926 2 35
Other derivatives 260 1,744 28 2,032 104 43
Total derivatives 66,081 83,021 87,403 236,506 3,342 2,195
Average interest rates of interest rate derivative contracts in hedge accounting – fair value 31 December 2022
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
Interest rate derivatives
Cleared by the central counterparty 0.701 0.642 0.586 0.635
OTC interest rate derivatives 3.086 3.006 3.040
Total interest rate derivatives 0.701 0.646 0.596 0.640
Average interest rates of interest rate derivative contracts in hedge accounting – fair value 31 December 2021
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
Interest rate derivatives
Cleared by the central counterparty 1.103 0.297 0.205 0.341
OTC interest rate derivatives 3.362 3.040 3.169
Total interest rate derivatives 1.144 0.297 0.223 0.354
Average prices of currency derivatives in hedge accounting concerning significant currencies 31 December 2022
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
Forward exchange agreements: EUR:USD
1.0406
0
Average prices of currency derivatives in hedge accounting concerning significant currencies 31 December 2021
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
Forward exchange agreements: EUR:USD
1.1327
Nominal values/residual maturity
Fair values*
Nominal values/residual maturity
Fair values*
* Fair values include accrued interest which is shown under other assets or provisions and other liabilities in the balance sheet.
Interest rate derivatives for central counterparty clearing are offset in the balance sheet. The effects of netting can be found in Note 44 below. Other derivative
contracts are presented on a gross basis in the balance sheet. In its capital adequacy measurement, OP Amalgamation also applies netting of derivatives.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
132
Average interest rates of interest rate swaps and currency swaps in hedge accounting related to significant currencies 31 December2022
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
AUD 2.440 2.440
GBP
2.151 2.151
HKD 2.959 2.959
JPY 0.700 1.300 1.000
SEK
NOK 4.454 4.454
USD 2.328 1.675 3.611 2.538
Average interest rates of interest rate swaps and currency swaps in hedge accounting related to significant currencies 31 December2021
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
AUD 2.440 2.440
GBP
2.500 1.326 0.880
1.569
HKD 2.959 2.959
JPY 1.300 1.300
NOK 3.800 3.800
USD 1.943 1.954 3.611
2.783
Average interest rates of interest rate derivative contracts in hedge accounting – cash flow hedge 31 December 2022
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
Interest rate derivatives
OTC interest rate derivatives 0.940 0.792 0.876 0.841
Total interest rate derivatives 0.940 0.792 0.876 0.841
Average interest rates of interest rate derivative contracts in hedge accounting – cash flow hedge 31 December 2021
<1 year 1–5 years
>5 years Total
Interest rate derivatives
OTC interest rate derivatives 1.048 0.750 0.881 0.854
Total interest rate derivatives 1.048 0.750 0.881 0.854
Average prices of currency derivatives in hedge accounting concerning significant currencies 31 December 2022
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
Currency derivatives
Forward exchange agreements
Average EUR:AUD 1.4896 1.4896
Average EUR:CHF 0.9703 0.9703
Average EUR:GBP 0.8618 0.8618
Average EUR:USD 1.0645 1.0645
Average prices of currency derivatives in hedge accounting concerning significant currencies 31 December 2021
<1 year 1–5 years >5 years Total
Currency derivatives
Forward exchange agreements
Average EUR:CHF 1.0769 1.0769
Average EUR:GBP 0.8934 0.8934
Average EUR:SGD 1.6250 1.6250
Average EUR:USD 1.1998 1.1998
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
133
Effects of hedge accounting on financial position and result
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Fair value hedges
Carrying amount of hedged receivables* 35,445 32,235
- of which the accrued amount of hedge adjustments -3,139 94
Carrying amount of hedged liabilities** 34,780
26,440
- of which the accrued amount of hedge adjustments
-3,166 264
Remaining hedge adjustment amount of discontinued hedges 86 53
* Presented under Receivables from customers and Investment assets in the balance sheet.
*** Presented in the balance sheet under Liabilities to customers, Debt securities issued to the public and Subordinated liabilities.
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Fair value hedges
Changes in fair value of hedging derivatives -481 -154
Change in value of hedged item that is used as basis for recognition of ineffective hedge during period 465 156
Hedge ineffectiveness presented in income statement -16 2
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Cash flow hedges
Changes in fair value of hedging derivatives -558 -127
Change in value of hedged item that is used as basis for recognition of ineffective hedge during period
540
131
Hedge ineffectiveness presented in income statement -17 4
Change in cash flow hedge reserve concerning continuous hedges
-540 -131
Change in cash flow hedge reserve concerning terminated hedges
2 2
Interest rate risk hedge
Interest rate risk hedge
Interest rate risk hedge
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
134
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Loans to the public and public sector entities 96,946 95,535
Finance lease receivables* 2,228 2,120
Guarantee receivables 5 6
Total 99,180 97,662
Loss allowance** -634 -715
Total receivables from customers 98,546 96,947
* Finance lease receivables are itemised in Note 26.
** Loss allowance is itemised in Note 37. Loss allowance regarding receivables and notes and bonds.
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Financial assets held for trading
Notes and bonds
295 331
Shares and participations 86
78
Total 381
409
Financial assets that must measured at fair value through profit or loss
Notes and bonds 283 356
Shares and participations (Overlay approach) 1,405
1,557
Shares and participations (other than those under Overlay approach) 51 68
Total 1,739 1,981
Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss
Notes and bonds 1,420 1,987
Shares and participations 199 218
Total 1,619 2,206
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Notes and bonds 16,259 17,411
Total 16,259 17,412
Amortised cost
Notes and bonds 1 1
Other
46 50
Total 47 51
Investment property 561 724
Associated companies
Associates 148 163
Joint ventures 0 0
Total 148 163
Total investment assets 20,754 22,945
Changes in investment property, EUR million
2022 2021
Acquisition cost 1 Jan. 687 653
Increases
24 13
Decreases -134 -86
Transfers between items 13 107
Acquisition cost 31 Dec. 590 687
Accumulated changes in fair value 1 Jan. 37 -30
Changes in fair value during the financial year -17 31
Decreases -35 21
Other changes -15 15
Accumulated changes in fair value 31 Dec. -29 37
Carrying amount 31 Dec. 561 724
Note 20. Receivables from customers
OP Financial Group has developed two products based on the international framework for sustainable finance: green loans and sustainability-linked loans. In green loans,
corporate customers are committed to using the borrowed funds to promote specific projects. In sustainability-linked loans, corporate customers are committed to
sustainability goals selected together when granting the loan. These targets affect the loan margin. At the end December, total exposures from these loans and facilities
stood at EUR 5.2 billion (3.0).
Note 21. Investment assets
Increases in investment property include EUR 28 million (13) in capitalised expenses recognised after the acquisition. Any changes in the fair value of investment property
are recognised under net investment income. OP Financial Group sold five hospital buildings in March 2022.
OP Financial Group companies do not own investment property to which restrictions concerning their transfer and sales price under the legislation on state-subsidised
housing loans would apply.
Breakdown of investment property leased out under operating lease can be found in Note 26.
Investment property contains property used as collateral worth EUR 1 million (2).
Information on associated companies can be found in Note 23. Investments accounted for using the equity method.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
135
EUR million 31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Shares and participations
11,237 12,873
Other investments
360 264
Total
11,597 13,137
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Associates 148 162
Joint ventures 1 1
Total 148
163
EUR million
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Associates and joint ventures 25 27
Total 25
27
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Profit of continuing operations 7 8 16 17
2 0
7 8 16 17 2 0
OP Financial Group has 14 (16) associates and 3 (3) joint ventures which are not significant when reviewing them one by one. The table below shows OP Financial Group's
share of the profit/loss of these associates and joint ventures. Four (4) of the private equity funds treated as associates have been measured at fair value in accordance
with IAS 28.
Note 22. Assets covering unit-linked contracts
Note 23. Investments accounted for using the equity method
Amounts entered in the balance sheet:
Amounts entered in the income statement:
Investments in associates and joint ventures
OP Financial Group's investments in associates and joint ventures have no quoted market price.
No contingent liabilities are involved in the associates or joint ventures. No such unrecognised commitments are related to the joint ventures that concern the provision of
financing or resources or an obligation to buy another investor's interest in case certain future events occur.
Associates consolidated using
equity method
Associates measured
at fair value
Joint ventures
Comprehensive income
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
136
Changes in intangible assets, EUR million
Goodwill Brands
Information
systems and other
Total
631 166 507 932 2,236
Increases* 97 97
Decreases -201 -201
Other changes 2 2
631 166 507 831 2,135
-3 -4 -461 -558 -1,025
Amortisation during the financial year -10 -147 -157
Impairments during the financial year 0 0
Decreases 199 199
Other changes 0 0
-3 -4 -470 -506 -983
629 162 37 325 1,153
Changes in intangible assets, EUR million
Goodwill Brands
Information
systems and other
Total
633 166 507 1,460 2,767
Increases* 108 108
Decreases -2 -637 -639
Transfer of itemised non-current assets held for sale -1 -1
Transfers between items 1 1
631 166 507 932 2,236
-3 -4 -450 -998 -1,455
Amortisation for the period -10 -192 -202
Impairments for the period 0 0
Decreases 634 634
Other changes -2 -2
-3 -4 -461 -558 -1,025
629 162 46 374 1,212
Carrying amount, EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Information systems 180 302
Information systems under development 149 76
Other
-4 -5
Total 325 374
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Goodwill
629 629
Brands 162 162
Total 791 791
Acc. amortisation and impairments31 December 2022
Note 24. Intangible assets
Customer relationships related to
insurance contracts and policy
acquisition costs
Acquisition cost 1 January 2022
Acquisition cost 31 December 2022
Acc. amortisation and impairments 1 January 2022
An intangible right not yet available for use is tested for impairment twice a year and whenever there is any indication that the value of the unfinished intangible right may
be impaired. An unfinished intangible asset is tested for its ability to generate sufficient future economic benefits to recover its carrying amount.
Carrying amount 31 December 2022
* Internal development work accounts for EUR 16 million.
Customer relationships related to
insurance contracts and policy
acquisition costs
Acquisition cost 1 January 2021
Acquisition cost 31 December 2021
Acc. amortisation and impairments 1 January 2021
Accumulated amortisation and impairments 31 December 202
Carrying amount 31 December 2021
* Internal development work accounts for EUR 15 million.
Information systems and other
** The decrease in goodwill, EUR 2 million, has been caused by the sale of all shares of Checkout Finland Ltd.
Intangible assets with indefinite economic lives
The useful lives of brands acquired through business combinations are estimated to be indefinite, since they will generate cash flows for an indefinable period.
Customer relationships pertaining to insurance contracts and policy acquisition costs
An intangible asset related to customer relationships and insurance contracts has been allocated to OP Financial Group’s balance sheet that arose as part of the
acquisition of Aurum Investment Insurance Ltd in 2012 and the transfers of Suomi Mutual’s portfolio in 2015 and 2016. Intangible assets originating from life insurance
customer relationships as well as from life insurance contracts are charged to expenses according to planned amortisation, over their estimated useful lives.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
137
Goodwill, EUR million
Segment 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Insurance 449 449
Corporate Banking 180 180
Total 629 629
Goodwill €
million
Value used in
cashflow forecasts,
%
Insurance
Pohjola Insurance Ltd
400
Discount rate, %
7.4 10.7
Combined ratio, %
88,0–90,4 9.8
Net investment income, %
1,2–1,9 -4.2
49
Discount rate, %
7.4 5.0
Growth in operating expenses, %
-0,1–4,4 3.7
Net investment income percentage,
0,8–1,7 -0.9
Corporate Banking OP Asset Management Ltd
97
Discount rate, %
7.9 11.6
Growth in assets under managemen
8,0-9,2 -10.6
Growth in expenses, %
1,5-4,9 9.8
71
Discount rate, %
7.9 25.5
Growth in mutual fund assets, %
8,0-9,2 -16.4
Growth in expenses of fixed type, %
0,6-8,3 22.5
13
Discount rate, %
6.3 5.6
Loan portfolio growth, %
0,5-3,3 -43.0
Growth in expenses, %
-3,2–9,0 32.0
The testing period and the duration of cash flows for the forecast period were determined to be five years under IAS 36. A growth expectation in cash flows for the post-
forecast period was reviewed for each cash-generating unit and a growth expectation for the previous forecast period or a maximum of 2% was used as the constant
growth of the terminal period. Cash flow forecasts derive from the strategy process based on the guidelines for OP Financial Group’s development confirmed by the
Supervisory Council of OP Cooperative and the related derived expectations of the future development of businesses. The goals of OP Financial Group’s sustainability
programme have been taken into account in the planning of businesses and the business target setting. Cash flow forecasts for each testing unit has been approved by the
board of directors of the business that made the forecast. Income tax has been deducted from the cash flow forecasts, according to the valid income tax rate. In testing,
the surplus/deficit after return on equity requirements for the forecast cash flows of cash-generating units was discounted at present value using a discount rate
corresponding to the return on equity requirement. Market information available in each sector has been used as the basis for calculating the discount rate, and the
discount rate reflects investors’ view of business risks and of the expected return on capital tied to the investment. In 2022, the discount rate used in the calculations
before tax varied from 6.3 to 7.9%. In 2021, the discount rate varied from 5.4 to 7.2%. Based on market information, OP Financial Group increased the discount rate for
non-life and life insurance by 0.2 percentage points to 7.4 percentage points. For asset management and mutual fund business, the discount rate was increased by 1.7
percentage points to 7.9 percentage points. The discount rate for Transaction Banking increased by 0.9 percentage points to 6.3 percentage points. Impairment testing in
2022 proved that the recoverable amount of the tested cash-generating units exceeded their requirement for return on equity, and the surplus/deficit was positive in
each tested cash-generating unit. So, no need for impairment loss recognition of goodwill was discovered based on the testing. Accounting policies governing testing
goodwill for impairment are described in Note 1 under 9.2.
Goodwill impairment test
Acquired business
Acquisition of Pohjola Group plc’s non-life and life
businesses and the ICT functions of Pohjola Group
plc.
The acquisition of Pohjola Group plc’s fund and asset
management services and the acquisition of Pohjola
Finance Ltd’s businesses
Testing goodwill for impairment
At the end of 2022, goodwill amounted to a total of EUR 629 million (629).
Sensitivity analysis of goodwill
A sensitivity analysis applied to the cash-generating units was carried out separately for each cash-generating unit on the basis of key variables of each cash-generating
unit. Sensitivity was reviewed as a change in one variable in relation to values used in forecasts. The sensitivity analysis does not include simultaneous changes in all key
variables. In addition, a relative change of each cash-generating unit’s key variable, which would cause goodwill impairment risk, was derived from the sensitivity analysis.
Key assumptions used in calculating the recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit and a relative change that would cause goodwill impairment risk.
Segment
Cash-generating unit
Key variables
Change caused by impairment risk,
pp
Impairment testing of brands
Impairment testing for brands was carried out separately for the Pohjola and A-Vakuutus (A-Insurance) brands. Forecasts used in cash flow statements are based on long-
term plans approved by the Non-life Insurance management and on cash flow forecasts for the next 5 years derived from them. A 2% growth expectation was used as
growth in cash flows for post-forecast periods. On the basis of impairment testing, there is no need to recognise any impairment loss on brands in the financial statements
2022. The principles related to the valuation of brands and their impairment loss are described in Note 1 under 9.5.
OP Life Assurance Company
Ltd
OP Fund Management
Company Ltd
Transaction Banking business
division
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
138
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Property in Group use
Land and water areas 35 40
Buildings 190 201
Machinery and equipment 27 27
Other tangible assets
13 13
Right-of-use assets 158 165
Leased-out assets
Total property, plant and equipment 422 446
of which construction in progress 1 1
Changes in property, plant and equipment (PPE), and investment property, EUR mi
Property
in Group
use
Machinery
and
equipment
Other
tangible
assets
Leased-out
assets
Total PPE
Acquisition cost 1 January 2022 669 48 15 1 733
Business operations acquired 0
0 0 0 0
Increases
35 14 1 0
51
Decreases
-75 -26 -1 0
-103
Transfers to liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale
0
Transfers between items -13 0 0 0
-13
Acquisition cost 31 December 2022 616 36 15 1 667
Accumulated depreciation and impairments1 January 2022 -428 -21 -1 -1 -452
Business operations acquired 0 0 0 0 0
Depreciation for the financial year -13 -9 0 0 -22
Impairments for the financial year 8 0 0 0 8
Reversal of impairments during the financial year
0 0 1 0
0
Decreases 42 21 0 0 63
Transfers between items 0
Other changes 0 0 0 0 0
Accumulated depreciation and impairments31 December 2022 -391 -9 -1 -1
-402
Right-of-use asset* 158
Carrying amount 31 December 2022 225 27 13
0 423
Changes in property, plant and equipment (PPE), and investment property, EUR mi
Property
in Group
use
Machinery
and
equipment
Other
tangible
assets
Leased-out
assets
Total PPE
Acquisition cost 1 January 2021 857 84 15 2 958
Increases
31 7 1 40
Decreases -74 -43 -1 0 -119
Transfers to liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale 0 0
Transfers between items -146 1 0 0 -146
Acquisition cost 31 December 2021 669 48 15 1 733
Accumulated depreciations and impairments1 January 2021 -467 -41 -2 -1 -530
Depreciation for the financial year -20 -11 -1 -28
Impairments for the financial year -11 0 -17
Reversal of impairments during the financial year 1 1
Decreases 15 3 0 85
Transfers between items 38
Other changes 5 1 0
Accumulated depreciations and impairments31 December 2021 -428 -21 -1 -1 -452
Right-of-use asset* 165
241 27 14 0 446
* Note 26.
Note 25. Property, plant and equipment
Carrying amount 31 December 2021
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
139
Note 26. Leases
Right-of-use assets, EUR million
Buildings Cars IT equipment
Machinery and
equipment
Total
Carrying amount 1 January 2022
154 2 2 7 165
Increases
17 1 1 1 19
Decreases 0 0 0 -4 -5
Depreciation for the financial year -22 -1 -1 -2 -26
Impairment loss on receivables in financial year
Value changes for the financial year 4 0 0 4
Other changes 2 2
Carrying amount 31 December 2022 153 2 1 2 158
Right-of-use assets, EUR million
Buildings Cars IT equipment
Machinery and
equipment
Total
Carrying amount 1 January 2021
188 2 2 11 205
Increases
8 2 0 2 11
Decreases 0 0 0 -1 -1
Depreciation for the financial year -23 -1 -1 -5 -31
Impairment loss on receivables in financial year
Value changes for the financial year -15 0 0 -15
Other changes 1 1
Carrying amount 31 December 2021 154 2 2 7 165
Lease liabilities, EUR million 31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
* Carrying amount 231 242
Contractual maturities
< 1 year 32 34
1–2 years 30 30
2–3 years 27 28
3–4 years 23 22
4–5 years 19 21
Over 5 years 118 124
* Note 34 Provisions and other liabilities.
Items entered in the income statement, EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Interest expenses -3 -3
Depreciation on right-of-use assets -26 -31
Impairment of right-of-use assets -1 -4
Lease income received from sublease 2 1
Expenses related to variable lease payments not included in lease liabilities 0 1
Gains or losses arising from sale and leaseback transactions -1 -1
Expenses of short-term and low-value leases -11 -10
Total cash flow from leases -47 -49
Lessor’s operating leases
Minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
< 1 year
41 37
1–2 years 30 26
2–3 years 26 23
3–4 years 21 19
4–5 years 19 15
Over 5 years 86 64
Total 223 183
OP Financial Group companies have leased out investment property they own.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
140
Finance lease receivables
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Maturity of finance lease receivables
< 1 year 763 666
1–2 years 590 569
2–3 years 390 380
3–4 years 294 220
4–5 years 138 170
Over 5 years 216 202
Gross investment in finance leases 2,391 2,207
Unearned finance income (–) -162 -83
Present value of minimum lease payments
2,229 2,124
Present value of minimum lease payment receivables
< 1 year 707 637
1–2 years 552 550
2–3 years 366 369
3–4 years 280 213
4–5 years 131 167
Over 5 years 192 189
Total
2,229 2,124
Items entered in the income statement, € million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Interest income from finance lease receivables 35 31
Capital gain/loss accrued from finance leases 1 1
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Payment transfer receivables 163 252
Pension assets
183 86
Accrued income and prepaid expenses
Interest 436 360
Interest on derivatives receivables 41 41
Commission receivables from asset management 4 5
Performance-based management fees from asset management 1
Subscription, redemption and management fee receivables
28 31
Other 117 122
Derivatives receivables, central counterparty clearing 47 8
CSA receivables from derivative contracts 353 488
Securities receivables 1 5
Direct insurance receivables 162 142
Claims administration contracts 156 165
Reinsurance receivables 88 90
Reinsurers' share of provisions for unearned premiums 7 7
Reinsurers' share of provisions for unpaid claims 271 123
Other receivables 761 492
Total 2,819 2,419
OP uses finance leases to finance moveable capital assets, real property units and other premises.
Note 27. Other assets
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
141
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Income tax assets 59 7
Deferred tax assets 244 135
Total tax assets 303 141
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Income tax liabilities 66 75
Deferred tax liabilities 942 1,034
Total tax liabilities 1,008 1,109
Deferred tax assets
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Due to financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 82 0
Due to depreciation and impairments 13 12
Due to provisions and impairments on loans 2 1
Due to losses related to taxation 0 4
Cash flow hedge 81 0
Due to hedging of interest rate risk associated with technical provisions 41
Due to timing difference of derivatives 50 8
Due to defined-benefit pension plans 15 15
Due to consolidation of Group accounts 32 27
Due to other temporary differences 76 72
Set-off against deferred tax liabilities -108 -46
Total 244 135
Deferred tax liabilities 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Due to appropriations 770 749
Due to financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income -1 38
Cash flow hedge 1 32
Due to hedging of interest rate risk associated with technical provisions
Due to elimination of equalisation provision 86 82
Due to fair value measurement of investment 66 112
Allocation of price of corporate acquisitions 38 39
Defined benefit pension plans 46 26
Due to consolidation of Group accounts 17 17
Due to other temporary differences
Set-off against deferred tax assets -108 -62
Total
942 1,034
Net deferred tax asset (+)/liability (-) -699 -899
Changes in deferred taxes
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Deferred tax assets /liabilities 1 January -899 -888
Recognised in the income statement
Appropriations -34 -19
Amortisation/depreciation and impairments -1 3
Eliminations of equalisation provisions -4 -14
Defined-benefit pension plans 1 1
Due to hedging of interest rate risk associated with technical provisions -56 -22
Due to timing difference of derivatives 30 19
Investment valuation 30 8
Other
14 12
Recognised in statement of comprehensive income
Available-for-sale financial assets
Changes in fair value 137 -12
Cash flow hedge 111 27
Transfers to the income statement 0 -3
Actuarial gains/losses on post-employment benefit obligations -24 -10
Other
0
Total deferred tax assets 31 December, asset (+)/liability (-) -699 -899
Income tax assets, asset (+)/liability (-) -6 -68
Total tax assets, asset (+)/liability (-) -705 -968
Tax losses for which a deferred tax asset was not recognised came to EUR 8 million (EUR 38 million) at the end of 2022. The losses will expire before 2033.
Note 28. Tax assets and liabilities
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
142
EUR Million 31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Liabilities to central banks
11,977 16,000
Liabilities to credit institutions
Repayable on demand
Deposits 246 503
Other liabilities 1 1
Total 247 503
Other than repayable on demand
Deposits 69 68
Other liabilities 9 79
Total 78 147
Total liabilities to credit institutions and central banks 12,301 16,650
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Deposits
Repayable on demand
Private 45,997 44,826
Companies and public-sector entities 29,690 29,983
Total 75,688 74,809
Other
Private 901 790
Companies and public-sector entities 533 13
Total 1,434 803
Total deposits 77,121 75,612
Other financial liabilities
Repayable on demand
Private 7 6
Companies and public-sector entities 7 1
Total 14 7
Other
Companies and public-sector entities 4,333 2,280
Total 4,333 2,280
Total other financial liabilities 4,347 2,287
Total liabilities to customers 81,468 77,898
Notes to liabilities and equity capital
Note 29. Liabilities to credit institutions
Note 30. Liabilities to customers
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
143
EUR million
Non-life Insurance insurance liabilities 3,213 3,297
Insurance liability of Life Insurance other than guaranteed portions of unit-linked insurance 4,423 5,559
Life Insurance liability other than guaranteed portions of unit-linked investment contracts 2 1
Total
7,638
8,858
EUR million Gross
Net Gross Net
Provision for unpaid claims for annuities 1,300 -6 1,294 1,535 -7 1,528
Other provisions by case 479 -248 230 275 -103 172
Special provision for occupational diseases 5 5 7 7
Collective liability (IBNR) 711 -17 693 770 -13 757
Reserved loss adjustment expenses 134 134 151 151
Provision for unearned premiums 621 -7 614 606 -7 600
Interest rate hedge for insurance liabilities -37
-37 -48 -48
Total Non-life Insurance insurance liabilities
3,213 -278 2,935 3,297 -130 3,168
EUR million Gross Net
Gross Net
Provision for unpaid claims
Provision for unpaid claims 1 Jan. 2,691 -123 2,568 2,733 -106 2,627
Claims paid in financial year -1,180 35 -1,145 -1,042 47 -995
Change in liability/receivable 1,050 -183 868 1,047 -64 983
Current period claims 1,399 -173 1,226 1,180 -64 1,116
Increase (decrease) from previous financial years -63 -10 -73 -91 0 -91
Changes in reserving bases -286 -286 -42 -42
Unwinding of discount 20 20 17 17
Value change in interest rate hedges 11 11 -64 -64
Sold business operations
Foreign exchange gains (losses) 0 0 0 0 0
Provision for unpaid claims 31 Dec. 2,592 -271 2,321 2,691 -123 2,568
Liability for remaining contract period
Insurance liability 1 Jan. 606 -7 600 593 -7 586
Increase 573 -7 565 555 -7 548
Decrease -558 7 -552 -542 7 -536
Unwinding of discount 1 1 1 1
Insurance liability 31 Dec. 621 -7 614 606 -7 600
Total Non-life Insurance insurance liabilities
3,213 -278
2,935 3,297 -130 3,168
share
share
Changes in insurance liabilities arising from insurance contracts and in receivables arising from reinsurance contracts
2022
2021
share
share
The insurance liability for the remaining contract period of insurance contracts has mainly been determined in accordance with the pro rata parte
temporis rule for each contract.
31.12.2022
31.12.2021
Note 31. Insurance liabilities
31.12.2022
31.12.2021
The figures in the note include provision for outstanding claims related to unit-linked contracts. As a result, the figures in the note do not match with
the balance sheet.
Non-life Insurance contract liabilities and reinsurers’ share
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
144
Effect of changes in methods and assumptions on amount of liability
2022 2021
Effect of changes in methods and assumptions on amount of liability -286 -42
Total -286 -42
Claims triangles, gross business, EUR million
Occurrence year 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
Estimated total claims expenditure
0* 903 931 976 1,000 1,043 1,121 1,116 1,052 1,180 1399 10,721
n+1 879 905 887 1,006 1,063 1,149 1,116 1,041 1,170
n+2 861 920 902 995 1,078 1,164 1,097 1,030
n+3 885 939 910 998 1,079 1,161 1,087
n+4 891 929 912 996 1,080 1,152
n+5 888 930 912 1,000 1,070
n+6 900 931 913 990
n+7 903 931 903
n+8 903 922
n+9 894
Current estimate of total claims expenditure
894 922 903 990 1,070 1,152 1,087 1,030 1,170 1,399 10,617
Accumulated claims paid
-864 -886 -868 -941 -1,012 -1,089 -1,015 -882 -973 -692 -9,222
30 36 35 49 58 63 73 148 196 707 1,395
Provision for unpaid claims for previous y
206
Provision for unpaid claims for 2013-2022
* = at the end of the occurrence year
Total
Determining collective liability is based on different statistical methods: Bornhuetter-Ferguson, Cape Cod and Chain Ladder. When applying these
methods, other selections must also be made, in addition to the selection of the method, such as deciding on how many occurrence years' statistics
the methods will be applied.
In the valuation of collective liability, the largest risks relate to
- Estimating the future rate of inflation (excl. indemnities for loss of income payable on the basis of statutory insurance)
- Adjustment of changes due to changed compensation practices and legislation in the development triangle of claims (i.e. whether history provides a
correct picture of the future)
- Adequacy of historical information over dozens of years.
Of the collective liability, only the liability for annuities has been discounted.
For the assessment of collective liability, the Group's non-life insurance portfolio is divided into several categories by risk and eg maturity of the cash
flow applying to compensation paid. In each category, collective liability is first calculated using each statistical method stated above, and the method
that best suits the category under review is chosen. The selection criteria used includes how well the model would have predicted developments in
prior years of occurrence and the sensitivity of the estimate generated by the model with respect to the number of statistical years used. The safety
margin of 2−15% is added to the expected value generated by the selected model. The safety margin is determined by the uncertainty associated with
future cash flows and duration, as well as the quality of historical data.
When estimating the collective liability for medical expenses and rehabilitation expenses benefits in statutory workers' compensation and motor
liability insurance, the Group has taken account of the fact claims paid for losses occurred more than 10 years ago are financed through the pay-as-
you-go system.
b) Claims development
The claims triangle compares the actual claims incurred with previous estimates. The triangles describing claims development have been drawn up
by occurrence year.
With the exception of long-term liabilities, claims development for the gross business is presented over a period of ten years. The claims triangle
does not monitor the shares of pools. The capital value of finalised annuities is treated as if the annuities had been paid equalling the capital amount
in connection with confirmation as final. For long-term liabilities, i.e. annuities confirmed as final and asbestos-related claims, information on the
adequacy of insurance liabilities is provided.
The provision for unpaid claims includes asbestos liabilities which arise from occupational diseases coverable under statutory workers' compensation
insurance. The forecasted cash flow of these claims is based on an analysis which takes account of to what extent asbestos was used annually as
raw material in Finland and how the latency periods of different asbestos diseases are distributed. Trends in asbestos-related claims are monitored
annually and the outcome has corresponded well to the forecast.
Determination of insurance liabilities arising from non-life insurance contracts
a) Methods and assumptions used
The amount of insurance liability has been estimated in such a way that it is, in reasonable probability, sufficient to cover the liabilities arising from
insurance contracts. This has been performed by estimating an expected value for the insurance liability and, after that, by determining a safety
margin based on the degree of uncertainty related to the liability.
The provision for unpaid claims for annuities corresponds to the discounted present value of cash flow of compensation for loss of income payable as
continuous annuity. The discount rate is determined taking account of the current interest rate, security required by law and the maximum discount
rate set by the authorities and expected reasonable return on assets covering insurance liabilities. On 31 December 2022, the discount rate used
was 2.0 % (0.85). The mortality model applied is the cohort mortality model which is based on Finnish demographic statistics and which assumes the
current trend of an increase in life expectancy to continue.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
145
Development of claims due to latent occupational diseases, EUR million
Financial year
28 53 -4 -1 1 0
22 53 -4 -2 2 0
19 54 -4 -2 2 -1
17 53 -5 -1 2 1
14 53 -5 -3 3 0
13 51 -6 -2 -2
10 52 -5 -3 3 0
9 54 -5 -6 1 -5
7 52 -6 -3 1 -2
5 47 -6 1 -1 0
Development of annuities confirmed as final, EUR million
Financial year
940 965 51 37 23 12
965 1,010 54 40 36 5
1,010 1,046 53 44 30 2
1,046 1,080 54 49 31 3
1,080 1,141 54 52 75 16
1,141 1,145 56 54 -2
1,145 1,206 38 56 80 1
1,206 1,245 82 54 25 14
1,245 1,240 116 63 -31 27
1,240 1,055 55 61 -166 14
Claims triangles, net business, EUR million
Occurrence year
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
Estimated total claims expenditure
0* 861 897 957 992 1,019 1,081 1,092 1,034 1,117 1,227 10277
n+1 829 868 877 1,000 1,026 1,109 1,089 1,012 1,103
n+2 819 875 892 990 1,045 1,114 1,073 998
n+3 843 887 898 994 1,046 1,118 1,063
n+4 847 887 901 992 1,050 1,109
n+5 847 885 900 997 1,038
n+6 858 886 902 988
n+7 859 887 893
n+8 859 877
n+9 849
Current estimate of total claims expenditure
849 877 893 988 1,038 1,109 1,063 998 1,103 1,227 10,145
Accumulated claims paid
-822 -843 -858 -939 -984 -1,059 -993 -872 -944 -520 -8,833
28 34 35 49 53 50 70 126 159
707 1,312
Provision for unpaid claims for previous years 190
* = at the end of the occurrence year
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
* Effect of changes in the discount rate and the mortality model on final annuity capital.
Total
Provision for unpaid claims for 2013-2022
New annuity capital
Annuities paid
Changes in
reserving basis*
Adequacy
2013
Year-start
Year-end
2014
2019
2020
2021
2022
2018
Collective
liability
Known
liabilities for
annuities
Claims paid
Claims incurred
Changes in
reserving
basis*
Adequacy
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
146
Changes in Life Insurance insurance liabilities
1 Jan
2022
Growth in
liability
arising
from
insurance
premiums
Dis-
charged
liabilities
Credited
interest
and
changes in
value
Other
charges
and
credits
Other
items
31 Dec
2022
2,594 134 -220 76 -96 50
2,538
735 0 -38 27 -4 -147
574
1,759 3 -164 53
9 -349
1,311
1 0
0
0 0 0
2
Reserve for decreased discount rate 211 -78
132
145 -278
-133
Other items 115 -114
1
Total 5,560
137 -422 156 -91 -916 4,425
1 Jan
2021
Growth in
liability
arising
from
insurance
premiums
Dis-
charged
liabilities
Credited
interest
and
changes in
value
Other
charges
and
credits
Other
items
31 Dec
2021
2,697 128 -218 79 -97 6
2,594
804 0 -38 29 -4 -56
735
2,025 4 -197 59 9 -140
1,759
2 0
0
0 0 0
1
Reserve for decreased discount rate 237 -26
211
253 -109
145
Other items 70 45
115
Total 6,088 132 -453 166 -92 -280 5,560
Amounts recovered from or due to reinsurers are measured consistently with the amounts associated with the reinsured insurance contracts and are
recognised in the balance sheet separately.
Group pension insurance liabilities have been annually increased since 2011 owing to the higher life expectancy.
Refunded interest amounts includes guaranteed interest and, based on management judgement, distributed and paid customer bonuses.
Separated balance sheet 1
Separated balance sheet 2
Other liability than unit-linked investment contracts
discounted with interest rate guarantee
Effect of discounting with market interest rate
When determining the liabilities related to insurance and investment contracts other than unit-linked contracts and to unit-linked policies, OP
Financial Group has complied with the Finnish Accounting Standards, with the exception that the Group started using the discount rate for insurance
liabilities that is closer to the real-time interest rate. Insurance and capital redemption contract savings have been entered in the life insurance
company’s balance sheet at its own investment risk with their interest rate guarantees ranging between 1.5% and 4.5% and discounted to the
amount of the interest guarantee in the national financial accounts’ insurance liabilities. The effect of the reduced discount rate under FAS has been
entered in the reserve for the decreased discount rate. Part of the interest rate risk between the market and discount rate has been hedged using
fixed-income investments, the value of which has been entered as part of the liability from insurance and capital redemption contracts.
Life insurance liabilities act as term life insurance liabilities.
Other insurance liability than unit-linked liability discounted
with interest rate guarantee
Change in claims incurred based on loss events for prior financial years
Claims incurred for losses occurred in prior financial years increased by EUR 3 million while those for the previous financial year increased by EUR 3
million. Change in claims incurred based on loss events for prior financial years describes the adequacy of insurance liabilities, which on average is
positive due to the security of insurance liabilities.
Liabilities, EUR million
Other than unit-linked contract liabilities
Other insurance liability than unit-linked liability discounted
with interest rate guarantee
Separated balance sheet 1
Separated balance sheet 2
Other liability than unit-linked investment contracts
discounted with interest rate guarantee
Effect of discounting with market interest rate
Liabilities, EUR million
Other than unit-linked contract liabilities
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
147
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Unit-linked contract liabilities
Liabilities for unit-linked insurance contracts 4,453 5,332
Liabilities for unit-linked investment contracts
7,210 7,878
Total 11,662 13,210
The breakdown of the status 31 December 2021 has been adjusted.
1 Jan. 2022
Growth in
liability
arising
from
insurance
premiums
Discharged
liabilities
Credited
interest
and changes in
value
Other
charges
and credits
Other items
31 Dec 2022
Unit-linked contract liabilities
5,332 135
-260
-711 -15 -29
4,453
7,878 611
-444
-838 -24 27
7,210
Total 13,210
746 -704 -1,549 -39 -2 11,662
1 Jan. 2021
Growth in
liability
arising
from
insurance
premiums
Discharged
liabilities
Credited
interest
and changes in
value
Other
charges
and credits
Other items
31 Dec 2021
Unit-linked contract liabilities
4,796 176
-246
614
-17
8
5,332
6,486 747
-357
966 -22 57
7,878
Total 11,282 924 -602 1,580 -39 65 13,210
The breakdown of the status 31 December 2021 has been adjusted.
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Bonds 10,563 10,838
Subordinated bonds (SNP) 4,306 3,926
Covered bonds 12,262 12,353
Other
Certificates of deposit 1,083 297
Commercial paper
9,287 7,539
Included in own portfolio in trading (–)* -63 -58
Total debt securities issued to the public 37,438 34,895
Note 32. Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts
Liabilities for unit-linked investment
contracts
The dependence of unit-linked contracts is the policyholder’s choice. At company level, the value change cannot be compared with any benchmark index. Similarly, return
from guaranteed-interest investment contracts cannot reliably be compared with any benchmark index. Return from guaranteed-interest investment contracts cannot
reliably be compared with any benchmark index. The return is based on that on assets covering the liability. Company assets have no benchmark.
Unit-linked investment contracts are measured at fair value.
The liability of unit-linked policies is valued at the market values of assets associated with contracts on the balance sheet date.
Note 33. Debt securities issued to the public
*Own bonds held by OP Group have been set off against liabilities.
Changes in insurance liabilities
Liabilities, EUR million
Liabilities for unit-linked insurance contracts
Liabilities for unit-linked investment
contracts
Liabilities, EUR million
Liabilities for unit-linked insurance contracts
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
148
Reconciliation of changes in liabilities in cash flows from financing activities against balance sheet items
EUR million
Balance sheet value 1 January 2022 34,895 1,982
Changes in cash flows from financing activities
Increases in bonds 5,310
Increases in covered bonds 2,782
Increases in certificates of deposit 1,194
Increases in commercial papers 12,443
Increases in debentures 6
Increases total 21,728 6
Decreases in bonds -3,946
Decreases in covered bonds -1,545
Decreases in certificates of deposit -407
Decreases in commercial papers -10,695
Decreases in subordinated loans -522
Decreases in debentures
Decreases total -16,593 -522
Total changes in cash flows from financing activities
5,135 -517
Valuations
-2,591 -82
Balance sheet value 31 December 2022 37,438 1,384
EUR million
Balance sheet value 1 January 2021
34,369
1,290
Changes in cash flows from financing activities
Increases in bonds 3,148
Increases in covered bonds 807
Increases in certificates of deposit 371
Increases in commercial papers 8,145
Increases total 12,471
Decreases in bonds -2,497
Decreases in covered bonds -1,028
Decreases in certificates of deposit -348
Decreases in commercial papers -7,953
Decreases in subordinated loans -43
Decreases in debentures -211
Decreases total
-11,825 -254
Total changes in cash flows from financing activities 646
-254
Valuations
-457 -24
Balance sheet value 31 December 2021 34,895 1,982
Most significant issues in 2022
Fair value Interest rate
OP Corporate Bank plc
1,250.0 1222.5375 Fixed 2,875%
1,000.0 953.07 Fixed 0,125 %
1000.0 922.99 Fixed 0,500 %
1000.0 839.57 Fixed 0,100 %
800.0 807.642 EUB3 + 1,000 %
OP Mortgage Bank
1,000.0 EUB3 + 1,000 %
1,000.0 EUB3 + 1,000 %
1,250.0 Fixed 2,750 %
Book value
Debt securities issued
to the public
Subordinated liabilities
Debt securities issued
to the public
Subordinated liabilities
OP Corporate Bank plc Issue of EUR 1,000,000,000 0.100 per cent. Instruments due 16 November 2027 under
the EUR 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments
OP Corporate Bank plc Issue of EUR 800,000,000 Floating Rate Note due 17 May 2024 under the EUR
20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments
OP Mortgage Bank issue of EUR 1.000.000.000 1,000 per cent. Covered Notes due 5 October 2027 under the
EUR 20.000.000.000 Euro Medium Term Covered Note Programme
OP Mortgage Bank issue of EUR 1.000.000.000 3 month Euribor + 1,00 per cent. Covered Notes due 13
September 2023 under the EUR 20.000.000.000 Euro Medium Term Covered Note Programme
OP Mortgage Bank issue of EUR 1.250.000.000 2,750 per cent. Covered Notes due 22 June 2026 under the
EUR 25.000.000.000 Euro Medium Term Covered Bond (Premium) Programme
OP Corporate Bank plc Issue of EUR 1,250,000,000 due 15 Dec 2025 under the EUR 20,000,000,000
Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments
OP Corporate Bank plc Issue of EUR 1,000,000,000 0.125 per cent. Unsubordinated Instruments due 1 July
2024 under the EUR 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments
OP Corporate Bank plc Issue of EUR 1,000,000,000 0.500 per cent. Unsubordinated Instruments due 12 August
2025 under the EUR 20,000,000,000 Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
149
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Provisions
Loss allowance 32 22
Reorganisation provision 1 0
Other provisions 3 6
Other liabilities
Payment transfer liabilities 1,122 1,057
Accrued expenses
Interest payable 186 168
Interest payable on derivatives 34 19
Other accrued expenses 507 498
CSA liabilities from derivatives 1,290 807
Pension liabilities 30 49
Lease liabilities 231 242
Accounts payable on securities 6 4
Payables based on purchase invoices 14 34
Direct insurance liabilities 58 51
Reinsurance liabilities 42 26
Claims administration contracts 134 152
Total 3,656 3,106
Other 156 0
Total provisions and other liabilities 3,849 3,134
EUR million
Loss allowance
Reorgani-
sation
Other
provisions
Total
1 January 2022 22 0 6 28
Increase in provisions 11 0 2 13
Provisions used -1 -1
Reversal of unused provisions -4 -4
31 December 2022 33 1 3 37
EUR million
Loss allowance
Reorgani-
sation
Other
provisions
Total
1 January 2021 29 0 3 32
Increase in provisions 4 4
Provisions used -7 -0 -0 -7
Reversal of unused provisions 0 -1 -1
31 December 2021 22 0 6 28
Claims administration contracts
Note 34. Provisions and other liabilities
Changes in provisions
In April, OP Mortgage Bank issued a 1 billion-euro green covered bond with a maturity of 5.5 years. This fixed-rate covered bond is targeted at international institutional
investors, and proceeds raised with the bond will be allocated to OP Financial Group’s home loans recognised as green ones according to the Green Covered Bond
Framework of OP Mortgage Bank. The sector to be financed is energy-efficient residential buildings (green buildings).
In January, OP Corporate Bank plc issued a 500-million-euro senior non-preferred green bond with a maturity of 5.5 years. The bond was targeted at international
responsible institutional investors. Proceeds raised with the green bond are allocated to sustainable corporate finance. Eligible sectors to be funded include renewable
energy, green buildings and environmentally sustainable management of living natural resources and land use.
Claims administration contracts are contracts which are not insurance contracts, but on the basis of which claims are paid on behalf of another party which has full risk
for its own account. Among these contracts, the most important are captive arrangements in which the insured risk is reinsured with a captive company belonging to the
same Group of companies with the customer; index increases in annuities of statutory workers’ compensation, motor liability and patient insurance policies; certain other
increases in benefits; and medical treatment indemnities payable over ten years after the occurrence of the accident; as well as public sector patient insurance.
Defined benefit pension plans
OP Financial Group has funded assets of its pension schemes through insurance companies and the OP-Eläkesäätiö pension foundation. Schemes related to
supplementary pensions in OP-Eläkesäätiö and insurance companies are treated as defined benefit plans. Statutory pension cover managed by Ilmarinen Mutual Pension
Insurance Company is treated as a defined contribution plan.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
150
2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
617 595 -654 -589 -37 7
6 7 6 7
6 2 -6 -2 0 0
1 1 1 1
12 9 -5 -1 7 8
-160 27 -160 27
0 0
3 11 3 11
36 -87 36 -87
-156 38 36 -87
-120 -50
-3 -2 -3 -2
-24 -25 24 25
-24 -25 21 23 -3 -2
449 617 -602 -654 -153 -37
Responsible for investment, the Board of Trustees of the Pension Foundation approves the Foundation's investment plan related to its assets. A pension institution’s chief
actuary prepares annually a forecast for developments in insurance liabilities and pension costs. On this basis, investment asset allocation takes account of the
requirements set by the nature of insurance liabilities for investment operations with respect to the level of security, productivity and liquidity, as well as the Pension
Foundation’s risk-bearing capacity.
Supplementary pension has also been arranged in life insurance companies. In general, the insured persons are entitled to retire on an old-age pension at the age of 63.
In addition, the insured is entitled to disability pension and, after the insured person’s death, beneficiaries are entitled to burial grant and survivors’ pension. Insurance
contributions are collected based on the retirement age of 65. The employer pays the uncovered portion of the pension on a lump-sum basis when the person retires at
the promised retirement age of 63.
In some plans, the retirement age of the insured persons’ supplementary pension vary from 62 and 65 years and insurance contributions are collected in such a way that
the promised benefit will have been fully covered by the retirement age.
Payable benefits are tied to the TyEL index. The employer will annually be charged an additional payment if the insurance company’s own index compensation is smaller
than the index given to benefits.
When reporting promised benefits under IAS 19, the key risks are associated with inflationary expectation, wage inflation and interest rates on the balance sheet date.
The most significant risk in these plans is inflation assumption that affects the pension obligation through assumption for an increase in benefits. The used interest rate
affects not only the pension obligation but also the value of assets corresponding to the obligation, reducing the effect of any change on net benefit liability to be
recognised.
Defined benefit obligations
Fair value of pension assets
Net liabilities (assets)
Supplementary pension at OP Bank Group Pension Foundation and insurance companies
OP Bank Group Pension Foundation manages supplementary pension cover for employees provided by the employers within OP Financial Group. The purpose of the
Pension Foundation is to grant old-age and disability pension benefits and sickness benefits to employees covered by the Pension Foundation activities, and survivors’
pension benefits to their beneficiaries, and burial grant. In addition, the Pension Foundation may grant said employees benefits related to rehabilitation. Arranging
supplementary pension is voluntary. Supplementary pension cover provided by the Pension Foundation is fully funded.
The Pension Foundation covers every employee who has reached the age of 20 years and who has been employed, as specified by TyEL, for two consecutive years by the
employer within the Pension Foundation and whose employment has begun before 1 July 1991. The employment term entitling to pension begins from the day the
employee turned 23 years in the employment of the employer. The salary/wage serving as the basis for the calculation of pension refers to pensionable pay based on one
and the same employment and calculated under the Finnish Employees’ Pensions Act, TEL, in force until 31 December 2006. The retirement age of those covered by the
Pension Foundation varies from 60 to 65 years, depending on the personnel group to which the employee belongs under the Pension Foundation rules.
The most significant associated risk relates to the possibility of the actual return on investment assets being lower than the target set for the minimum return. If such a
risk materialises in several consecutive years, this would result in charging contributions.
The most significant actuarial risks of OP Bank Group Pension Foundation are associated with interest rate and market risks, systematically increasing life expectancy and
inflation risk. A change in the discount rate for pension liabilities has a substantial effect on the amount of pension liabilities.
Administrative expenses
Total
Losses (gains) recognised in other
comprehensive income arising from
remeasurement
Actuarial losses (gains) arising from changes in
economic expectations
Actuarial losses (gains) arising from changes in
demographic expectations
Return on TyEL interest rate difference and
growth in old-age pension liabilities (net)
Balance sheet value of defined benefit plans, EUR
million
Opening balance 1 Jan
Defined benefit pension costs recognised in
income statement
Current service cost
Interest expense (income)
Effect of plan curtailment, change and fulfilment
of obligation or previous service cost
Total
Closing balance 31 Dec
Experience adjustments
Return on plan assets, excluding amount (–) of net
defined benefit liability (asset)
Total
Other
Employer contributions*
Benefits paid
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
151
Liabilities and assets recognised in the balance sheet, EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
-183 -86
Net liabilities (Supplementary pension schemes of insurance companies)
30 49
30 49
-183
-86
Total
Shares and participations 101
Notes and bonds
112
Real property 7
Mutual funds 289
Derivatives 1
Other assets 32
Total 543
Total
Shares and participations 97
Notes and bonds
180
Real property 12
Mutual funds 257
Derivatives 0
Other assets 31
Total 577
Pension plan assets include, EUR million,
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Other receivables from OP Financial Group companies 33 32
Total 33 32
Key actuarial assumptions used, 31 December 2022, EUR million
Pension Foundation Insurance companies
Discount rate, % 3.6 3.4
Future pay increase assumption, % 3.3 3.3
Future pension increases, % 2.7 2.7
Turnover rate, %
0.0 0.0
Inflation rate, % 2.5 2.5
Estimated remaining service life of employees in years 5.1 7.0
Life expectancy for 65-year old people
Men 21.4 21.4
Women 25.4 25.4
Life expectancy for 45-year old people after 20 years
Men 23.7 23.7
Women 28.1 28.1
Key actuarial assumptions used, 31 December 2021, EUR million Pension Foundation Insurance companies
Discount rate, % 0.9 1.0
Future pay increase assumption, % 2.9 3.0
Future pension increases, % 2.3 2.3
Turnover rate, %
0.0 0.0
Inflation rate, % 2.1 2.2
Estimated remaining service life of employees in years 5.2 7.2
Life expectancy for 65-year old people
Men 21.4 21.4
Women 25.4 25.4
Life expectancy for 45-year old people after 20 years
Men 23.7 23.7
Women 28.1 28.1
Total net assets
Pension Foundation assets,
31 December 2022, EUR million
Pension Foundation assets,
31 December 2021, EUR million
Contributions payable under the defined benefit pension plan in 2023 are estimated at EUR 4 million.
The duration of the defined benefit pension obligation in the pension foundation on 31 December 2022 was 12.3 years and in other plans 17.0 years.
Net liabilities/assets (Pension Foundation)
Total net liabilities
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
152
EUR million % EUR million
%
Discount rate
0.5 pp increase
-20 -5.6 -2 -8.5
0.5 pp decrease 22 6.2 3 9.6
Pension increases
0.5 pp increase
21 5.7 6 24.3
0.5 pp decrease -19 -5.4 -6 -22.6
Mortality
1-year increase in life expectancy
12 3.2 1 2.9
1-year decrease in life expectancy -11 -3.1 -1
-2.8
EUR million %
EUR million
%
Discount rate
0.5 pp increase
-34 -6.9 -4 -10.0
0.5 pp decrease 38 7.8 5 11.6
Pension increases
0.5 pp increase
34 7.0 11 23.8
0.5 pp decrease -32 -6.5 -10 -21.9
Mortality
1-year increase in life expectancy 19 3.9 2 3.9
1-year decrease in life expectancy -18 -3.7 -2 -3.7
EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Other
Debentures 1,384 1,982
Total subordinated liabilities 1,384 1,982
Pension Foundation
Change in defined benefit pension
obligation
Supplementary pension schemes of
insurance companies
change in defined benefit net pension
liability
Sensitivity analysis of key actuarial assumptions,
31 December 2022
Pension Foundation
Change in defined benefit pension
obligation
Supplementary pension schemes of
insurance companies
change in defined benefit net pension
liability
Debentures
Debenture loan of JPY 10 billion (euro equivalent 77 million), which is a ten-year bullet loan, will mature on 3 July 2025. Under the terms and conditions of the
loan, the issuer will have the opportunity for early redemption in case the principal cannot be counted as part of the bank’s Tier 2 capital. The loan carries a floating
rate linked to the JPY Libor + 0.735%.
The debenture loan of EUR 100 million, which is a 10-year bullet loan, will mature on 25 September 2025. Under the terms and conditions of the loan, the issuer
will have the opportunity for early redemption in case the principal cannot be counted as part of the bank’s Tier 2 capital. The loan carries a fixed interest rate of
2.405% p.a.
Debenture loan of SEK 3,250 million (euro equivalent 317 million), which is a ten-year bullet loan, will mature on 3 June 2030. Under the terms and conditions of
the loan, the issuer will have the opportunity for early redemption in case the principal cannot be counted as part of the bank’s Tier 2 capital. The loan carries a
floating rate linked to a 3-month Stibor + 2.300%.
Sensitivity analysis of key actuarial assumptions,
31 December 2021
Note 35. Subordinated liabilities
Debenture loan of 1,000 million euros, which is a 10-year bullet loan, will mature on 9 June 2030. Under the terms and conditions of the loan, the issuer will have
the opportunity for early redemption in case the principal cannot be counted as part of the bank’s Tier 2 capital. The loan carries a fixed interest rate of 1.625% p.a.
Loans were issued in international capital markets.
OP Corporate Bank plc has no breaches of the terms and conditions of the loan contracts with respect to principal, interest and other conditions. The difference between
the nominal value and carrying amount is due to the fair value hedge related to interest rate risk measurement.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
153
EUR
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Capital and reserves attributable to OP Financial Group owners
Cooperative capital, cooperative shares 217 215
of which cancelled cooperative shares 8 7
Cooperative capital, profit shares 3,369 3,244
of which cancelled profit shares 377 330
Reserves
Restricted reserves
Reserve fund 795 795
Fair value reserve
Cash flow hedge -337 96
Measurement at fair value
Notes and bonds -377 56
Loss allowance regarding notes and bonds 8 7
Shares and participations 0 0
Shares and participations (overlay approach) 50 164
Other restricted reserves 1 13
Non-restricted reserves
Reserve for invested non-restricted equity
0 0
Other non-restricted reserves 1,375 1,375
Retained earnings
Profit (loss) for previous financial years 8,101 7,191
Profit (loss) for the financial year 1,014 900
Equity capital attributable to OP Financial Group's owners 14,217 14,057
Non-controlling interests
118 128
Total equity capital
14,335 14,184
(1 000)
Cooperative
capital,
profit shares
Total number of
cooperative shares
1 January 2021
2,122 29,617 31,739
Increase in cooperative capital 103 4,045 4,148
Refund of cooperative capital -72 -1,222 -1,294
31 December 2021 2,153
32,440 34,593
Increase in cooperative capital 92 2,857 2,949
Refund of cooperative capital -77 -1,611 -1,688
31 December 2022 2,168 33,686 35,854
The equity capital of OP Financial Group includes cooperative shares paid by Group member cooperative bank members, and the bank has an absolute right to refuse to
pay interest on them and refund the capital. Cooperative contributions and the following customer ownership entitle the customer to take part in the bank's
administration and decision-making.
Cooperative capital, profit shares
The equity capital of OP Financial Group also includes investments in Profit Shares made by OP cooperative bank members, and the bank has an absolute right to refuse
to pay interest on them and refund the capital. The return target for 2021 was 3.25% and for 2022 4.45%. The interest payable is confirmed afterwards every year. The
return target may change on an annual basis. No owner-customer rights are involved in Profit Shares and they do not confer any voting rights.
If a member cooperative bank has not refused a refund, the cooperative contribution and the profit share contribution may be refunded within 12 months after the end
of the financial year when membership terminated or the profit share has been cancelled by its holder. If the refund cannot be made in full in any given year, the balance
will be refunded from disposable equity capital based on subsequent financial statements. However, this entitlement to the refund for the balance will terminate after the
fifth financial statements. No interest will be paid on the balance.
Number of Group cooperative shares
Note 36. Equity capital
Cooperative capital, cooperative shares
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
154
EUR million
Cash flow hedging
Total
Opening balance 1 January 2021 109 70 203
382
Fair value changes -43 167 -88 36
Capital gains transferred to income statement -14 -56 -70
Impairment loss transferred to income statement 7 7
Transfers to net interest income -47 -47
Deferred tax 11
-24 27 15
Closing balance 31 December 2021 63 164 96 323
EUR million
Cash flow hedging Total
Opening balance 1 January 2022 63 164 96 323
Fair value changes -525 -171
-512 -1,208
Capital gains transferred to income statement -16 -53
-69
Impairment loss transferred to income statement 81
81
Transfers to net interest income -28 -28
Deferred tax 108 29
108 245
Closing balance 31 December 2022 -369 50
-337 -656
Fair value reserve after income tax
Fair value through other
comprehensive income
Notes and bonds
Shares and participations (overlay
approach)
Fair value through other
comprehensive income
Reserves
Reserve fund
The reserve fund consists of profits transferred to it during previous periods and of the portion transferred to it from member cooperative banks' revaluation reserves
and loan loss provisions. The reserve fund may be used to cover losses for which non-restricted equity capital is not sufficient. The reserve fund may also be used to raise
the share capital and it can be lowered in the same way as the share capital. In cooperative credit institutions, the reserve fund can only be used to cover losses. In a
limited liability company, it has not been possible to increase the reserve fund since 1 September 2006.
Fair value reserve
The fair value reserve includes the change in the fair value of equity instruments as financial assets recognised through the statement of comprehensive income and
within the scope of the overlay approach. Items included in this reserve will be derecognised and recorded in the income statement when an available-for-sale financial
asset is disposed of or is subject to impairment. The expected loss on notes and bonds recognised through other comprehensive income is recognised to adjust the fair
value reserve. The reserve also includes the net fair value change of interest rate derivatives as cash flow hedges verified as effective and adjusted for deferred tax. Fair
value changes are included in the income statement in the period when hedged cash flows affect net income.
These reserves consist of retained earnings based on the Articles of Association or other rules, or decisions taken by the General Meeting, Representatives' Meeting, or
Cooperative Meeting.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings also contain voluntary provisions and depreciation difference included in the separate financial statements of Group companies and insurance
companies’ equalisation provisions and profits/(losses) due to the redefinition of defined benefit pension plans less deferred tax.
Notes and bonds
Shares and participations (overlay
approach)
The fair value reserve before tax amounted to EUR -820 million (404) at the end of the reporting period and the related deferred tax asset/liability was EUR 164 million (-
81). The loss allowance on notes and bonds recognised at fair value through other comprehensive income totalled EUR -1 million (2) in the fair value reserve during the
reporting period.
Other restricted reserves
The reserves consist of retained earnings for prior financial years based on the Articles of Association or other rules defining their purpose. The revaluation reserve
includes the difference between the carrying amount and fair value of the investment property previously in own use at the time of reclassification.
Other non-restricted reserves
The investment environment was challenging due to higher market interest rates and lower stock prices.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
155
Credit risk exposures and related loss allowance
Exposures within the scope of accounting for expected credit losses by impairment stage 31 December 2022
Exposures Stage 1 Stage 3*
EUR million
Not more
than 30 DPD
More than
30 DPD
Total
Receivables from customers (gross)
Retail Banking 62,761 8,256 51 8,306 2,127 73,195
Corporate Banking 26,588 2,518 109 2,627 451 29,666
Total 89,349 10,774 159 10,933 2,578 102,861
Off-balance-sheet limits
Retail Banking 6,705 371 0 372 39 7,115
Corporate Banking 8,351 493 29 521 71 8,944
Total 15,056 864 29 893 110 16,059
Other off-balance-sheet commitments
Retail Banking 2,636 54 54 26 2,715
Corporate Banking 6,943 448 448 72 7,462
Total 9,579 501 501 98 10,178
Notes and bonds
Group Functions 12,982 73 73 13,055
Insurance 4,999 52 52 10 5,062
Total 17,982 125 125 10 18,117
131,965 12,265 188 12,453 2,797 147,215
Loss allowance by stage 2022
Stage 1
Stage 3
****
EUR million
Not more
than 30 DPD
More than
30 DPD
Total
Receivables from customers
Retail Banking -18 -78 -1 -79 -363 -457
Corporate Banking -30 -23 -5 -28 -182 -245
Total -48 -101 -6 -108
-546 -701
Off-balance-sheet commitments**
Retail Banking -1 -1 -1 -2 -4
Corporate Banking -3 -2 -2 -24 -29
Total -4 -3 -3 -26 -32
Notes and bonds***
Group Functions -1 -1 -1 -2
Insurance -8 -1 -1 -5 -14
Total notes and bonds -9 -2 -2 -5 -16
Total -61 -106 -6 -112 -577 -750
* Loss allowance for on- and related off-balance sheet limits is recognised as one component to deduct the balance sheet item.
** Loss allowance is recognised in provisions and other liabilities in the balance sheet.
*** Loss allowance is recognised in the fair value reserve in other comprehensive income.
****EUR 45 million of Stage 3 loss allowance relates to purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (POCI).
Stage 2
Total
exposure
Total exposures within the scope of accounting for expected credit losses
* A total of 146 million euros of Stage 3 exposures are purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (POCI).
On-balance-sheet exposures and related off-balance-sheet limits*
Stage 2
Total loss
allowance
Other notes to on-balance and off-balance sheet items
Note 37. Loss allowance regarding receivables and notes and bonds
A description of OP Financial Group's credit risk formation and management can be found in section 2.2 of Note 2. The measurement principles of expected credit losses are described in section 7.4
Impairment of Note 1.
Expected credit losses are calculated on receivables measured at amortised cost and notes and bonds recognised at fair value through other comprehensive income (investments in bonds). OP Financial
Group receivables include loans, standby credit facilities (e.g. credit cards and accounts with credit facility and lease and factoring receivables). In addition, expected credit losses are calculated on off-
balance-sheet items, such as loan commitments, credit facilities and bank guarantees. However, notes and bonds are investments in bonds. For expected credit losses, loss allowance is recognised in
the balance sheet or in the case of notes and bonds in other comprehensive income.
The following factors, for example, affect the amount of expected credit losses: exposure amount, exposure validity, customer borrower grade and collateral value as well as forward-looking
information.
The following table shows the receivables which are exposed to credit risk and on which expected credit loss is calculated. Here the on-balance-sheet and off-balance sheet exposures also describe the
maximum exposure amount exposed to credit risk, excluding collateral securities or other arrangements that improve credit quality. The off-balance sheet exposure represents the exposure amount
binding on the bank or the guarantee amount.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
156
Summary and key indicators 31 December 2022 Stage 1 Stage 3
Not more
than 30 DPD
More than
30 DPD
Total
Receivables from customers; on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items
Retail Banking 72,102 8,681 51 8,732 2,192 83,026
Corporate Banking 41,882 3,459 137 3,596 595 46,072
Loss allowance
Retail Banking -19 -79 -1 -80 -366 -460
Corporate Banking -33 -25 -5 -30 -206 -274
Coverage ratio, %
Retail Banking -0.03% -0.91% -1.98% -0.92% -16.68% -0.55%
Corporate Banking -0.08% -0.71% -3.81% -0.83% -34.69% -0.59%
Receivables from customers; total on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items 113,983 12,139 188 12,328 2,787
129,098
Total loss allowance -52 -104 -6 -110 -572 -734
Total coverage ratio, % -0.05%
-0.86% -3.31% -0.89% -20.53% -0.57%
Carrying amount, notes and bonds
Group Functions 12,982 73 73 13,055
Insurance 4,999 52 52 10 5,062
Loss allowance
Group Functions -1 -1 -1 -2
Insurance -8 -1 -1 -5 -14
Coverage ratio, %
Group Functions -0.01% -1.18% -1.18% -0.02%
Insurance -0.15% -1.85% -1.85% -49.16% -0.27%
Total notes and bonds 17,982
125
125 10 18,117
Total loss allowance -9
-2 -2
-5
-16
Total coverage ratio, % -0.05% -1.46%
-1.46% -49.16% -0.09%
Exposures within the scope of accounting for expected credit losses by impairment stage 31 December 2021*
Exposures
Stage 1
Stage 3*
EUR million
Not more
than 30 DPD
More than
30 DPD
Total
Receivables from customers (gross)
Retail Banking 61,835 7,608 8 7,615 2,095 71,545
Corporate Banking 24,673 1,058 247 1,304 508 26,486
Total
86,508
8,665 254 8,919 2,603 98,031
Off-balance-sheet limits
Retail Banking 6,445 277 10 286 36 6,767
Corporate Banking 4,279 190 88 278 75 4,631
Total
10,724 466 98 564 110 11,398
Other off-balance-sheet commitments
Retail Banking 3,397 46 46 16 3,458
Corporate Banking 7,196 121 121 78 7,396
Total 10,593 166 166 94 10,854
Notes and bonds
Group Functions 13,160 31 31 13,191
Insurance 4,180 36 36 7 4,223
Total 17,340 67 67 7 17,414
125,165 9,365
352
9,717 2,815 137,697
* A total of 70 million euros of Stage 3 exposures are purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (POCI).
The table below shows a summary of loss allowance relative to the exposure amount by impairment stage. The coverage ratio describes the ratio of loss allowance to exposure amount.
Stage 2
Total
Stage 2
Total
exposure
Total exposures within the scope of accounting for expected credit losses
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
157
Loss allowance by stage 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 3
****
EUR million
Not more
than 30 DPD
More than
30 DPD
Total
Receivables from customers
Retail Banking -19 -59 -2 -61 -319 -398
Corporate Banking -23 -23 -2 -25 -269 -317
Total -42
-82 -4 -86 -588 -715
Other off-balance-sheet commitments**
Retail Banking -1 -1 -1 -1 -2
Corporate Banking -3 -3 -3 -14 -20
Total -4 -3 -3 -15 -22
Notes and bonds***
Group Functions -2 -1 -1 -2
Insurance -7 -2 -2 -3 -12
Total notes and bonds
-8
-2
-2
-3
-14
Total -54 -87 -4 -91 -606 -751
* Loss allowance for on- and related off-balance sheet limits is recognised as one component to deduct the balance sheet item.
** Loss allowance is recognised in provisions and other liabilities in the balance sheet.
*** Loss allowance is recognised in the fair value reserve in other comprehensive income.
****EUR 23 million of Stage 3 loss allowance relates to purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (POCI).
Summary and key indicators 31 December 2021
Stage 1
Stage 3
Not more
than 30 DPD
More than
30 DPD
Total Total
Receivables from customers; on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items
Retail Banking 71,676 7,930 17 7,947 2,146 81,770
Corporate Banking 36,149 1,368 335 1,703 661 38,513
Loss allowance
Retail Banking -20 -59 -2 -61 -319 -400
Corporate Banking -26 -25 -2 -27 -283 -337
Coverage ratio, %
Retail Banking -0.03% -0.75% -12.91% -0.77% -14.87% -0.49%
Corporate Banking -0.07% -1.85% -0.63% -1.61% -42.83% -0.88%
Receivables from customers; total on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items 107,825 9,298 352 9,650 2,808 120,283
Total loss allowance -46 -85 -4 -89 -603 -737
Total coverage ratio, % -0.04% -0.91% -1.23% -0.92% -21.46%
-0.61%
Carrying amount, notes and bonds
Group Functions 13,160 31 31 13,191
Insurance 4,180 36 36 7 4,223
Loss allowance
Group Functions -2 -1 -1 -2
Insurance -7 -2 -2 -3 -12
Coverage ratio, %
Group Functions -0.01% -2.00% -2.00% -0.02%
Insurance -0.16% -4.16% -4.16% -49.03% -0.28%
Total notes and bonds 17,340 67 67 7 17,414
Total loss allowance -8 -2 -2 -3 -14
Total coverage ratio, % -0.05% -3.17% -3.17% -49.03%
-0.08%
Collateral and other arrangements improving credit quality
On-balance-sheet exposures and related off-balance-sheet limits*
Stage 2
Total loss
allowance
The table below shows a summary of loss allowance relative to the exposure amount by impairment stage. The coverage ratio describes the ratio of loss allowance to exposure amount.
Stage 2
OP Financial Group's credit risk management measures to reduce credit risk are described in Note 2, section 2.2. The most common measures to reduce credit risk is to use various collateral securities.
Home loans and standby credit facilities are the largest credit groups among households. Home loans account for 77% (77%) of household exposures. Residential property is typically used as collateral
for home loans.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
158
LTV %, € million
Exopsure
amount in
balance sheet
Loss allowance
0–50%
10,985
0
51–70%
17,798
-19
Over 70%
13,754
-55
Total
42,536 -74
LTV %, € million
Exopsure
amount in
balance sheet
Loss allowance
0–50%
10,170
0
51–70%
18,086
-18
Over 70%
13,061
-59
Total
41,317 -78
Note 1, section 7.4.1 describes impairment stages.
Receivables from customers and off-balance-sheet items, EUR million
Stage 1
Stage 2 Stage 3
Total
Receivables from customers; on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items 1 January 2021 107,825 9,650 2,808 120,283
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2, incl. repayments -6,564 6,194 -370
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 3, incl. repayments -432 378 -53
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1, incl. repayments 2,937 -3,224 -288
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 3, incl. repayments -582 532 -50
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 1, incl. repayments 65 -75 -10
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 2, incl. repayments 238 -272 -33
Unchanged Stage, incl repayments 23,512 1,160 162 24,834
Increases due to origination and acquisition -14,270 -985 -434 -15,689
Decreases due to derecognition 910* -122 -203 585
Recognised as final credit loss 0 0 -111 -111
Receivables from customers; on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items 31 December 2021
113,983 12,328 2,787 129,098
* Stage 1 positive net change is related to increases in off-balance-sheet limits.
Receivables from customers and off-balance-sheet items, EUR million
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Loss allowance to receivables from customers, € million 12 months
Lifetime Lifetime Total
Loss allowance 1 January 2022 46 89 603 737
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 -5 38 33
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 3 -3 67 64
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 2 -18 -16
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 3 -12 57 45
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 1 1 -6 -6
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 2 4 -23 -19
Increases due to origination and acquisition 17 14 30 61
Decreases due to derecognition -8 -14 -92 -114
Changes in risk parameters (net)
4 7 40 51
Changes due to update in the methodology for estimation (net) 0 2 5 7
Decrease in allowance account due to write-offs 0 0 -108 -108
Net change in expected credit losses 6 21 -31 -3
Loss allowance 31 December 2022 52 110 572 734
The table below shows a change in exposures within the scope of the measurement of expected credit losses by impairment Stage for 2022 resulting from the effect of the following factors:
The table below shows a change in exposures within the scope of the calculation of expected credit losses by impairment Stage for 2022 resulting from the effect of the following
factors:
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 3 compare the current year-end Stage 3 of a financial asset to the Stage 3 at the beginning of the year. Of these, some 76% (see the default capture rate below) have
been reported in Stage 2 during 2021, so the agreements have, as a rule, transferred to Stage 3 through Stage 2. The agreement may transfer directly to Stage 3 due to external payment default.
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stages 2 or 1 compare the year-start Stage 3 with the year-end Stage 2 or 1. As the main rule, the transfers, however, took place within2022 with a delay of at least one
month.
The majority of the loans have transferred to Stage 2 in all ratings based on OP’s relative SICR model. Payments past due over 30 days causes a transfer to Stage 2 in most cases in the middle and
lower level ratings. Forbearance measures cause a transfer to Stage 2 in corporate customers more often in middle and lower level ratings whereas they affect transfers to Stage 2 in all ratings in
personal customers. The lowest ratings are classified into Stage 2 based on an absolute rating limit. In the lowest ratings, in particular, there are several reasons for transfers to Stage 2. Non-
performing loans are identified on a real-time basis, immediately causing a transfer to Stage 3.
Non-performing exposures are classified into Stage 3, i.e. its definition is the same as credit impaired financial assets due to credit risk under IFRS 9.
30.12.2021
Total home loans
Changes in loss allowance during financial year
The table below presents a breakdown of home loans on 31 December 2021 by LTV level with loss allowance. The LTV (loan-to-value) ratio describes the loan's balance sheet value relative to the fair
value of the residential property collateral. The loan may also have other collateral securities but these have not been taken into account in the table. The lower the LTV ratio, the larger the collateral
value in relation to the loan amount. Loss allowance is lower in relative terms, the lower the LTV ratio is.
31.12.2022
Total home loans
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
159
Loss allowance 31 December 2022
Corporete
Banking
Total
ECL before discretionary provisions 401 267 668
Discretionary provisions under management overlay
Russia-Ukraine war
2 2
Price of electricity, interest rates & value of collateral 42 42
Construction industry 3 3 5
Future retrospective correction to forborne exposures 5 5
Collateral valuation of CRE backed loans 11 11
Total discretionary provisions under management overlay 63 3 66
Total reported ECL
465 269
734
Total loss allowance on 31 Dec 2021
Corporete
Banking
Total
ECL before discretionary provisions 374 331 706
Discretionary provisions under management overlay
Defaults and collateral valuation of CRE backed loans 26 6 31
Total discretionary provisions under management overlay 26 6
31
Total reported ECL
400 337 737
The following graphs illustrate the trend in the expected credit losses of customer receivables by impairment stage during the last few years. The graphs show a reduction of stage 3 during 2022 due
to the recognition of final credit losses, repayment of liabilities in stage 3 and the reversal of management overlay provisions.
In ECL measurement, macroeconomic factors are updated on a quarterly basis. The ECL is measured as the weighted average under three scenarios. Scenario weights have been at normal level, or
downside 20%, baseline 60% and upside 20%. Macroeconomic forecast updates in 2022 have increased expected credit losses by EUR 4 million.
In Q4/2022, based on its analysis, OP Financial Group made a management overlay ECL provision of EUR 5.3 million in the construction industry. The analysis was based on the weakened outlook for
the industry. It was conducted as a stress test with the assumptions that net sales will decrease by 10%, cost inflation will increase by 8% and interest rates by 3%.
In addition, OP Financial Group was prepared in Q4/2022 for the retrospective correction of the data stock on forborne exposures with a 5-million euro management overlay ECL provision to be
performed in the first half of 2023.
At the end of 2021, OP Financial Group made a 34-million euro additional ECL provision concerning CRE backed loans. The provision was aimed at anticipating growth in the ECL caused by the update
of the collateral assessment of the riskiest collateral real estate holdings and probable default statutes. The provision was reversed during 2022 corresponding to the part of the agreements where the
updates have been made to collateral values and default statuses. Provision not reversed totalled EUR 11 million at the end of the year.
The table below shows the ECL before the discretionary provisions under management overlay, management overlay provisions described above and the total ECL.
Retail
Banking
Retail
Banking
OP Financial Group has updated its assessments of the financial effects of Russia’s war of aggression in Ukraine on the credit risk of its customers. The management overlay provision of EUR 34
million included in the Q1/2022 effects of the war in Ukraine, which concerned the riskiest sectors, that is to say agriculture, construction, energy and transport, has mainly been reversed because of
the abovementioned reasons. The effects were expected to arise, for example, from the closedown of business and a rise in the costs of energy, raw materials and other production, but they have been
more tepid than expected because higher production costs could have been passed on to prices and government support measures have been channelled to agriculture and the energy sector, in
particular.
OP Financial Group has updated its assessment of the impact of a rise in the price of electricity and Euribor rates as well as a fall in the price of residential property collateral on the credit risk
associated with home loans. The assessment made as a stress test measured the cash flow of households, on the basis of which potential customers were assessed whose repayment capacity is
jeopardised. Based on the analysis, the management overlay ECL provision previously made in Q1 was increased by EUR 17.4 million to EUR 42.4 million. Several uncertain factors will affect the price
development of electricity in Finland.
In June 2022, OP Financial Group updated lifetime EAD models and the maturity model. Changes in the models increased OP Corporate Bank’s expected credit losses by 7 million euros, which is
reported in the table above on row “changes in model assumptions and methodology”. Lifetime EAD models are used in the ECL measurement under IFRS 9 to estimate a contract’s on-balance-sheet
exposures at default for the contract’s lifetime. The maturity model is used in the ECL measurement under IFRS 9 to estimate a contract’s lifetime for standby credit facilities of personal and corporate
customer exposures whose credit risk has increased significantly, meaning that their ECL is measured for the contract’s lifetime (Stage 2). The maturity model is used for the standby credit facilities of
personal and corporate customer exposures because they have no contractual maturity.
37
26
33
29
20
19
66
46
52
0
20
40
60
80
2020 2021 2022
€ Million
Stage 1
Corporate Banking
30
27
30
64
61
80
94
88
110
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
2020 2021 2022
€ Million
Stage 2
Corporate Banking
242
283
206
290
319
366
532
602
572
0
200
400
600
800
2020 2021 2022
€ Million
Stage 3
Corporate Banking
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
160
Notes and bonds, EUR million Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12 months
Lifetime Lifetime Total
Loss allowance 1 January 2022 7 2 5 14
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 0 1 1
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 3 0 3 3
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 0 0 0
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 3 0 0 0
Increases due to origination and acquisition 3 0 0 3
Decreases due to derecognition -1 -1 -1 -3
Changes in risk parameters (net)
0 0 0 -1
Net change in expected credit losses 1 0 2 3
Loss allowance 31 December 2022 8 2 6 16
Receivables from customers and off-balance-sheet items, EUR million Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Receivables from customers; on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items 1 January 2021
104,895 9,203 2,587 116,685
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2, incl. repayments
-4,982 4,660
-322
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 3, incl. repayments
-370
320 -49
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1, incl. repayments
2,370 -2,593
-223
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 3, incl. repayments
-758 696 -62
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 1, incl. repayments
54 -62 -8
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 2, incl. repayments
187 -207 -20
Unchanged Stage, incl repayments
-5,369
-279
-224 -5,872
Increases due to origination and acquisition
27,550 862 153 28,565
Decreases due to derecognition
-16,322 -1,626
-342 -18,291
Recognised as final credit loss
-6 -113
-119
Receivables from customers; on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items 31 December 2021
107,825 9,650 2,808 120,283
The table below shows the change in loss allowance by impairment stage during 2021 in respect of the effect of the following factors:
Stage 1
Stage 2 Stage 3
Loss allowance to receivables from customers, € million 12 months
Lifetime
Lifetime
Total
Loss allowance 1 January 2021 65 93 533
692
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 -3 30 26
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 3 -1 34 33
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 2 -13 -10
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 3 -19 78 60
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 1 1 -6 -5
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 2 5 -16 -11
Increases due to origination and acquisition 15 11 27 53
Decreases due to derecognition -21 -14 -55 -89
Changes in risk parameters (net)
-16 -6 86 65
Decrease in allowance account due to write-offs 0 -78 -78
Net change in expected credit losses -19 -6 70
45
Loss allowance 31 December 2021 46 89 603 737
Non-performing exposures are classified into Stage 3, i.e. its definition is the same as credit impaired financial assets due to credit risk under IFRS 9.
In Q1/2021, OP Financial Group calibrated its internal rating model for retail customers to correspond to the new 2020 definition of default. This had an effect in April on the PD model under IFRS 9
and on the quantitative SICR model that is used to decide on transferring the agreement from impairment Stage 1 to Stage 2. OP Financial Group calibrated the original PD curves used in the SICR
model to be comparable, in which case the calibration had no significant effect on the amount of the ECL. As part of its normal model update, OP Financial Group updated the actual PD model for retail
customers under IFRS 9 and the quantitative SICR model during Q4/2021.
The PD model for retail customers under IFRS 9 was updated based on data complying with the new definition of default, among other things. In addition, we further specified segmentation for the
model and the 12-month Euribor, with the effect of inflation and change in GDP deducted, the real 3-month Euribor, with the effect of inflation deducted, and change in the unemployment rate
deducted (previously GDP change, 12-month Euribor and change in the unemployment rate). ECL increased by EUR 2 million and it is presented as a change in model assumptions and methodology.
OP Financial Group has exercised management discretion and made an additional 31-million euro ECL provision, concerning mainly CRE-backed loans in stage 3. The provision is aimed at anticipating
growth in the ECL caused by the update of the collateral assessment of riskier collateral real estate holdings and probable default statutes. The provision will be reversed after the collateral assessment
probably ends during 2022.
The table below shows a change in exposures within the scope of the measurement of expected credit losses by impairment Stage for 2021 resulting from the effect of the following factors:
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 3 compare the current year-end Stage 3 of a financial asset to the Stage 3 at the beginning of the year. Of these, some 81% (see the default capture rate below) have
been reported in Stage 2 during 2021, so the agreements have, as a rule, transferred to Stage 3 through Stage 2. The agreement may transfer directly to Stage 3 due to external payment default.
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stages 2 or 1 compare the year-start Stage 3 with the year-end Stage 2 or 1. As the main rule, the transfers, however, took place within 2021 with a delay of one month.
The majority of the loans have transferred to Stage 2 in all ratings based on OP’s relative SICR model. Payments past due over 30 days causes a transfer to Stage 2 in most cases in the middle and
lower level ratings. Forbearance measures cause a transfer to Stage 2 in corporate customers more often in middle and lower level ratings whereas they affect transfers to Stage 2 in all ratings in
personal customers. The lowest ratings are classified into Stage 2 based on an absolute rating limit. In the lowest ratings, in particular, there are several reasons for transfers to Stage 2. Default is
identified on a real-time basis, immediately causing a transfer to Stage 3.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
161
Notes and bonds, EUR million
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12 months
Lifetime Lifetime Total
Loss allowance 1 January 2021 7 3 6 16
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 0 0 0
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 3
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 0 0 0
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 3
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 2 0 0 0
Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 1
Increases due to origination and acquisition 2 0 2
Decreases due to derecognition -2 -1 -1 -4
Changes in risk parameters (net)
0 0 0 0
Changes due to update in the methodology for estimation (net)
Net change in expected credit losses 0 -1 -1 -2
Loss allowance 31 December 2021 7 2 5 14
EUR million
Rating Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 1 Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Stage 3
1
1,104 4269 3173 0
2 2,237 6 1872 4 2536 6 0 0
3 3,978 9 2216 2 3140 3 0 0
4 6,573 195 3476 66 3824 204 -3 0
5 10,459 461 2838 221 2872 455 -3 -1
6 8,796 1,321 2238 240 2426 975 -8 -5
7 6,340 564 1478 216 1556 123 -13 -5
8 1,533 1,205 317 380 237 408 -12 -16
9 400 60 50 -11
10 160 19 18 -11
11 859 172 317 -303
12 57 3 45 -44
A 23,845 249 3397 3 1903 10 0 0
B 13,017 1,014 1870 37 1458 69 -2 -1
C 7,784 1,472 500 46 937 123 -4 -4
D 3,694 1,929 163
62 636 258 -7 -14
E 1,950 39 333 -42
F 1,663 33 245 -225
Total 89,360 10,933 2,578 24,634 1,394 208 24,698
3,034 608 -52 -110 -572
EUR million
Rating Stage 1 Stage 2
Stage 3 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 1
Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
1 116 162 151 0
2 2,397 6 2,059 14 2,603 8 0 0
3 5,672 113 2,518 36 4,507 113 0 0
4 5,457 75 2,291 44 2,438 75 -2 0
5 10,203 67 3,046 19 2,892 17 -3 0
6 8,259 317 2,539 34 2,228 17 -6 0
7 5,584 476 1,514 74 1,324 77 -12 -2
8 1,714 943 469 275 309 197 -10 -18
9 1 390 0 58 1 33 -6
10 5 153 0 14 5 21 -7
11 812 172 298 -324
12 83 3 66 -67
A 23,048 234 3,965 2 2,771 9 0 0
B 12,490 843 1,996 33 1,816 57 -2 -1
C
7,695 1,238 561 43 980 113 -3 -3
D 3,863 2,043 196 46 699 216 -9 -11
E 2,022 1 39 0 344 0 -40 0
F 1,708 29 234 -211
Total 86,506 8,919 2,603 21,317 731 205
22,726 1,295 598 -46
-89 -603
OP Financial Group may write off credit loss from financial assets in full or in part, but thereafter these will still be subject to collection measures. The amount of such financial assets were EUR 176
(179) million on 31 December 2022.
Balance sheet exposures
Off-balance-sheet exposure, gross
Net exposure after collateral
Loss allowance
30.12.2021
Balance sheet exposures
Off-balance-sheet exposure, gross
Net exposure after collateral
Loss allowance
The table below presents exposures of receivables in the balance sheet by rating and off-balance-sheet exposures, exposure amount after deducting collateral as well as loss allowance. Ratings 1–12
are used in the credit rating of public-sector entities and Ratings A–F in the credit rating of households. The ratings have been combined into the table in such a way that the corporate customer rating
2 comprises ratings 2 and 2.5 etc. The private customer rating A comprises A+, A and A- etc. Note 2, section 2.2.1 describes OP Financial Group's ratings. Net exposure has been calculated for each
contract and it excludes overcollateralisation.
31.12.2022
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
162
Significant increase in credit risk (SICR)
A significant increase in credit risk is discovered on a technical basis as presented in the accounting policies (Note 1 section 7.4.1).
The effectiveness of SICR is assessed on every reporting date using the following indicators:
Forward-looking information included in the ECL measurement models
Economic variable Scenario
Average (%) Minimum (%) Maksimum (%)
GDP growth Downside -3.6 -3.6 -2.0
Baseline -0.5 -0.5 2.0
Upside 2.7 2.0 3.2
Unemployment rate
Downside 8.1 6.8 8.6
Baseline 7.0 6.7 7.4
Upside 6.1 5.2 6.8
House price index Downside -0.9 -6.6 0.9
Baseline 0.8 -5.1 3.0
Upside 2.3 -3.5 4.5
12-month Euribor Downside -0.6 -4.1 0.6
Baseline 0.3 -0.4 1.6
Upside 1.2 -0.4 0.7
3-month real interest rate Downside -0.2 -0.6
Baseline -0.1 -0.6 0.1
Upside -0.6 0.2
On 31 December 2022, the probability weights of the scenarios were Downside 20%, Baseline 60% and Upside 20%.
Economic variable Scenario Average (%) Minimum (%) Maksimum (%)
GDP growth Downside 0.3 -0.6 2.8
Baseline 1.8 1.1 3.5
Upside 3.3 2.1 5.1
Unemployment rate
Downside 7.9 7.5 8.4
Baseline 6.8 6.5 7.8
Upside 5.8 4.7 7.7
House price index Downside 0.4 -0.8 2.9
Baseline 2.5 2.0 4.0
Upside 3.5 3.0 4.9
12-month Euribor Downside -1.5 -2.0 -1.3
Baseline -1.5 -2.1 -1.1
Upside -1.7 -2.5 -1.0
Real interest rate Downside -2.0 -2.6 -1.8
Baseline -2.1 -2.8 -1.7
Upside -2.3 -3.2 -1.8
On 31 December 2021, the probability weights of the scenarios were Downside 20%, Baseline 60% and Upside 20%.
The table below shows loss allowance regarding significant receivables under various scenarios by impairment stage on 31 December 2022.
Stage 1 47 51 47 43
Stage 2 95 104 95 88
Stage 3 520 520 520 520
Total 662
675 662
651
The rationality of the used macroeconomic variables is assessed when reviewing the functionality of the models for PD, LGD, EAD and prepayment.
The table below shows a summary of the values of the five most important macroeconomic variables for 2021–2050 used in the models (average, minimum and maximum) for three scenarios that
have been used in the measurement of the expected credit loss. These values were used for all product groups on 31 December 2021.
The scenarios are based on the forecasts performed by OP Financial Group economists. The forecast process also takes account of comparable forecasts by external organisations, such as the OECD,
International Monetary Fund, Bank of Finland, Ministry of Finance etc., as well as academic research.
Total private customer and corporate customer
exposures
Weighted loss
allowance
Loss allowance under
downside scenario
Loss allowance under
baseline scenario
Loss allowance under upside
scenario
The classification of contracts under SICR into similar groups in terms of credit risk is identical with lifetime PD (probability at default) models. Credit ratings are the most significant input data of the
PD models. Both the current PDs and threshold PDs include forward-looking information (below).
The default capture rate measures how many contracts were in Stage 2 before it transferred to Stage 3. The rate was 81% on 31 December 2022 (66). The higher the rate is, the better the SICR
model can capture a significant increase in credit risk. Contracts in Stage 2 accounted for 10% (9) of the entire non-default loan portfolio.
A specific model has been developed for the SICR criterion for a relative increase in PD, whose parameters are calculated from historical data. In addition to these parameters, the SICR model is
affected, for example, by the contract rating grade, segment and macroeconomic variables which together determine the PD of the contract lifetime, In addition, the comparison of the relative increase
is affected by the contract’s passed and remaining lifetime. For these reasons, no general threshold has been determined for an increase in the PD. It can, however, be stated that, on average, a
doubling or trebling of the PD causes the quantitative SICR criterion to trigger.
The assessment of SICR and the measurement of expected credit loss incorporate forward-looking information; OP Financial Group has analysed what macroeconomic variables have an explanatory
significance to the credit risk amount.
The table below shows a summary of the values of the five most important macroeconomic variables for 2022–2051 used in the models (average, minimum and maximum) for three scenarios that
have been used in the measurement of the expected credit loss. These values were used for all product groups on 31 December 2022.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
163
The table below shows loss allowance regarding significant receivables under various scenarios by impairment stage on 31 December 2022.
Stage 1 42 46 43 39
Stage 2 85 91 84 79
Stage 3 554 554 554 554
Total 681
691 681 672
Sensitivity analysis
Households
Stage 1 -5 -5 1.4 %
Stage 2
-17 -19 13.0 %
Corporate customers
Stage 1 -8 -9 8.0 %
Stage 2 -24 -30 23.1 %
Total -55 -64 15.6 %
Households
Stage 1
12 12
2.9 %
Stage 2
51 58
12.5 %
Corporate customers
Stage 1 30 33 8.5 %
Stage 2 34 45 32.7 %
Total 127 147 16.0 %
* 1 percentage point increase in the 12-month Euribor rate, 6 percentage point decrease in the investment growth rate and a 3.5 percentage point decrease in the GDP rate under all scenarios
Loss allowances are largely determined based on the first couple of years when the first years of the simulated scenario years are essential in terms of the results.
A 1 percentage point increase in interest rates increases the amount of loss allowance in both private customers and corporate customers. GDP growth has a negative relation to the amount of loss
allowance through all model components. Slower GDP growth increases PD values for both private customers and corporate customers. It also affects through the LGD in such a way that a GDP
decrease weakens developments in the fair value of residential property collateral, which has an effect on Stage 2 contracts.
The analysis shows that the most significant proportional and absolute changes apply to the corporate customers where the amounts of loss allowance regarding Stage 1 and 2 contracts increase
significantly. Changes are considerably smaller in personal customers than in corporate customers because the estimates of their risk parameters are not so sensitive to economic conditions.
* 1 percentage point increase in the 12-month Euribor rate, 1 percentage point increase in the real 3-month Euribor rate. 1 percentage point increase in the inflation rate and a 3.5 percentage point decrease in the GDP growth
rate under all scenarios.
Loss allowances are largely determined based on the first couple of years when the first years of the simulated scenario years are essential in terms of the results.
A 1 percentage point increase in interest rates increases the amount of loss allowance in both private customers and corporate customers. GDP growth has a negative relation to the amount of loss
allowance through all model components. Slower GDP growth increases PD values for both private customers and corporate customers. It also affects through the LGD in such a way that a GDP
decrease weakens developments in the fair value of residential property collateral, which has an effect on Stage 2 contracts.
The analysis shows that the most significant proportional and absolute changes apply to the corporate customers where the amounts of loss allowance regarding Stage 1 and 2 contracts increase
significantly. Changes are considerably smaller in personal customers than in corporate customers because the estimates of their risk parameters are not so sensitive to economic conditions.
The table below show the sensitivity of change in the loss allowance of the groups household and corporate customers on 31 December 2021, when the economic situation weakens due to changes in
the combined effects of interest rates, investment growth rate and GDP:
Group
Stage
Loss allowance 31.12.2021
Loss allowance sensitivity analysis*
Proportional change
The sensitivity analysis describes the sensitivity of loss allowance to changes in macroeconomic factors. The analysis below only describes somewhat potential economic deterioration and not an
economic upswing at all. In addition, all different components of the sensitivity analysis do not necessarily develop together during a recession in the way presented in the sensitivity analysis.
The most significant macroeconomic variables in risk parameters and exposure classes include the 12-month Euribor rate, real 3-month Euribor where the effect of inflation and GDP growth has been
deducted. Changes used in sensitivity analyses include a 1 percentage point increase in the 12-month Euribor rate, a 1 percentage point increase the 3-month Euribor rate, a 1 percentage point
increase in the inflation rate and a 3.5 percentage point decrease in the GDP growth rate. So the figures reflect an economic situation that is poorer than now and all of them increase loss allowance
and are based on the following facts. The levels used in the sensitivity analysis are based on the behaviour of variables in the historic period, and the changes roughly correspond to the change in
standard deviation
The sensitivity analysis covers only Stage 1 and 2 contracts. The sensitivity analysis takes account of transfers between Stage 1 and 2 taking place due to a significant increase in credit risk (SICR),
which is shown as a decrease in Stage 1 and an increase in Stage 2.
The table below show the sensitivity of change in the loss allowance of the groups of household and corporate customers on 31 December 2021, when the economic situation weakens due to the
combined effect of changes in interest rates, the real interest rate, inflation rate and GDP:
Group
Stage
Loss allowance 31.12.2022
Loss allowance sensitivity analysis*
Proportional change
Total private customer and corporate customer
exposures
Weighted loss
allowance
Loss allowance under
downside scenario
Loss allowance under
baseline scenario
Loss allowance under upside
scenario
All personal and corporate customer risk parameters affect in a parallel way in such a way that loss allowance is the largest under the downside scenario. The LGD model for Stage 3 is independent of
macroeconomic factors, but a significant proportion of Stage 3 exposures is assessed by means of a cash flow based expert assessment that also takes account of forward-looking information.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
164
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Given on behalf of own liabilities and commitments
Pledges 1
1
Loans (as collateral for covered bonds) 21,048 19,429
Others 14,128 18,526
Total collateral given* 35,176 37,955
Secured derivative liabilities 701 744
Other secured liabilities 12,000 16,004
Covered bonds 12,262 12,353
Total
24,962 29,101
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Fair value of collateral received
Other 1,228 678
Total
1,228 678
Assets, EUR million
Amortised
cost
Fair value
through other
comprehen-
sive income
Financial
assets held
for trading
Financial assets
designated as
at fair value
through profit
or loss
Must be measured at
fair value through
profit or loss
Hedging
derivatives
Carrying amount
total
Cash and cash equivalents 35,004 35,004
Receivables from credit institutions 798
798
Derivative contracts 2,867 1,251 4,117
Receivables from customers 98,546 98,546
11,597 11,597
Notes and bonds 1 16,259 295 1,420 283
18,257
Equity instruments 0 86 199 1,456 1,741
Other financial assets
2,865 2,865
Financial assets
172,927
Other than financial instruments 2,589
Total 31 December 2022 137,214 16,259
3,247
13,216 1,739
1,251
175,516
The credit risk arising from derivatives is mitigated through collateral, which means the use of ISDA Credit Support Annex (CSA) contract associated with the ISDA
general agreement. In the collateral system, the counterparty provides securities or cash in security for the receivable. The amount of CSA-related collateral received
in cash totalled EUR 1,228 million on the balance sheet date (678). The Group had no securities received as collateral on the balance sheet date.
Note 40. Classification of financial assets and liabilities
Fair value through profit or loss
Assets covering unit-linked
contracts
Note 38. Collateral given
* In addition, bonds with a book value of EUR 1.5 billion have been pledged in the central bank, of which EUR 1.0 billion in intraday settlement collateral. Given that the
bonds are available for withdrawal without the central bank's advance permission, they are not presented in the table above.
Note 39. Financial collateral held
OP has received collateral, in accordance with the Financial Collateral Act, which it may resell or repledge.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
165
Assets, EUR million
Amortised
cost
Fair value
through other
comprehen-
sive income
Financial
assets held
for trading
Financial assets
designated as
at fair value
through profit
or loss
Must be measured at
fair value through
profit or loss
Hedging
derivatives
Carrying amount
total
Cash and cash equivalents 32,846 32,846
Receivables from credit institutions 541 541
Derivative contracts 2,672 796 3,467
Receivables from customers 96,947 96,947
13,137 13,137
Notes and bonds 1 17,411
331 1,987 356 20,087
Equity instruments
0 78 218 1,624
1,921
Other financial assets
2,469 2,469
Financial assets 171,415
Other than financial instruments 2,695
Total 31 December 2021 132,805 17,412 3,080 15,342 1,981 796 174,110
Liabilities, EUR million
Other liabilities
Hedging
derivatives
Carrying amount
total
Liabilities to credit institutions 12,301 12,301
Derivative contracts
2,779 1,653
4,432
Liabilities to customers 81,468 81,468
Insurance liabilities 7,638 7,638
Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts
11,662 11,662
37,438 37,438
Subordinated loans 1,384 1,384
Other financial liabilities 3,152
3,152
Financial liabilities 159,476
Other than financial liabilities 1,705
Total 31 December 2022 14,441 143,382 1,653 161,181
Liabilities, EUR million
Other liabilities
Hedging
derivatives
Carrying amount
total
Liabilities to credit institutions 16,650
16,650
Derivative contracts 1,933 333 2,266
Liabilities to customers 77,898 77,898
Insurance liabilities 8,773 8,773
Liabilities from unit-linked insurance and investment contracts
13,210 13,210
Debt securities issued to the public 34,895 34,895
Subordinated loans 1,982 1,982
Other financial liabilities 2,581 2,581
Financial liabilities 158,256
Other than financial liabilities 1,670
Total 31 December 2021 15,143 142,780 333 159,926
Fair value through profit or loss
Assets covering unit-linked
contracts
Financial liabilities
at fair value through
profit or loss
Debt securities issued to the public
Financial liabilities
at fair value through
profit or loss
Bonds included in debt securities issued to the public are carried at amortised cost. On 31 December 2022, the fair value of these debt instruments was approximately
EUR 1,225 million (337) lower (higher) than their carrying amount, based on information available from markets and employing commonly used valuation techniques.
Subordinated liabilities are carried at amortised cost. Their fair values are lower than their amortised costs, but determining reliable fair values involves uncertainty.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
166
Fair value of assets on 31 December 2022, EUR million Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Recognised at fair value through profit or loss
Equity instruments
736 265 740 1,741
Debt instruments
1,226 701 70 1,998
Unit-linked contracts
7,431 4,167 11,597
Derivative financial instruments
5 4,035 77 4,117
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Debt instruments
13,057 2,401 801 16,259
Total financial instruments
22,456 11,569 1,688 35,712
Investment property
561 561
Total
22,456 11,569 2,249 36,274
Fair value of assets on 31 December 2021, EUR million Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Total
Recognised at fair value through profit or loss
Equity instruments
909 316 696 1,920
Debt instruments
1,814 640 221 2,675
Unit-linked contracts
8,517 4,619 13,137
Derivative financial instruments
1 3,360 106 3,467
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Debt instruments
14,119 2,758 534 17,411
Total financial instruments
25,360 11,694 1,557 38,610
Investment property
724 724
Total
25,360 11,694 2,281
39,335
Fair value of liabilities on 31 December 2022, EUR million
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Recognised at fair value through profit or loss
Unit-linked contracts
7,472 4,190 11,662
Derivative financial instruments
7 4,332 94 4,432
Total
7,479 8,522 94 16,094
Fair value of liabilities on 31 December 2021, EUR million
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Recognised at fair value through profit or loss
Unit-linked contracts
8,565 4,645 13,210
Other
0 -0
Derivative financial instruments
2 2,234 30 2,266
Total
8,566 6,879 30 15,476
Note 41. Recurring fair value measurements by valuation technique
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
167
Fair value measurement
Derivatives
Fair value hierarchy
OP Financial Group obtains the price of listed derivatives directly from markets. In the fair value measurement of OTC derivatives, OP Corporate Bank uses models and
techniques commonly used in markets that best suits financial instrument measurement. These are needed, for instance, to create yield curves and currency
conversion charts and volatility surfaces as well as for option valuation. The input data of these models can generally be derived from markets. However, in the fair
value measurement of some contracts, OP Corporate Bank has to use models where input data cannot be observed in the market and therefore they must be
assessed. Such contracts are included in Level 3.
Middle Office is responsible for the fair value measurement of Banking derivatives, incl. level 3 hierarchy, and the quality and reliability of market data, valuation curves
and volatility surfaces used in them, as part of its daily fair value measurement process. Middle Office compares regularly at contract level valuation prices with
valuations supplied by CSA counterparties and central counterparties and, whenever necessary, determines any possible significant valuation differences.
Risk Management Control is responsible for approval of new fair value measurement models and techniques and supervision of the fair value measurement process.
Verifying fair values is based, for example, on valuation using alternative sources for market prices and other input data. In this verification process, valuation prices
can be compared with prices supplied by CSA counterparties and central counterparties. In addition, it is possible to use valuation services provided by third parties.
The fair value measurement of OTC derivative contracts related to banking takes account of credit risk of the parties to the transaction and credit spreads exceeding
the financing costs. Credit risk is adjusted with a Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) and with a Debt Valuation Adjustment (DVA). CVAs and DVAs are calculated for
each counterparty. CVA and DVA adjustments are calculated for each counterparty by simulating the market values of derivatives and events of default based primarily
on data obtained from markets. In assessing probabilities of default, OP Financial Group utilises counterparty rating information, liquid credit risk indices and the CDS
sector curves of market data providers. OP Financial Group assesses the effect of the financing costs of OTC derivatives on fair value measurement by editing discount
curves used in the measurement by means of the statistical differences of credit spreads between credit risk instruments with and without capital.
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets
This level includes equities listed on major stock exchanges, quoted debt instruments issued by companies, governments and financial institutions as well as and
exchange-traded derivatives. The fair value of these instruments is determined on the basis of the quotes in active markets.
Level 2: Valuation techniques using observable inputs
Valuation techniques based on observable input parameters. The fair value of the instruments included within this level means value derived from the market price of
a financial instrument's components or similar financial instruments; or value which can be determined using commonly used valuation models and techniques if the
inputs significant to the fair value measurement are based on observable market data. This hierarchy level includes the majority of OP Corporate Bank's OTC
derivatives and quoted debt instruments issued by companies, governments and financial institutions which have not been included in Level 1.
Level 3: Valuation techniques using unobservable inputs
Valuation techniques whose input parameters involve uncertainty. The fair value determination of the instruments included within this level contains inputs not based
on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Level 3 also includes bonds for which there is little, if any, market activity on the valuation date. This level includes
the most complex OTC derivatives and derivatives with a long maturity for which the Group had to extrapolate the market data used in their value measurement, as
well as certain private equity investments, and illiquid bonds, structured bonds, including securitised bonds and structured debt securities, and hedge funds.
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy
Transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy are considered to take place on the date when an event causes such transfer or when circumstances change.
Transfers between the levels are mainly due to the number of available market quotes.
Derivatives relevant to OP Financial Group’s business are interest rate swaps and interest rate options. Interest rate swaps are measured by deriving valuation curves
from the prices of interest rate swaps and other interest rate derivatives observed in the market. Valuation curves are used to forecast future cash flows and
determine the present values of cash flows also through interest rate swaps whose price is not directly observable in the market. The same method applies to the fair
value measurement of interest rate options. Volatilities describing the price of interest rate options observed in the market are also used in comparison with interest
rate swaps.
In the fair value measurement of complex derivatives, such as structured equity product, OP Corporate Bank uses a model where the development of market prices is
simulated and the actual value of the derivative is calculated in each simulation. The price of the derivate is derived from calculating the average of the simulations.
Level 2 input date include, for example: quoted prices of similar items in active markets and quoted prices of similar items in inactive markets, market interest rates,
implied volatilities and credit spreads.
Level 3 input data are input data that are not observable for an item subject to valuation. Level 3 input data include, for example: use of historical volatility in the fair
value measurement of an option, such long-term interest rate with no corresponding contracts are not observable in the market.
Real estate investments have no similar daily quoted prices or price sources as in liquid markets. The appraisal process of real estate is based on using external valuers
(property value over 1 million euros) or on the business’s own appraisal methods.
The main sources of the appraisal of direct real estate investments are appraisal documents given by authorised external valuers. The external valuer independently
selects the method that best suits the appraisal of each property. The commonly used methods include the transactions value method, income capitalisation approach
and replacement value method. The values of real estate funds are obtained from underlying investee funds on the date determined by the rules of each underlying
fund and according to the standard laid down by the rules. The valuations are mainly based on the combined values of the underlying investee fund’s real estate units
plus the underlying investee fund’s net asset. The values of individual property units are mainly based on appraisal reports drawn up by authorised independent
valuers.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
168
Specification of financial assets and liabilities
Derivative contracts
Fair value
through other
comprehen-
sive income
Total assets
Opening balance 1 January 2022 916 106 534 1,557
Total gains/losses in profit or loss
-174 -30 0 -204
Total gains/losses in other comprehensive income -1 0
Purchases 113 0 113
Sales
-80 0 -80
Settlements
-9 0 -9
Transfers into Level 3 46 476 522
Transfers out of Level 3 -2 -208 -210
Closing balance 31 December 2022 810 77 801 1,688
Derivative contracts
Fair value
through other
comprehen-
sive income
Total assets
Opening balance 1 January 2021 916 61 301 1,278
Total gains/losses in profit or loss
-197 45 0 -152
Total gains/losses in other comprehensive income 0 0
Purchases
99 2 101
Sales
-88 -8 -96
Settlements
-5 -3 -8
Transfers into Level 3 193 378 571
Transfers out of Level 3 0 -137 -137
Closing balance 31 December 2021 916 106 534
1,557
Derivative
contracts
Total liabilities
30 30
63 63
Closing balance 31 December 2022 94 94
Derivative
contracts
Total liabilities
42 42
-11 -11
Closing balance 31 December 2021
30 30
Net interest
income
Net investment
income
comprehensive
income/ Change
in fair value
reserve
g
losses for the
financial year
included in
profit or loss for
Realised net gains (losses) -188 14 0 -174
Unrealised net gains (losses)
-93 0 -94
Total net gains (losses) -281 14 -1 -268
Net interest
income
Net investment
income
comprehensive
income/ Change
in fair value
reserve
g
losses for the
financial year
included in
profit or loss for
Realised net gains (losses) -233 36 0 -198
Unrealised net gains (losses)
57 0 56
Total net gains (losses) -177 36 0 -141
Reconciliation of Level 3 items
Financial assets, EUR million
Financial assets
at fair value
through profit or loss
Financial assets, EUR million
Financial assets
at fair value
through profit or loss
Financial liabilities, EUR million
Opening balance 1 January 2022
EUR Million
Total gains/losses included in profit or loss by item for the financial year on 31 December 2021
EUR Million
Financial liabilities, EUR million
Opening balance 1 January 2021
Total gains/losses included in profit or loss by item for the financial year on 31 December 2022
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
169
Receivables
Liabilities
Net balance
Bond investments
21 21 2.1 10 %
169 169 25.4 15 %
Private equity funds*
469 469
46.9 10 %
Real estate funds*** 151 151 30.2
20 %
Derivatives:
77 -94 -17 -1.9 11 %
Fair value through profit or loss
801 801 80.1 10 %
Investment property
Investment property***
561 561
112.2 20 %
Receivables Liabilities Net balance
Bond investments
47 47 4.7 10 %
174 174 26.1 15 %
Private equity funds*
543
543 54.3 10 %
Real estate funds*** 153 153 30.6
20 %
Derivatives:
106 -30 76 8.4 11 %
Fair value through profit or loss
534 534 53.4 10 %
Investment property
Investment property***
724
724 144.8 20 %
EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Guarantees 570 641
Other guarantee liabilities 2,668 2,727
Loan commitments 14,267 15,203
Commitments related to short-term trade transactions 736 679
Other* 1,420 1,378
Total off-balance-sheet commitments 19,662 20,629
* Of which Non-life Insurance commitments to private equity funds amount to EUR 200 million (174).
Derivatives included in Level 3 comprise structured derivatives for customer needs, whose market risk is covered by a corresponding derivatives contract. The
uncovered market risk does not have any effect on earnings. Level 3 derivatives relate to structured bonds issued by OP Corporate Bank, whose return is determined
by the value performance of an embedded derivative instrument. The fair value change of these embedded derivatives is not presented in the above table. In addition,
long-maturity derivatives have been included in Level 3 for which the Group had to extrapolate the market data used in their value measurement.
Changes in the levels of hierarchy
No major changes occurred in valuation techniques in 2022.
Sensitivity analysis of input parameters involving uncertainty on 31 December 2022
Type of instrument, EUR million
Sensitivity analysis
Reasonably possible change in fair value
** Following stress scenarios: the combined value change of volatility of shares (30%), dividends of shares (30%), credit risk premiums (30%) and significant correlation changes.
Recognised at fair value through
profit or loss:
Illiquid investments
Index-linked bond hedges and structured
derivatives, and derivatives with a long-term
maturity**
Bond investments
Sensitivity analysis of input parameters involving uncertainty on 31 December 2021
Type of instrument, EUR million
Sensitivity analysis
Reasonably possible change in fair value
Recognised at fair value through
profit or loss:
Illiquid investments
Index-linked bond hedges and structured
derivatives, and derivatives with a long-term
maturity**
Bond investments
* The value of private equity funds depends mainly on the profit performance of portfolio companies and the PE ratios of similar listed companies. The Total Value to Paid-in (TVPI)
multiple, which has changed an average of 10%, is used to monitor the progress of the fair value of private equity funds.
*** In the valuation of real estate funds and investment property, OP mainly uses the income approach whose main components are yield requirement and net rent. A +/– 1 percentage
point change in the yield requirement leads on average to around 20% change in the fair value.
Note 42. Off-balance-sheet commitments
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
170
Gross
amount of
financial
assets
Net amount
presented in
the balance
sheet
Master agreements*
Collateral
received
Net amount
Derivatives 6,154
-2,037
4,117
-3,278 -1,228 -388
Gross
amount of
financial
assets
Net amount
presented in
the balance
sheet
Master agreements*
Collateral
received
Net amount
Derivatives 3,829
-361
3,467
-1,958 -678 832
Gross
amount of
financial
liabilities
Net amount
presented in
the balance
sheet
Master agreements* Collateral given Net amount
Derivatives
5,994
-1,562
4,432
-3,278 -263 891
Gross
amount of
financial
liabilities
Net amount
presented in
the balance
sheet
Master agreements* Collateral given Net amount
Derivatives
2,611
-345
2,266
-1,958 -488 -180
31 December 2021,
EUR million
Gross amount of financial
liabilities deducted from
financial assets
Note 43. Contingent liabilities and assets
Insurance companies belonging to OP Financial Group underwrite insurance policies through pools. Pool members are primarily responsible for their own
proportionate share of the risk. Proportionate shares are based on contracts confirmed annually. In certain pools, pool members are responsible for an insolvent
member's liabilities in proportion to their shares in the pool. Group insurance companies recognise liabilities and receivables based on joint liability if joint liability is
likely to materialise.
Note 44. Financial assets and liabilities offset in the balance sheet or subject to enforceable master netting
arrangements or similar agreements
Financial assets
Financial assets not set off in
the balance sheet
31 December 2022,
EUR million
Gross amount of financial
liabilities deducted from
financial assets
Financial assets not set off in
the balance sheet
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities not set off in
the balance sheet
31 December 2022,
EUR million
Gross amount of financial
assets deducted from
financial liabilities
Financial liabilities not set off in
the balance sheet
31 December 2021,
EUR million
Gross amount of financial
assets deducted from
financial liabilities
* Shekkitilille sisältyy johdannaisten keskusvastapuoliselvityksen käteisvaroja yhteensä 471 (11) miljoonaa euroa.
Central counterparty clearing for OTC derivatives
Standardised OTC derivative transactions entered into with financial counterparties are cleared in London Clearing House, accordance with EMIR (EU 648/2012).
Based on this model, the central counterparty will become the derivatives counterparty at the end of the daily clearing process, with whom daily payments for
derivatives are netted. In addition, collateral is paid or received daily, which corresponds to the change in the fair value of open positions (variation margin), which is
treated as collateral or final payment, depending on the clearing method. Interest rate derivatives cleared by the central counterparty are presented on a net basis in
the balance sheet.
Other bilaterally cleared OTC derivatives
The ISDA Master Agreement or the Master Agreement of Finance Finland or the Group will apply to derivative transactions between the Group and other clients and to
derivative transactions to which central counterparty clearing in accordance with the Regulation does not pertain. On the basis of these agreements, derivative
payments may be netted per transaction on each payment date and in the event of counterparty default and bankruptcy. It is also possible to agree on collateral on a
counterparty-specific basis in the terms and conditions of the agreement. Such derivatives are presented on a gross basis in the balance sheet.
** Käyvät arvot ilman kertyneitä korkoja.
*** OP Ryhmän käytäntönä on solmia johdannaisyleissopimukset kaikkien johdannaisvastapuolien kanssa.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
171
EUR million 2021
2020
Interest received 2,298 1,476
Interest paid -747 -350
Adjustments to profit for the financial year
Non-cash items and other adjustments
Impairment losses on receivables 130 171
Changes in technical items -1,377 -365
Changes in value of financial instruments 584 404
Changes in fair value of investment property 17 23
Defined benefit pension plans 7 8
Depreciation/amortisation 214 283
Share of associates' profits/losses -25 -27
OP bonuses to owner-customers 0 0
Income tax paid 242 224
Other -75 -99
Items presented outside cash flow from operating activities
Capital gains, share of cash flow from investing activities -33 -35
Total adjustments -316 540
Cash and cash equivalents
Liquid assets 35,004 32,846
Receivables from credit institutions payable on demand 652 283
Total
35,656 33,129
Note 45. Notes to the cash flow statement
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
172
EUR million
Exposures
to central
governmen
ts and
central
banks
Exposures
to credit
institutions
Exposures to
corporates
Retail
exposures
Equity
investments*
Collateralised notes
and bonds**
Other Total exposures
Finland 39,499 368 54,370 64,423 315 634 1,203 160,811
Baltic countries 136 4,185 94 27 4,441
Other Nordic countries 72 379 2,290 139 18 1,434 0 4,332
Germany 2,481 356 179 64 1,302 17 4,398
France 260 348 104 228 0 941 0 1,880
UK 31 451 88 215 0 21 0 806
Italy 50 18 21 23 0 111
Spain 40 37 14 0 91
Other EU countries 2,149 453 561 225 32 696 0 4,116
Rest of Europe 81 68 41 19 0 209
USA 126 384 98 411 111 33 0 1,163
Russia 55 0 3 0 59
Asia 612 61 47 8 0 729
Other countries 29 120 141 49 1,621 1,479 2,596 6,035
Total 44,833 3,666 62,202 65,976
2,116 6,548 3,843 189,184
EUR million
Exposures
to central
governmen
ts and
central
banks
Exposures
to credit
institutions
Exposures to
corporates
Retail
exposures
Equity
investments*
Collateralised notes
and bonds**
Other Total exposures
Finland 38,286 379 53,071 64,472 398 573 815 157,994
Baltic countries 167 3,761 105 28 4,062
Other Nordic countries 68 402 1,860 144 11 1,648 0 4,133
Germany 2,362 279 108 89 1,451 55 4,343
France 219 350 84 262 0 993 0 1,908
UK 31 354 109 213 0 28 736
Italy 109 17 24 23 173
Spain 15 9 14 0 38
Other EU countries 2,764 445 637 212 31 830 0 4,919
Rest of Europe 89 92 36 20 0 236
USA 152 146 62 484 127 34 0 1,004
Russia 77 2 5 84
Asia 549 164 33 10 756
Other countries 31 71 170 47 1,739 1,577 2,522 6,156
Total 44,188 3,173 60,152 66,139 2,325 7,145 3,420 186,542
* Also includes EUR 41 million in bond funds.
** Comprises RMBS, ABS and Covered Bond investments.
Exposure split by geographic region 31 December 2021
* Also includes EUR 35 million in bond funds.
** Comprises RMBS, ABS and Covered Bond investments.
Notes to risk management
Note 2 describes OP Financial Group’s Risk Appetite Framework.
Notes 46 presents the risk exposure by OP Financial Group, Notes 47–52 present the risk exposure by Retail and Corporate Banking and Notes 53–83 present the risk
exposure by Insurance. OP Financial Group publishes information under Pillar III disclosures in the OP Capital Adequacy and Risk Management Report.
OP Financial Group’s risk exposure
Note 46. OP Financial Group’s exposure split by geographic region and exposure class
The majority of OP Financial Group’s country exposure is in EU countries. The exposures cover all balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items and are based on values used
in capital adequacy.
Exposure split by geographic region 31 December 2022
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
173
31 Dec 2018 31 Dec 2019 31 Dec 2020 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2022
Receivables written down as loan and guarantee losses 70 68 117 126 133
Payments on eliminated receivables -15 -23 -10 -13 -15
-10 41 119 46 -3
Expected credit losses (ECL) on notes and bonds 1 0 -1 0 0
Total 46 87 225 158 115
31 Dec 2022 % 31 Dec 2021 %
Liabilities to credit institutions 12,301 8.8 16,650 12.1
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss -0 0.0 -0 0.0
Liabilities to customers
Deposits 77,121 55.1 75,612 54.8
Other
4,347 3.1 2,287 1.7
Debt securities issued to the public
Certificates of deposit, commercial papers and ECPs (Euro Commercial Paper) 10,370 7.4 7,835 5.7
Bonds 10,501 7.5 10,780 7.8
Subordinated bonds (SNP) 4,306 3.1 3,926 2.8
Covered bonds 12,262 8.8 12,353 9.0
Other liabilities 3,849 2.7 3,134 2.3
Subordinated liabilities 1,384 1.0 1,982 1.4
Supplementary cooperative capital 0.0 0.0
Membership capital contributions 217 0.2 215 0.2
Profit shares 3,369 2.4 3,244 2.4
Total 140,026 100.0 138,019
100.0
31 December 2022, EUR million Lessthan3 months 3–12 months 1–5 years 5–10 years
More than 10 years
Total
Financial assets
35,004 35,004
Receivables from credit institutions 755 32 11 0 798
Receivables from customers 5,574 8,991 39,408 19,987 24,587
98,546
Investment assets
Financial assets held for trading 150 48
82 14 0 295
1 278 2 2 283
8 54 827 395 136 1,420
840 1,116 9,029 5,203 70 16,259
0 0 1 1
Total financial assets 42,331 10,243 49,636 25,601 24,795
152,606
Financial liabilities
Lessthan3 months 3–12 months 1–5 years 5–10 years
More than 10 years
Total
12,301 12,301
Liabilities to customers
80,242 1,140 86 0
81,468
Debt securities issued to the public 5,637
6,950 18,125 6,499 228 37,438
Subordinated liabilities 1,384 1,384
98,180 8,090 19,595 6,499 228 132,592
Guarantees 24 104 176 13 253 570
Other guarantee liabilities 297 738 848 526 258 2,668
14,267 14,267
120 496 119 0 1 736
Other 555 152 340 250 124 1,420
Total off-balance-sheet commitments 15,263 1,490 1,484 788 637 19,662
Commitments related to short-term
trade transactions
Amortised cost
Liabilities to credit institutions
Total financial liabilities
Loan commitments
Note 48. Structure of OP Financial Group funding
EUR million
Note 49. Maturity of financial assets and liabilities by residual maturity
Liquid assets
Financial assets that must measured at fair value through
profit or loss
EUR million
Expected credit losses (ECL) on receivables from customers and off-balance-
sheet items
Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or
loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
income
Risk exposure of Retail and Corporate Banking
Note 47. Loan losses and impairment losses
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
174
31 December 2021, EUR million Lessthan3 months 3–12 months 1–5 years 5–10 years
More than 10 years
Total
Financial assets
32,846 32,846
Receivables from credit institutions 395
28 12 3 103 541
Receivables from customers
6,495 8,723 38,314 20,358 23,057 96,947
Investment assets
Financial assets held for trading 132 68 72 59 0 331
6 2 347 0 2 356
30 31 1,091 633 203 1,987
394 1,061 9,619 6,145 192 17,411
0 1 1
Total financial assets 40,298 9,913 49,455 27,199 23,557 150,421
Financial liabilities
Lessthan3 months 3–12 months 1–5 years 5–10 years
More than 10 years
Total
645 2,000 14,000 6 16,650
Liabilities to customers
77,514
300 51 33 77,898
Debt securities issued to the public
4,883 7,677 12,896 9,077 362
34,895
Subordinated liabilities 495 1,487
1,982
83,537 9,977 28,435 9,115 362 131,426
Guarantees 112 78 193 7 252 641
Other guarantee liabilities 328 741 825 579
253
2,727
15,203 15,203
118
396 155 0 9 679
Other 526 655 0 197 1,378
Total off-balance-sheet commitments
16,288 1,870
1,173 783 514 20,629
Liabilities to credit institutions
Total financial liabilities
Loan commitments
Commitments related to short-term
trade transactions
Liquid assets
Financial assets that must measured at fair value through
profit or loss
Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or
loss
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
income
Amortised cost
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
175
31 December 2022, EUR million
onth or less
>1–3 months >3–12 months >1–2 years >2–5 years Over 5 years Total
Financial assets
Liquid assets 35,004 35,004
Receivables from credit institutions 735 20 32 11 798
Receivables from customers 12,064 22,483 58,163 586 2,980 2,269 98,546
Investment assets
23 103 48 9 94 17 295
248 8 27 0 283
8 56 182 702 472 1,420
678 774 1,062 1,643 6,977 5,125 16,259
Amortised cost 0 0 0 1 1
Total financial assets 48,504 23,388
59,609 2,440 10,780 7,884 152,606
Financial liabilities
Liabilities to credit institutions 12,301 12,301
Liabilities to customers
78,055 2,255 1,140 8 11 0 81,468
Debt securities issued to the public 2,801 4,230 7,423 4,076 12,208 6,702 37,438
67 277 1,040 1,384
Total financial liabilities
93,224 6,761 8,563 4,083 13,258 6,702 132,592
31 December 2021, EUR million 1 month or less >1–3 months
>3–12 months >1–2 years >2–5 years Over 5 years Total
Financial assets
Liquid assets 32,846 32,846
Receivables from credit institutions 380 21 28 4 7 100 541
Receivables from customers 15,210 20,489 55,669 465 2,873 2,241 96,947
Investment assets
22 78 85 10 67 69 331
0 326 18 6 6 356
61 222 909 796 1,987
612 200 1,145 2,036 7,216 6,204 17,411
Amortised cost 0 0 1 1
Total financial assets 49,071
20,787 57,314 2,755 11,079 9,416 150,421
Financial liabilities
Liabilities to credit institutions 16,650 -0 -0 0 0 16,650
Liabilities to customers
76,108 1,487 294 8 1 0 77,898
Debt securities issued to the public 2,927 3,946 6,403 2,851 9,436 9,332 34,895
77 804 7 1,094 1,982
Total financial liabilities 95,762 6,237 6,704 2,859 10,532 9,332 131,426
Interest rate risk associated with balance sheet
-200bp +200bp -200bp +200bp
EUR
-395 458 2,729 1,115
The risk is reported in euros for all currencies. The non-euro currency amounts are small and t
Currency EUR million
Interest rate risk is calculated as the volatility of the present value of balance sheet cash flows to the parallel 2 percentage point change of the yield curve. The calculation
performed every month covers all interest-bearing on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet items of the banking book of OP Financial Group credit institutions and OP
Cooperative. In the calculation, the model “Markkinakoron muutosten välittyminen talletuskorkoihin” (Passing on changes in the market interest rate to deposit interest rates)
is applied to calculate the interest rate sensitivity of non-maturity deposits and the early repayments model to loans.
Financial assets that must measured at fair
value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Subordinated liabilities
Note 51. Sensitivity analysis of interest rate and market risk
2022
2021
Financial assets that must measured at fair
value through profit or loss
Financial assets designated as at fair value
through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Subordinated liabilities
Financial assets held for trading
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Note 50. Maturities of financial assets and liabilities by maturity or repricing
Financial assets held for trading
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
176
Interest income risk associated with banking book of retail banking
2022 2021 2022
2021
EUR -289 -90 286 380
Sensitivity analysis of market risk
2022 2021
Interest rate volatility*
10bp 0 -2
Currency volatility*
10 pps 0 0
Credit risk premium**
10bp -52
-55
* Trading portfolio.
The liquidity buffer is presented under the Group Functions segme
Liquidity buffer by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2022, EUR million
Year(s) 0−1 1−3 3−5 5−7
7−10 10− Total Pro-portion, %
Aaa* 34,979 526 388 108 170 36,171 96.1
Aa1−Aa3 119 391 214 0
35 0 759 2.0
A1−A3 6 0 2 3 0 12 0.0
Baa1−Baa3 37 42 33 3
0 0 114 0.3
Ba1 or lower 0 42 41 25 0 108 0.3
158 216 81 2 0 457 1.2
Total 35,300 1,217 759 140
205 0 37,621 100.0
* incl. deposits with the central bank
Liquidity buffer by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2021, EUR million
Year(s) 0−1 1−3 3−5 5−7 7−10 10− Total
Pro-portion, %
Aaa* 32,837 603 604 226 254 34,524 91.7
Aa1−Aa3 106 346 439 391 329 0 1,609
4.3
A1−A3 2 2 0 8 2 15 0.0
Baa1−Baa3 1 112 101 41
11 0 267 0.7
Ba1 or lower 0 66 30 39 0 134 0.4
305 213 115 267 196 1,095 2.9
Total 33,250 1,342 1,289 971 792 0 37,645
100.0
* incl. deposits with the central bank
The liquidity buffer’s (excl. deposits with the central bank) residual term to maturity averages 4.0 years.
Internally rated
The liquidity buffer’s (excl. deposits with the central bank) residual term to maturity averages 4.0 years.
Interest rate risk associated with Retail Banking is calculated using the interest income risk method where interest income risk is determined for a period of one year. The
risk is obtained by dividing interest income risk by three calculated on a 1 pp parallel interest change from the date of calculation for the next three years. The calculation and
reporting performed every month covers all interest-bearing on-balance-sheet and off-balance sheet items of the retail banking book. Negative interest rates are also taken
into account in the calculation of interest income risk but a –2% minimum is applied to interest rates. The Group takes account of the 0% floor of reference interest rates
applicable to loans on the basis of contractual terms. The Group keeps the balance sheet structure unchanged by replacing items falling due with corresponding interest rate
bases or the fixed-rate maturities. In the calculation, the Group applies a maturity model based on modelling to perpetual deposits and the model for early repayments to
loans. In this connection, retail banking includes OP cooperative banks’ financing operations.
Change
EUR million
** Long-term investment assets.
Note 52. Liquidity buffer
Internally rated
-100bp
+100bp
Currency EUR million
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
177
Risk parameter
Total in
2022,
EUR million
Effect on
profit/
solvency,
EUR million
Insurance premium revenue *
1,598
16
Claims incurred *
868 -9
Large claim, over EUR 12.5 million
-13
Personnel costs *
141
-11
Expenses by function **
434 -17
Inflation for collective liability
693 -5
Life expectancy for discountedinsurance liabilities
1,621 -38
1,621 -22
Risk parameter
Total in
2021,
EUR million
Effect on
profit/
solvency,
EUR million
Insurance premium revenue *
1,555 16
Claims incurred *
983 -10
Large claim, over EUR 5 million
-8
Personnel costs *
140 -11
Expenses by function **
431 -17
Inflation for collective liability
757 -5
Life expectancy for discountedinsurance liabilities
1,931 -45
1,931 -29
EUR million
5–20 20–50 50–100 100–500
16 24 15 27
16 23 14 22
EUR million
2–4 4–10 10–30
30–90
8 13 4
7 11 3
EUR million
2022 2021 2022
2021
Decennial insurance 2,019 1,812 2,019 1,812
* For insurance company's own account after reinsurers' share but before counter guarantee.
* TSI = Total Sum Insured
Sums insured in decennial insurance
The sum insured of insurance contracts depicts the volume of decennial insurance (construction defects insurance). The gross and net amounts of the sum insured are
itemised in the table below. The liability period of decennial insurance is 10 years.
Gross
Net*
2021
* EML = Estimated Maximum Loss per object of insurance.
Division of premiums written by TSI* class in corporate liability insurance
The degree of risk in liability insurance can be evaluated by dividing risks into classes by their TSI* amounts. The table below shows premiums written calculated for each
risk class.
2022
2021
* Moving 12-month.
** Expenses by function in Non-life Insurance excluding expenses for investment management and expenses for other services rendered.
Note 54. Non-life insurance premiums written and sums insured by class
Premiums written by EML* class in corporate property insurance
The degree of risk in property insurance can be evaluated by dividing risks into classes by their EML* amounts. The table below shows premiums written calculated for each
risk class.
2022
Up by 0.25 pps Down by 0.43pps
Up 1 year Down by 2.9 pps
Discount rate for discounted
insurance liabilities Down by 0.1 pp Down by 1.9 pps
1 large claim Down by 0.5 pps
Up by 8% Down by 0.7 pps
Up by 4% Down by 1.1 pps
Change in
risk parameter
Effect
on combined ratio
Up by 1% Up by 0.8 pp
Up by 1% Down by 0.6 pps
Up by 0.25 pps
Down by 0.43pps
Up 1 year Down by 2.9 pps
Discount rate for discounted
insurance liabilities
Down by 0.1 pp Down by 1.9 pps
1 large claim Down by 0.5 pps
Up by 8% Down by 0.7 pps
Up by 4% Down by 1.1 pps
Change in
risk parameter
Effect
on combined ratio
Up by 1% Up by 0.8 pp
Up by 1% Down by 0.6 pps
Risk exposure by Insurance
Note 53. Sensitivity analysis of non-life insurance
The table below shows the effect of various risk parameters on profit and solvency capital.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
178
Gross amount
Number of losses exceeding EUR 2 million
Statutory
lines
Other
accidents
and health
Hull and cargo
Property and
business interruption
Liability and legal
expenses
Long-
term
16 3
2 8 3
1 15 2
1 13 2
0 24 3
Total claims, EU
651
Gross amount, total claims, EUR million
2018−2022 9
592 50
Net amount
Number of losses exceeding EUR 2 million
Statutory
lines
Other
accidents
and health
Hull and cargo
Property and
business interruption
Liability and legal
expenses
Long-
term
14 3
2 8 2
1 15 1
1 11 1
0 24 3
Total claims, EU
287
Net amount, total claims, EUR million
2018−2022 9 348
32
Gross IP Net IP Net Net**
2022, EUR
revenue revenue CR* CR*
Statutory lines
428 426 10 % 75 %
Other accident and health
339 336 90 % 91 %
Hull and cargo
343 341 96 %
96 %
Property and business interruption
460 394 103 % 103 %
Liability and legal expenses 112 98 84 % 84 %
Long-term 3 2 63 % 71 %
Total 1,685 1,598 85 % 88 %
2021, EUR million
Gross IP
revenue
Net IP
revenue
Net
CR*
Net**
CR*
Statutory lines
415 414 69 % 79 %
Other accident and health
319 318 82 % 82 %
Hull and cargo
333 332 89 % 89 %
Property and business interruption
435 396 93 % 93 %
Liability and legal expenses 106 94 85 % 85 %
Long-term 2 2 32 % 32 %
Total 1,610 1,555 85 % 88 %
** One-off changes affecting the balance on technical account have been eliminated.
2021
2022
Note 56. Non-life insurance business profitability
Trends in insurance premium revenue (gross and net) and combined ratio (net)
Insurance premium revenue describes the volume of an insurance class, enabling the evaluation of the importance of the insurance class in relation to the whole portfolio.
Similarly, the combined ratio (CR) is used to evaluate fluctuations in the results of the insurance class and the profitability of the class. The combined ratio is presented
separately adjusted for one-off items relating to previous insurance periods.
* The combined ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of claims incurred (net) and operating expenses of insurance business by insurance premium revenue (net). Amortisation on intangible rights
has not been taken into account.
2020
2021
2022
2018
2019
2020
Note 55. Trend in non-life insurance large claims
Number of detected large claims by year of detection for 2018–2022
Non-life Insurance monitors carefully claims expenditure arising from large claims. The claims expenditure explains a significant part of the annual fluctuation in the
underwriting result. In addition, monitoring the claims expenditure arising from large claims helps to detect any changes in risks or risk selection. In this analysis, large claims
are those whose gross amount exceeds EUR 2 million. Most large claims occur in property and business interruption insurance. In statutory policies, the risk of large claim is
small relative to the large volume of the line of business.
2018
2019
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
179
Information on the nature of liabilities
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Net insurance contract liabilities (EUR million)
Latent occupational diseases 5 7
Other
2,929 3,161
Total (before transfers) 2,935 3,168
Duration of debt (years)
Discounted insurance contract liabilities 13.7 15.4
Undiscounted insurance contract liabilities 2.3 2.3
Total
8.5 10.2
Discounted net debt (EUR million)
Provision for known unpaid claims for annuities 1,354 1,598
Collective liability (IBNR) 235 298
Provision for unearned premiums 33 36
Total 1,621 1,931
31 December 2022, EUR million 0–1 yr 1–5 yrs 5–10 yrs 10–15 yrs Over15 yrs Total
Provision for unearned premiums*
444 126 24 7 12 614
Provision for unpaid claims
Undiscounted
385 285 79 15
6 769
Discounted
88
365 311 241 548 1,552
Total insurance contract liabilities**
916 776 413 264 566 2,935
31 December 2021, EUR million 0–1 yr 1–5 yrs 5–10 yrs 10–15yrs Over15 yrs Total
Provision for unearned premiums*
433 123
24 7 12 600
Provision for unpaid claims
Undiscounted
360 267 74 14 5 720
Discounted
89 373
345 283 758 1,848
Total insurance liabilities**
882 763 443 304 775 3,168
** Excluding the value of derivatives hedging the interest rate risk associated with insurance liabilities.
* Includes EUR 36 million in discounted liability.
** Excluding the value of derivatives hedging the interest rate risk associated with insurance liabilities.
Note 57. Information on the nature of non-life insurance insurance liabilities
Note 58. Non-life insurance insurance liabilities by estimated maturity
* Includes EUR 33 million in discounted liability.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
180
Investment asset portfolio allocation
Fair value*,
EUR million
%
Fair value*,
EUR million
%
Money market total 622 15 596
14
Money market instruments and deposits** 632 16 590 14
Derivatives***
-10 0 7 0
Total bonds and bond funds 2,526 62 2,555
60
Governments 303 7 432 10
Inflation-linked bonds 0 0
Investment Grade 1,834 45 1,750 41
Emerging markets and High Yield 206 5 187 4
Structured Investments**** 181 4 187 4
Total equities 557 14 629 15
Finland 67 2 113 3
Developed markets 326 8 328 8
Emerging markets 88 2 114 3
Unlisted equities 6 0 6 0
Private equity investments 69 2 69 2
Total alternative investments 31 1 33 1
Hedge funds 31 1 33 1
Total property investment 336 8 473 11
Direct property investment 155 4 301 7
Indirect property investment 181 4 172 4
Total 4,071 100 4,287 100
**** Include covered bonds, bond funds and illiquid bonds.
Non-life Insurance
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
3,148 122 100
513 48 55
75 7 7
336 34 47
80 15 22
3,148 12 12
-10 0 1
Vuoden 2021 luvut on oikaistu vertailukelpoisiksi vuoden 2022 lukujen kanssa
* Include money market investments, convertible bonds and interest-rate derivatives.
** Include hedge funds and equity derivatives.
*** Includes bonds and convertible bonds and money-market investments, excluding government bonds issued by developed countries.
Credit risk premium*** Credit spread 0.1 pp
Derivatives
Volatility
10 pps
Real property Market value 10 %
Currency
Value of currency
10 %
Venture capital funds and unlisted
shares Market value 10 %
Commodities Market value 10 %
Bonds and bond funds* Interest rate 1 pp
Equities** Market value 10 %
The table below shows the sensitivity of investment risks by investment category. The discount rate sensitivity analysis related to the calculation of insurance liabilities is
presented in Note 53 dealing with insurance liabilities Effects of changes in investment and insurance liabilities offset one another.
Effect on solvency
capital, EUR million
Portfolio at fair
value,
31 Dec 2022,
EUR million
Risk parameter
Change
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
* Includes accrued interest income.
** Includes settlement receivables and liabilities and market value of derivatives.
*** Effect of derivatives on the allocation of the asset class (delta-weighted equivalents).
Note 60. Sensitivity analysis of Non-life Insurance investment risks
Note 59. Non-life Insurance asset allocation
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
181
Fair value by duration or repricing date*, EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
0–1 year 782 712
>1–3 years 738 692
>3–5 years 827 672
>5–7 years 353 453
>7–10 years 173 230
>10 years 22 103
Total 2,895 2,862
Modified duration 2.8 3.3
Effective interest rate, % 1.4 0.9
Year(s) 0–1 1–3
3–5 5–7
7–10 10– Total Proportion, %
Aaa 202 79 55 3 3 7 348 12.0
Aa1−Aa3 380 71 92 40 1 6 591 20.4
A1−A3 61 172 273 101 80 4 691 23.9
Baa1−Baa3 90 336 356 179 72 10 1,042 36.0
Ba1 or lower 41 45 26 7 6 4 128 4.4
Internally rated 9 35
25 24 11 -9 95 3.3
Total 782 738 827 353 173 22 2,895 100.0
Year(s) 0–1
1–3 3–5 5–7 7–10 10– Total Proportion, %
Aaa 13 110 46 46 3 50 267 9.3
Aa1−Aa3 502 87 56 25 11 10 690 24.1
A1−A3 60 130 169 135 64 22 580 20.3
Baa1−Baa3 91 294 347 206 133 15 1,087 38.0
Ba1 or lower 30 39 28 11 8 6 121 4.2
Internally rated 15 33 26 30 11 1 116
4.1
Total 712
692 672 453 230 103 2,862 100.0
Foreign currency exposure, EUR million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
USD
22 69
SEK
0 1
JPY
GBP
7 9
Other
50 6
Total* 80 85
Credit rating, consistent with Moody's, EUR million Investment* Insurance** Investment* Insurance**
Aaa 348 267
Aa1−Aa3 591 63 690 24
A1−A3 691 183 580 70
Baa1−Baa3 1,042 1,087 0
Ba1 or lower 128 121
Internal rating 95 40 116 42
Total 2,895 287 2,862 137
Fixed-income portfolio by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2022*, EUR million
Fixed-income portfolio by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2021*, EUR million
* Excludes credit derivatives.
The maturity is presented until the end of the term to maturity. If the paper includes a call option, the maturity is presented until the first possible Call date.
The average credit rating of the Non-life Insurance fixed-income portfolio is Moody's A2.
The term to maturity of the Non-life Insurance fixed-income portfolio averages 3.0 years (calculated on the basis of the Call date and the maturity date).
Note 61. Risk exposure of Non-life Insurance investments in fixed-income securities
The market risk arising from changes in interest rates is monitored by classifying investments by instrument, in accordance with duration. The table below does not indicate
the balancing effect which the insurance contract liabilities have on the interest-rate risk, because only some of the insurance contract liabilities have been discounted using
an administrative interest rate (Note 31).
* Includes money market investments and deposits, bonds, convertible bonds and bond funds.
* Includes money market investments, deposits and bonds and bond funds.
** Includes the reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities, and receivables from reinsurers.
Note 62. Currency risk associated with Non-life Insurance investments
* The currency exposure was 2.0% (2.0%) of the investment portfolio. It is calculated as the sum total of individual currencies' intrinsic values.
Note 63. Counterparty risk associated with Non-life Insurance investments
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
182
Unit-linked contracts
11,662 319,919 10.9
Unit-linked insurance contracts
4,453
193,165 10.8
Life Insurance/Savings 2,902 69,489 10.3
Individual pension insurance 1,421 108,320 10.2
Group pension insurance 130 6,171 12.7
Unit-linked investment contracts 7,210 126,754 11.0
Saving 4,463 75,634 12.7
Individual pension contracts 1,457 41,878 7.7
Group pension contracts 117 6,384 10.4
Capital redemption contracts 1,173 2,858 7.9
Other than unit-linked contracts 4,425 464,146 9.4
Insurance contracts discounted with technical interest rate 4,555 464,142 9.6
Life Insurance/Savings 997 38,483 7.9
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% 33 346 7.2
Rate of guaranteed interest 3.5% 293 4,749 10.4
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5% 95 4,390 7.9
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5% 1 82 12.8
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% (Separate balance sheet 1) 574 28,916 6.5
Individual pension insurance 2,156 57,632 7.3
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% 213 5,403 5.3
Rate of guaranteed interest 3.5% 398 15,366 6.9
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5% 233 18,209 12.9
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5% 1 83 11.6
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% (Separate balance sheet 2) 1,311 18,571 6.8
Group pension insurance 1,316 35,982 10.8
Defined benefit 3.5% 784 19,858 10.1
Defined benefit 2.5%
80 2,210 11.2
Defined benefit 0.5%
290 7,981 13.0
Defined benefit 1.5%
84 2,302 10.6
Defined contribution 3.5% 8 61 9.0
Defined contribution 2.5% 62 3,231 11.1
Defined contribution 1.5% 7 284 12.5
Defined contribution 0.5% 1 55 17.9
Individual term life policies 82 328,239 4.3
Group life insurance 4 3,806 1.3
2 4
6.1
Capital redemption contracts 2 4 5.2
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5% 1 3 2.8
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5% 1 1 7.8
Effect of discounting with market interest rate -133
Other insurance liability items
1
Total 16,087 774,880 10.0
Other than unit-linked investment contracts discounted with technical
interest rate
Note 64. Information on the nature of insurance liabilities and their sensitivity analysis
The key risks associated with Life Insurance are the market risks of Life Insurance's investment assets, the interest rate used for the valuation of insurance liabilities and a
faster-than-expected life expectancy increase among those insured.
Portfolio of insurance and investment contracts in Life Insurance 31 December 2022
Liability,
31 Dec 2022,
Number of insureds or contracts
Duration on yield curve,
31 Dec 2022
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
183
Unit-linked contracts
13,125 317,726 10.9
Unit-linked insurance contracts
5,290 193,165 10.8
Life Insurance/Savings 3,417 74,641 10.7
Individual pension insurance 1,725 112,297 10.5
Group pension insurance 147 6,227 14.1
Unit-linked investment contracts 7,836 124,561 11.0
Saving 4,855 73,040 12.8
Individual pension contracts 1,779 43,592 8.0
Group pension contracts 104 5,342 10.7
Capital redemption contracts 1,098 2,587 7.9
Other than unit-linked contracts 5,560 481,647 9.4
Insurance contracts discounted with technical interest rate 5,299 481,643 9.6
Life Insurance/Savings 1,194 43,354 9.1
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% 34 382 8.2
Rate of guaranteed interest 3.5% 317 5,414 11.8
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5% 106 5,198 9.0
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5% 1 87 13.2
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% (Separate balance sheet 1) 735 32,273 7.4
Individual pension insurance 2,663 60,010 8.4
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% 232 5,750 5.6
Rate of guaranteed interest 3.5% 427 15,872 7.8
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5% 244 18,069 14.6
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5% 1 83 13.3
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% (Separate balance sheet 2) 1,759 20,236 7.9
Group pension insurance 1,355 36,392 12.4
Defined benefit 3.5% 842 21,022 12.0
Defined benefit 2.5%
86 2,334 13.6
Defined benefit 0.5%
266 7,183 16.7
Defined benefit 1.5%
88 2,194 11.6
Defined contribution 3.5% 7 67 12.8
Defined contribution 2.5% 58 3,249 13.4
Defined contribution 1.5% 7 285 14.1
Defined contribution 0.5% 0 58 17.8
Individual term life policies 84 337,692 4.1
Group life insurance 3 4,195 1.5
1 4
6.1
Capital redemption contracts 1 4 6.1
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5% 1 3 4.5
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5% 1 1 8.7
Effect of discounting with market interest rate 145
Other insurance liability items 115
Total 18,686 799,373 10.5
Sensitivity of life insurance liabilities to changes in calculation principles
Since savings and single-premium savings policies have been sold in plenty as long-term contracts, policyholders may terminate their contracts by surrendering the policies
according to their needs before the date of expiry under the contract. For this reason, the number of surrenders is large. The company takes account of the resulting loss of
surpluses or deficits when calculating the life insurance solvency position.
The risk of surrender for individual pension plans is very small, since by law this can only be done in specific cases such as divorce and long-term unemployment. The
accumulated surrender value of insurance is paid back to the policyholder upon surrender.
The beginning of pension disbursement under individual pension insurance is postponed.. Often, when taking out a pension, policyholders do not have a realistic view of
when they will actually retire. Tax laws have also changed over the decades, allowing people to claim their individual pensions later.
Pension insurance companies’ mortality data show that the life expectancy figures based on technical bases are too low. However, the mortality risk and longevity risk of
individual pensions offset each other, to the point that there is no need for a mortality supplement despite the rise in life expectancy. On the other hand, in group pension
insurance, the longevity risk is higher than the mortality risk, and the liabilities have therefore had to be supplemented. If the mortality assumption is modified, by increasing
the life expectancy of policyholders by one year on average, the liabilities will grow by EUR 25 million (28).
Since in savings insurance and investment insurance, the mortality and longevity risks almost offset each other, no mortality supplement has been needed.
Portfolio of insurance and investment contracts in Life Insurance 31 December 2021
Liability,
31 Dec 2021,
Number of insureds or contracts
Duration on yield curve,
31 Dec 2021
Other than unit-linked investment contracts discounted with technical
interest rate
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
184
31 December 2022, EUR million
2023−2024 2025−2026 2027−2031
2032−2036
2037−2041 2042−2046 2047−
Unit-linked contracts
-1,495 -1,701 -3,641 -2,708 -2,150
-1,682 -1,833
Insurance contracts
-499
-660 -1,338 -953 -688 -485
-653
Life Insurance/Savings
-404
-481 -889 -623 -474 -340
-490
Individual pension insurance
-86
-161 -398 -290 -186 -124
-117
Group pension insurance
-9
-19 -52 -40 -29 -20
-46
Investment contracts -996 -1,041 -2,302 -1,755 -1,461 -1,197 -1,180
Saving
-489
-489 -1,252 -1,124 -984 -1,073
-1,040
Individual pension contracts
-249 -326 -574 -290 -169 -84 -94
Group pension contracts
-11 -15 -49 -43 -28 -15 -10
Capital redemption contracts
-247 -211 -427 -298 -280 -25 -36
Other than unit-linked contracts -838
-866 -1,576 -818 -439 -354
-509
Insurance contracts -788 -834 -1,543 -808 -437 -352 -505
Life Insurance/Savings -166 -170 -366 -213 -85 -53 -69
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5%
-6 -6 -15 -10 -2 -1 -1
Rate of guaranteed interest 3.5%
-42 -48 -100 -66 -53 -35 -53
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5%
-23 -19 -26 -14 -9 -7 -11
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5%
0 0 0 0 0 0 -1
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% (Separate b
-95 -98 -224 -122 -20 -10 -3
Individual pension insurance -411 -478 -794 -307 -137 -142 -164
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5%
-37 -69 -115 -21 -4 -1 0
Rate of guaranteed interest 3.5%
-52 -110 -185 -66 -31 -15 -15
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5%
-17 -33 -82 -36 -4 -69 -79
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5%
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% (Separate b
-304 -264 -411 -184 -97 -57 -70
Group pension insurance -198 -179 -374 -285 -215 -157 -272
Defined benefit 3.5%
-132 -117 -242 -179 -132 -92 -127
Defined benefit 2.5%
-12 -10 -20 -15 -13 -10 -17
Defined benefit 1.5%
-35 -30 -61 -53 -47 -40 -93
Defined benefit 0.5%
-11 -10 -19 -15 -11 -8 -13
Defined contribution 3.5%
-1 -2 -4 -2 0 0 -2
Defined contribution 2.5%
-6 -10 -27 -19 -11 -5 -16
Defined contribution 1.5%
-1 -1 -2 -2 -1 -1 -3
Defined contribution 0.5%
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Individual pure risk insurance
-10 -7 -10 -2 0 0 0
Group life insurance
-4 0 0
Investment contracts
0 -1 -1
Capital redemption contracts
0 -1 -1
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5%
0 0 0
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5%
0 0 -1
Liability for bonus reserves
0 0 0
Reserve for decreased discount rate
-49 -32 -32 -10 -2 -2 -4
Total -2,333 -2,568 -5,217 -3,526 -2,589 -2,036 -2,342
The company has complied with the FAS in establishing insurance contract liabilities, with the exception that the company has moved closer to a real-time interest rate in the
discount rate. The company has insurance contract savings at its own risk with guaranteed interest rate ranging between 0.5% and 4.5%. The insurance liability of the
contracts with a technical interest rate of 4.5% has been permanently supplemented in such a way that the discount rate of the insurance liability is 3.5% (excl. insurance
assets transferred from Suomi Mutual Life Assurance Company that are included OP Life Assurance Ltd’s balance sheets separated from the other balance sheet). In
addition, insurance liabilities of contracts with guaranteed interest have been supplemented by allocating income recognised on the sale of fixed income investments hedging
sold insurance liabilities to insurance liabilities as supplementary interest rate provisions for the residual term to maturity of fixed income investments. After the
supplementary interest rate provisions, the average discount rate for the company’s technical interest-based portfolio is 2.6%. The company has used fixed income
investments to hedge against some of the interest rate risk that exists between the market and discount rate. Since the benefit deriving from fixed income investments are
used for guaranteed benefits involved in insurance and capital redemption contracts, their liability is decreased to the amount of the fixed income investments under the
national financial accounts by EUR 133 million (+145).
In financial statements based on national regulation, lowering the discount rate by 0.1 percentage point would increase the technical provisions by EUR 23 million (24).
On 31 December 2015, insurance liabilities transferred from Suomi Mutual to OP Life Assurance Company through a portfolio transfer. At that time, a balance sheet
separated from the company's balance sheet was created out of the transferred endowment policies. The individual pension insurance portfolio of Suomi Mutual was
consolidated into OP Life Assurance Company Ltd on 30 September 2016. A separated balance sheet was also created out of this portfolio. The separated balance sheets
apply their own profit distribution policy specified in the portfolio transfer plans. The separate balance sheets also include liabilities of future supplementary benefits that
buffer market and customer behaviour risk associated with the separated balance sheets.
The liability of unit-linked policies is measured at the market values of assets associated with the policies on the balance sheet date.
Investment contracts come in three types: OP Life Assurance investment contracts are capital redemption contracts and such unit-linked savings agreements where death
cover equals insurance liability, and pension insurance contracts where death cover almost equals insurance liability in such a way that no significant underwriting risk arises.
Some capital redemption contracts include entitlement to a discretionary participation feature and they are measured as specified in the Insurance Contracts standard. Some
exclude this entitlement and they plus other investment contracts are measured and classified as contracts recognised at fair value through profit or loss, in accordance with
IAS 39.
Note 65. Expected maturity of life insurance and investment contracts
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
185
31 December 2021, EUR million 2022−2023 2024−2025
2026−2030 2031−2035 2036−2040 2041−2045 2046−
Unit-linked contracts
-1,651 -1,688 -3,402 -2,228 -1,609 -1,073 -1,204
Insurance contracts
-578 -653 -1,348 -828 -538 -351
-467
Life Insurance/Savings
-471
-469 -915 -548 -366 -241
-349
Individual pension insurance
-97
-166 -387 -249 -150 -96
-85
Group pension insurance
-10
-18 -45 -31 -22 -14
-32
Investment contracts -1,073 -1,035
-2,055
-1,400 -1,070 -722 -738
Saving
-548 -499 -1,127 -922 -695 -637 -659
Individual pension contracts
-288 -343 -565 -279 -143 -69 -62
Group pension contracts
-10 -13 -34 -26 -17 -9 -6
Capital redemption contracts
-226 -179 -329 -172 -215 -7 -11
Other than unit-linked contracts
-927 -870 -1,650 -865 -484 -303
-453
Insurance contracts -823
-828 -1,608 -850 -481 -301 -449
Life Insurance/Savings -181 -168 -384 -252 -93 -56 -68
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5%
-7 -5 -15 -11 -3 -2 -1
Rate of guaranteed interest 3.5%
-54 -45 -108 -77 -51 -36 -53
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5%
-27 -20 -31 -16 -10 -7 -10
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5%
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% (Separate b
-94 -98 -230 -149 -29 -12 -3
Individual pension insurance -443 -486 -868 -337 -197 -111 -171
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5%
-38 -69 -127 -22 -4 -1 0
Rate of guaranteed interest 3.5%
-50 -109 -197 -72 -33 -17 -14
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5%
-20 -18 -87 -33 -52 -30 -77
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5%
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Rate of guaranteed interest 4.5% (Separate b
-335 -289 -456 -209 -108 -63 -80
Group pension insurance -179 -164 -344 -257 -191 -134 -210
Defined benefit 3.5%
-143 -128 -262 -196 -145 -101 -143
Defined benefit 2.5%
-12 -10 -21 -16 -14 -11 -19
Defined benefit 1.5%
-5 -5 -12 -11 -9 -8 -19
Defined benefit 0.5%
-11 -10 -19 -13 -9 -6 -10
Defined contribution 3.5%
-1 -2 -4 -1 -1 -1 -2
Defined contribution 2.5%
-5 -8 -25 -19 -11 -6 -14
Defined contribution 1.5%
-1 -1 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2
Defined contribution 0.5%
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Individual pure risk insurance
-16 -11 -13 -3 0 0 0
Group life insurance
-3 0 0
Investment contracts
0 0 -1 0
Capital redemption contracts
0 0 -1 0
Rate of guaranteed interest 2.5%
0 0 -1
Rate of guaranteed interest 1.5%
0 0 0 0
Reserve for decreased discount rate
-103 -42 -41 -15 -3 -2 -5
Total -2,577 -2,558 -5,053 -3,094 -2,093 -1,376 -1,657
EUR mill
Riskincome
Claims
incurred
Claim
ratio
Riskincome
Claims
incurred
Claim
ratio
Life insurance 476
453 95 % 448 425 95 %
Term life insurance
37 18 48 % 37 18 50 %
Insurance saving 439 435 99 % 411 407 99 %
Pension insurance
50 46 92 % 55 52 95 %
Defined benefit 26 22 82 % 26 21 80 %
Defined contribution 24 24 102 % 29 31 108 %
OP Life Assurance Company 526 499 95 % 503
477 95 %
Claims expenditure of defined benefit group pension includes the longevity provision of EUR 1.1 million in 2022 and EUR 0.9 million in 2021.
Note 66. Profitability of life insurance business
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
186
Investment asset portfolio allocation
Fair value*,
EUR million
%
Fair value*, EUR
million
%
Total money market instruments 614 19 % 748 21 %
Money market investments and deposits** 601 19 % 743 20 %
Derivatives***
13 0 % 5 0 %
Total bonds and bond funds 1,976 61 % 2,126 58 %
Governments 182 6 % 256 7 %
Inflation-linked bonds 0 % 0 %
Emerging markets and High Yield 161 5 % 121 3 %
Structured investments**** 163 5 % 163 4 %
Total equities 419 13 %
546
15 %
Finland 44 1 % 91 2 %
Developed markets 240 7 % 283 8 %
Emerging markets 65 2 % 98 3 %
Fixed assets and unquoted equities 3 0 % 3 0 %
Private equity investments 67 2 % 70 2 %
Equity derivatives***
0 % 0 %
Hedge funds 38 1 % 40 1 %
Commodities 0 % 0 %
Direct property investments 24 1 % 23 1 %
Indirect property investments 165 5 % 163 4 %
Total 3,235 100 % 3,646 100 %
**** Include covered bonds, bond funds and illiquid bonds.
Investment asset portfolio allocation
Fair value*,
EUR million
%
Fair value*, EUR
million
%
Total money market instruments 47 8 % 43 6 %
Money market investments and deposits** 47 8 % 43 6 %
Derivatives***
0 0 % 0 0 %
Total bonds and bond funds 503 86 % 641 87 %
Governments 122 21 % 200 27 %
Inflation-linked bonds 0 % 0 %
Emerging markets and High Yield 21 4 % 23 3 %
Structured investments**** 42 7 % 30 4 %
Total equities 26 4 % 38 5 %
Finland 0 % 0 %
Emerging markets 2 0 % 1 0 %
Fixed assets and unquoted equities 0 0 % 0 0 %
Private equity investments 8 1 % 10 1 %
Equity derivatives***
0 % 0 %
Direct property investments 0 0 % 8 1 %
Indirect property investments 10 2 % 10 1 %
Total 586 100 % 740 100 %
**** Include covered bonds, bond funds and illiquid bonds.
* Includes accrued interest income.
** Include settlement receivables and liabilities and market value of derivatives.
*** Effect of derivatives on the allocation of the asset class (delta equivalent).
Net return on investments at fair value totalled EUR -10 million (18). Net return on investments at fair value is calculated by deducting the value change in market-
* Includes accrued interest income.
** Include settlement receivables and liabilities and market value of derivatives.
*** Effect of derivatives on the allocation of the asset class (delta equivalent).
Note 68. Asset allocation in separated balance sheet 1
In connection with the portfolios' transfer, a separated balance sheet (separated balance sheet 1) was created out of the individual life insurance portfolio (separated balance
sheet 1) transferred from Suomi Mutual in 2015 and with a profit distribution policy differing from other life insurance operations.
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Note 67. Life Insurance asset allocation
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
187
Investment asset portfolio allocation
Fair value*,
EUR million
%
Fair value*, EUR
million
%
Total money market instruments 106 8 % 65 4 %
Money market investments and deposits** 106 8 % 65 4 %
Derivatives***
0 % 0 0 %
Total bonds and bond funds 1,168 86 % 1,585 89 %
Governments 390 29 % 612 35 %
Inflation-linked bonds 0 % 0 %
Emerging markets and High Yield 1 0 % 0 %
Structured investments**** 141 10 % 147 8 %
Total equities 53 4 % 80 5 %
Finland 0 % 0 %
Emerging markets 3 0 % 1 0 %
Fixed assets and unquoted equities 0 0 % 0 0 %
Private equity investments 24 2 % 29 2 %
Equity derivatives***
0 % 0 %
Direct property investments 16 1 % 19 1 %
Indirect property investments 22 2 % 23 1 %
Total 1,365 100 % 1,772 100 %
**** Include covered bonds, bond funds and illiquid bonds.
Portfolio at fa
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Bonds and bond funds* 2,590 1 pp 55 83
Equities** 387 0 34 47
70 0 7 7
Commodities 0
Real property 189 0 19 19
Currency 61 0 11 17
Credit risk premium*** 2,590 0.1 pp 10 10
Derivatives 13 10 pps 0 1
* Include money-market investments, convertible bonds and interest-rate derivatives.
** Include hedge funds and equity derivatives.
*** Includes bonds, convertible bonds and money-market investments, including government bonds and interest-rate derivatives issued by developed countries.
Vuoden 2021 luvut on oikaistu vertailukelpoisiksi vuoden 2022 lukujen kanssa
Volatility
Private equity investments and unquoted
equities Market value
Market value
Market value
Market value
Credit spread
Note 70. Sensitivity analysis of Life Insurance investment risks
Effect on equity
capital, EUR million
Life insurance
Risk parameter
Interest rate
Market value
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
* Includes accrued interest income.
** Include settlement receivables and liabilities and market value of derivatives.
*** Effect of derivatives on the allocation of the asset class (delta equivalent).
Net return on investments at fair value totalled EUR -16 million (40). Net return on investments at fair value is calculated by deducting the value change in market-
consistent insurance liability from income from investment assets.
Note 69. Asset allocation in separated balance sheet 2
In connection with the portfolios' transfer, a separated balance sheet (separated balance sheet 2) was created out of the individual life insurance portfolio (separated balance
sheet 1) transferred from Suomi Mutual in 2015 and with a profit distribution policy differing from other life insurance operations.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
188
Portfolio at fa
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Bonds and bond funds 550 1 pp 21 32
Equities ** 18 0 2 3
8 0 1 1
Commodities 0
Real property 10 0 1 2
Currency 16 0 2 3
Credit risk premium*** 550 1 pp 3 3
Derivatives 10 pps 0 0
* Include money-market investments, convertible bonds and interest-rate derivatives.
** Include hedge funds and equity derivatives.
*** Include bonds, convertible bonds and money-market investments, including government bonds and interest-rate derivatives issued by developed c
Vuoden 2021 luvut on oikaistu vertailukelpoisiksi vuoden 2022 lukujen kanssa
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Bonds and bond funds 1,274 1 pp 51 79
Equities ** 29 0 3 5
24 0 2 3
Commodities 0
Real property 38 0 4 4
Currency 43 0 4 5
Credit risk premium*** 1,650 0.1 pp 7 8
Derivatives 10 pps 0 0
* Include money-market investments, convertible bonds and interest-rate derivatives.
** Include hedge funds and equity derivatives.
*** Include bonds, convertible bonds and money-market investments, including government bonds and interest-rate derivatives issued by developed countries, including gov
Vuoden 2021 luvut on oikaistu vertailukelpoisiksi vuoden 2022 lukujen kanssa
Fair value by term to maturity or repricing date, € million * 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
0–1 year 570 988
>1–3 years 506 498
>3–5 years 674 547
>5–7 years 244 355
>7–10 years 153 236
>10 years 57 95
Total 2,204 2,719
Modified duration 2.8 3.0
Average interest rate, % 1.3 0.9
* Includes money market investments and deposits, bonds, convertible bonds and bond funds.
Market value
Credit spread
Volatility
Investment and customer behaviour risks associated with the portfolio in the separated balance sheet 2 have been buffered through future supplementary benefits. The
buffers are sufficient to cover a significant negative return on the investment assets included in the separated portfolios, after which OP Financial Group will bear all the risks
associated with the portfolio. Changes in investments income above the buffer will affect OP Financial Group’s equity capital. The buffer of the separated balance sheet 2 is
EUR 160 million (201).
Note 73. Risk exposure of Life Insurance investments in fixed-income securities
Interest rate
Market value
Private equity investments and unquoted
equities Market value
Market value
Market value
Credit spread
Volatility
Investment and customer behaviour risks associated with the portfolio in the separated balance sheet 1 have been buffered through future supplementary benefits. The
buffers are sufficient to cover a significant negative return on the investment assets included in the separated portfolios, after which OP Financial Group will bear all the risks
associated with the portfolio. Changes in investments income above the buffer will affect OP Financial Group’s equity capital. The buffer of the separated balance sheet 1 is
EUR 87 million (98).
Note 72. Sensitivity analysis of investment risks under separated balance sheet 2
Effect on equity
capital, EUR million
Separated balance sheet of individual life insurance
portfolio (separated balance sheet 1)
Risk parameter
Market value
Private equity investments and unquoted
equities
Market value
Market value
Market value
Market value
Note 71. Sensitivity analysis of investment risks under separated balance sheet 1
Effect on equity
capital, EUR million
Separated balance sheet of individual life
insurance portfolio (separated balance
sheet 2)
Risk parameter
Interest rate
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
189
Year(s) 0–1 1–3
3–5 5–7 7–10 10– Total Proportion
Aaa 250 16 43 4 44 357 16.2 %
Aa1−Aa3 116 35 59 20 5 19 253 11.5 %
A1−A3 45 126 189 72 50 10 493 22.3 %
Baa1−Baa3 123 256 332 118 46 10 884 40.1 %
29 35 20 4 5 3 96 4.4 %
Internally rated 8 38 31 25 4 15 121 5.5 %
Total 570 506 674 244 153 57 2,204 100.0 %
Year(s) 0–1 1–3 3–5 5–7 7–10 10– Total Proportion
Aaa 10 13 3 40 62 32 159 5.9 %
Aa1−Aa3 768 40 28 12 5 9 862 31.7 %
A1−A3 97 97 149 71 68 23 505 18.6 %
Baa1−Baa3 92 307 316 189 88 24 1,016 37.3 %
14 21 18 6 6 4 69 2.5 %
Internally rated 8 21 33 37 6 2 108 4.0 %
Total 988 498 547 355 236 95 2,719 100.0 %
Fair value by term to maturity or repricing date, € million * 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
0–1 year 62 75
>1–3 years 108 139
>3–5 years 176 190
>5–7 years 67 105
>7–10 years 56 95
>10 years 31 46
Total
500 650
Modified duration 4.3 5.0
Average interest rate, % 1.0 0.6
* Includes money market investments and deposits, bonds, convertible bonds and bond funds.
Year(s) 0–1 1–3 3–5 5–7 7–10 10– Total Proportion
Aaa 2 12 40 12 27 11 105 20.9 %
Aa1−Aa3 41 13 14 8 5 13 93 18.6 %
A1−A3 3 23 45 13 7 5 96 19.3 %
Baa1−Baa3 5 49 63 26 12 2 158 31.6 %
5 6 3 1 0 0 15 3.0 %
Internally rated 6 5 10 7 5 33 6.6 %
Total 62 108 176 67 56 31 500
100.0 %
Year(s) 0–1 1–3 3–5 5–7 7–10 10– Total Proportion
Aaa 0 36 52 27 38 18 170 26.2 %
Aa1−Aa3 44 26 17 8 4 19 119 18.3 %
A1−A3 9 17 36 16 17 5 101 15.5 %
Baa1−Baa3 16 44 68 37 28 4 196 30.2 %
5 7 5 1 0 0 20 3.0 %
Internally rated 1 8 11 16 7 0 43 6.7 %
Total 75 139 190 105 95 46 650 100.0 %
* Excludes credit derivatives.
The maturity is presented until the end of the term to maturity. If the paper includes a call option, the maturity is presented until the first possible Call date.
The average credit rating of the fixed-income portfolio in the separated balance sheet 1 is A2, according to Moody's rating.
The average residual term to maturity of the fixed-income portfolio in the separated balance sheet 1 (based on call dates and maturity dates) is 4.8 years
The average residual term to maturity of a Life Insurance fixed-income portfolio is 3.4 years (calculated on the basis of the Call date and maturity date).
Note 74. Risk exposure associated with fixed-income investments under separated balance sheet 1
Fixed-income portfolio by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2022*, EUR million
Ba1 or lower
Fixed-income portfolio by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2021*, EUR million
Ba1 or lower
Ba1 or lower
Fixed-income portfolio by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2021*, EUR million
Ba1 or lower
* Excludes credit derivatives.
The maturity is presented until the end of the term to maturity. If the paper includes a call option, the maturity is presented until the first possible Call date.
The average credit rating of a Life Insurance portfolio by Moody’s is A1.
Fixed-income portfolio by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2022*, EUR million
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
190
Fair value by term to maturity or repricing date, € million * 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
0–1 year 108 85
>1–3 years 238 412
>3–5 years 353 388
>5–7 years 144 251
>7–10 years 137 194
>10 years 106 159
Total 1,086 1,488
Modified duration 4.6 5.5
Average interest rate, % 1.0 0.5
* Includes money market investments and deposits, bonds, convertible bonds and bond funds.
Year(s)
0–1 1–3 3–5 5–7 7–10 10– Total
Proportion
Aaa 2 63 85 45 69 36 300 27.6 %
Aa1−Aa3 63 22 35 25 18 62 226 20.8 %
A1−A3 10 60 80 30 15 3 197 18.2 %
Baa1−Baa3 25 87 134 32 23 6 308 28.3 %
0 0.0 %
Internally rated 8 6 19 13 11 56 5.1 %
Total 108
238
353 144 137 106 1,086 100.0 %
Year(s) 0–1 1–3
3–5
5–7 7–10 10– Total Proportion
Aaa 3 137 121 81 78 59 479 32.2 %
Aa1−Aa3 47 65 40 19 39 86 297 20.0 %
A1−A3 19 73 54 63 16 5 230 15.5 %
Baa1−Baa3 16 123 156 60 51 8 414 27.8 %
0 0.0 %
Internally rated 13 16 28 10 1 68 4.6 %
Total 85 412 388 251 194 159 1,488
100.0 %
The average residual term to maturity of the fixed-income portfolio in the separated balance sheet 2 (based on call dates and maturity dates) is 5.4 years.
Ba1 or lower
Fixed-income portfolio by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2021*, EUR million
Ba1 or lower
* Excludes credit derivatives.
The maturity is presented until the end of the term to maturity. If the paper includes a call option, the maturity is presented until the first possible Call date.
The average credit rating of the fixed-income portfolio in the separated balance sheet 2 is A1, according to Moody's rating.
Note 75. Risk exposure of fixed-income investments under separated balance sheet 2
Fixed-income portfolio by maturity and credit rating on 31 December 2022*, EUR million
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
191
Foreign currency exposure, EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
USD 18 57
SEK 0 1
JPY
Other 37 6
Total* 61 72
Foreign currency exposure, EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
USD 9 18
SEK 0 0
JPY
Other 6 5
Total* 16 23
Foreign currency exposure, EUR million 31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
USD 28 50
SEK 0 0
JPY
Other 15 15
Total* 43 65
Credit rating, € million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Moody's equivalent Investment* Investment*
Aaa 357 159
Aa1−Aa3 253 862
A1−A3 493 505
Baa1−Baa3 884 1,016
Ba1 or lower 96 69
Internally rated 121 108
Total 2,204 2,719
Credit rating, € million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Moody's equivalent Investment* Investment*
Aaa 105 170
Aa1−Aa3 93 119
A1−A3 96 101
Baa1−Baa3 158 196
Ba1 or lower 15 20
Internally rated 33 43
Total 500 650
* Includes money-market investments and deposits, bonds, and bond funds.
Note 80. Counterparty risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 1
* Includes money-market investments and deposits, bonds, and bond funds.
The currency exposure was 2.8% (3.2) of the investment portfolio.
Note 78. Currency risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 2
* Total net currency exposure.
The currency exposure was 3.2% (3.7) of the investment portfolio.
Note 79. Counterparty risk associated with Life Insurance investments
Note 76. Currency risk associated with Life Insurance investments
* Total net currency exposure.
The currency exposure was 1.9% (2.0) of the investment portfolio.
Note 77. Currency risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 1
* Total net currency exposure.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
192
Credit rating, € million
31 Dec 2022 31 Dec 2021
Moody's equivalent Investment* Investment*
Aaa 300
479
Aa1−Aa3 226 297
A1−A3 197 230
Baa1−Baa3 308 414
Ba1 or lower 0 0
Internally rated 56 68
Total 1,086 1,488
Investments exposed to credit risk
Fair value*,
€ million
Credit
derivative par
value, € million
Fair value*,
€ million
Credit derivative par
value, € million
Investments
change*****
€ million
Credit derivatives
change*****
€ million
Total money market instruments 47 43
Money market investments and deposits** 47 43
Derivatives***
0
Total bonds and bond funds 503 641 -7 0
Governments 122 200 1
Inflation-linked bonds
Investment Grade 319 388 -7 0
Emerging markets and High Yield 21 23 -1
Structured investments**** 42 30
Total equities
Exclude money market investments and convertible bond investments.
* Includes accrued interest income.
** Include settlement receivables and liabilities.
*** Effect of derivatives on the allocation of the asset class (delta equivalent).
**** Include covered bonds, bond funds and illiquid bonds.
***** Running yield deducted from total return of liquid fixed income investments, excluding Money market and investment result relative to the EUR swap curve.
***** Total return in direct credit risk derivatives. The method is not suitable for structured investments.
Investments exposed to credit risk
Fair value*,
€ million
Credit
derivative par
value, € million
Fair value*,
€ million
Credit derivative par
value, € million
Investments
change*****
€ million
Credit derivatives
change*****
€ million
Total money market instruments 106 65
Money market investments and deposits** 106 65
Derivatives***
0
Total bonds and bond funds 1,168 1,585 -11 0
Governments 390 612 2
Inflation-linked bonds
Investment Grade 636 826 -13 0
Emerging markets and High Yield 1 0
Structured investments**** 141 147
Total equities
Exclude money market investments and convertible bond investme
* Includes accrued interest income.
** Include settlement receivables and liabilities.
*** Effect of derivatives on the allocation of the asset class (delta equivalent).
**** Include covered bonds, bond funds and illiquid bonds.
***** Running yield deducted from total return of liquid fixed income investments, excluding Money market and investment result relative to the EUR swap curve.
***** Total return in direct credit risk derivatives. The method is not suitable for structured investments.
Note 83. Credit risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 2
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Change in fair value arising from change
in credit risk
* Includes money-market investments and deposits, bonds, and bond funds.
Note 82. Credit risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 1
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Change in fair value arising from change
in credit risk
Note 81. Counterparty risk associated with investments under separated balance sheet 2
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
193
Company
Domicile/homecountry
Interest, % Votes, %
OP Cooperative Helsinki 100.0 100.0
OP Mortgage Bank Helsinki 100.0 100.0
OP Life Assurance Company Ltd Helsinki 100.0 100.0
OP Retail Customers Plc Helsinki 100.0 100.0
OP Fund Management Company Ltd Helsinki 100.0 100.0
Pivo Wallet Oy Helsinki 100.0 100.0
OP Corporate Bank plc Helsinki 100.0 100.0
OP Property Management Ltd Helsinki 100.0 100.0
OP Asset Management Limited Helsinki 100.0 100.0
Pohjola Insurance Ltd Helsinki 100.0 100.0
OP Custody Ltd Helsinki 100.0 100.0
Pohjola Insurance Ltd has sold all shares of Pohjola Hospital Ltd to Pihlajalinna Terveys Oy, part of Pihlajalinna Group. The corporate transaction was published on 2
July 2021. The net debt free transaction price was EUR 32 million. The Finnish Competition and Consumer Authority approved the corporate transaction on 14
January 2022. Pohjola Hospital became part of Pihlajalinna on 1 February 2022.
Major subsidiaries included in the financial statements of OP Financial Group in 2022
Major OP Financial Group subsidiaries include companies whose business is subject to licence and other major companies relevant to business operations. All major
consolidated subsidiaries are wholly owned and accordingly they have no major non-controlling interests.
Other notes
Note 84. Ownership interests in subsidiaries, structured entities and joint operations
OP Financial Group's structure
The following figure describes the structure of OP Financial Group. Group member cooperative banks constitute the Group's technical parent company. In addition to
the member cooperative banks, the most important subsidiaries, OP Cooperative (central cooperative) and its subsidiaries, associates and various joint arrangements
are consolidated into OP Financial Group.
Tähän OP Ryhmän rakenne -kaavio
Changes occurred in subsidiaries and structured entities during the financial year
In addition to the subsidiaries, 34 (40) OP Koti real estate agencies are consolidated into the financial statements of OP Financial Group. These OP Koti real estate
agencies, which are wholly owned subsidiaries, provide services for buying and selling real property and dwelling units and house management services. In addition to
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
194
Name
Balance sheet
2022,
EUR million
Capital ade-
quacy, %
31 Dec 2022
Alajärven Op
399 40.5 Markku Pelkonen
Ala-Satakunnan Op 337 47.4 Jari Katila
Alavieskan Op 99 29.0 Antero Alahautala
Sydänmaan Op
479 42.1 Juha Mäki
Andelsbanken för Åland 673 24.4 Johnny Nordqvist
Andelsbanken Raseborg 533 25.8 Mats Enberg
Etelä-Hämeen Op 2269 36.6 Mika Helin
Etelä-Karjalan Op 2377 37.9 Petri Krohns
Etelä-Pirkanmaan Op
885 33.3 Juha Luomala
Etelä-Pohjanmaan Op 1721 27.7 Olli Tarkkanen
Euran Op 317 49.4 Timo Viitanen
Haapamäen Seudun Op 81 47.3 Hannu Petjoi
Hailuodon Op 62 34.1 Jani Isomaa
Humppilan-Metsämaan Op 113 46.3 Jari Salokangas
Janakkalan Op 513 47.7 Mikko Suutari
Jokilaaksojen Op 491 31.5 Juha Pajumaa
Jokioisten Op 161 31.4 Ville Aarnio
Joki-Pohjanmaan Op 462 30.1 Markku Niskala
Jämsän Seudun Op 427 60.4 Kari Mäkelä
Järvi-Hämeen Op 602 43.1 Teemu Sarhemaa
Kainuun Op 1179 39.1 Teuvo Perätalo
Kangasalan Seudun Op 685 34.0 Jyrki Turtiainen
Kangasniemen Op 233 51.1 Seppo Laurila
Kemin Seudun Op 506 41.6 Heikki Palosaari
Kerimäen Op 109 46.5 Sakari Kangas
Keski-Pohjanmaan Op 1785 29.4 Jyrki Rantala
Keski-Suomen Op 4374 31.5 Pasi Sorri
Kiteen Seudun Op 420 59.6 Jani Pakarinen
Koitin-Pertunmaan Op 97 56.3 Jorma Somero
Korpilahden Op 123 37.8 Tuomas Uppsala
Korsnäs Andelsbank 167 44.5 Ann-Cathrine Koski
Kronoby Andelsbank 169 38.6 Kaj Nylund
Kuhmon Op 275 53.5 Martti Pulkkinen
Kuortaneen Op
91 32.8
i-Katariina Kangastie
Kuusamon Op 346 30.9 Kari Kivelä
Kymenlaakson Op 2437 38.4 Juha Korhonen
Laihian Op 136 31.1 Markku Jaatinen
Lapin Op 127 38.5 Juha Teerialho
Lehtimäen Op 89 23.2 Veli-Jussi Haapala
Lemin Op 113 26.6 Petteri Mattila
Limingan Op
163 26.2 Petteri Juusola
Liperin Op 299 32.9 Jukka Asikainen
Lounaismaan Op 2196 35.1 Jouni Hautala
Lounaisrannikon Op 919 27.1 Sami Peura
Lounais-Suomen Op 838 46.1 Leena Nikula
Luumäen Op 132 56.5 Tiina Pesonen
Länsi-Kymen Op 702 28.7 Saila Rosas
Länsi-Suomen Op 3837 40.8 Matti Kiuru
Maaningan Op 204 34.7 Ari Väänänen
Mouhijärven Op 109 32.4 Kirsi Soltin
Multian Op 103 44.5 Arto Laitinen
Nagu Andelsbank 109 20.2 Alice Björklöf
Nakkila-Luvian Op
329 37.4 Jussi Kuvaja
Niinijokivarren Op 89 65.8 Kaisa Markula
Nilakan Seudun Op 231 35.3 Eeva Karppinen
Op Harjuseutu 167 49.4 Sanna Metsänranta
Op Vakka-Auranmaa 1113 41.7 Lasse Vehviläinen
Oulun Op 4853 25.0 Keijo Posio
Outokummun Op 206 55.0 Ari Karhapää
Paltamon Op 92 46.2 Maarit Korpinen
Pedersörenejdens Andelsbank 624 27.9
gneta Ström-Hakala
Petäjäveden Op 121 43.9 Jaakko Ylitalo
Pohjois-Hämeen Op 641 34.7 Pertti Pyykkö
Pohjois-Karjalan Op 2236 31.7
Reimasto-Heiskanen
Pohjois-Savon Op 4230 34.5 Mikko Vepsäläinen
Pohjolan Op 2048 28.7 Mikko Kokkonen
Member cooperative banks forming the technical parent company of OP Financial Group in 2022
Managing Director
31 Dec 2022
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
195
Polvijärven Op 185 47.3 Ari Noponen
Posion Op 157 51.3 Vesa Jurmu
Pudasjärven Op 281 46.2 Pertti Purola
Pulkkilan Op
60 42.1 Marja Hyvärinen
Punkalaitumen Op
114 56.5 Petri Antila
Purmo Andelsbank 54 26.1 Tony Hellman
Päijät-Hämeen Op
2197 24.7 Mika Kivimäki
Raahentienoon Op
834 40.8 Kalle Arvio
Rantasalmen Op 172 36.7 Jaana Vänskä
Rautalammin Op 95 36.1
ko-Pekka Markkanen
Riistaveden Op 162 22.4 Ismo Salmela
Rymättylän Op 96 31.8 Mikko Paijola
Rääkkylän Op 101 44.4 Heli Silvennoinen
Sallan Op 121 41.5 Jaakko Ovaskainen
Satapirkan Op 1548 42.2 Olli Näsi
Savitaipaleen Op 151 49.6 Samppa Oksanen
Siikajoen Op 76 27.0 Petri Mattila
Siikalatvan Op 110 33.1 Jarmo Pistemaa
Suomenselän Op 1176 35.7 Mika Korkia-Aho
Suur-Savon Op 3057 36.7 Jari Himanen
Taivalkosken Op 118 29.8 Piia Mourujärvi
Tampereen Seudun Op 5743 24.0 Jani Vilpponen
Tervolan Op 102 33.9 Jussi Kuittinen
Tervon Op 80 26.2 Jani Kääriäinen
Tornion Op 438 29.5 Terhi Kuivila
Turun Seudun Op 5068 22.1 Petteri Rinne
Tuusniemen Op 183 30.5 Esa Simanainen
Tyrnävän Op 140 22.8 Antto Joutsiniemi
Utajärven Op 256 37.6 Terttu Hagelin
Uudenmaan Op 22095 17.1 Olli Lehtilä
Vaara-Karjalan Op
564 43.7 Raili Hyvönen
Vasa Andelsbank 1333 22.7 Ulf Nylund
Vehmersalmen Op
132 30.8 Petri Tyllinen
Vesannon Op 105 37.3 Sami Vuorenmaa
Vimpelin Op 115 41.0 Matti Mäkinen
Ylitornion Op 133 46.8 Laura Harju-Autti
Ylä-Kainuun Op 356 35.5 Eija Sipola
Yläneen Op 86 48.7 Heikki Eskola
Ylä-Pirkanmaan Op 561 29.9 Leena Selkee
Ylä-Savon Op 604 43.6 Mikko Paananen
Ylä-Uudenmaan Op 378 38.3 Mikko Purmonen
Ypäjän Op 92 44.8
irsi-Marja Hiidensalo
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
196
Name
Place of
business
Interest, % 2022
Interest, %
2021
Non-controlling
interests, %
Real Estate Funds of Funds II Ky
Helsinki 27.8 27.8 72.3
Balance sheet in summary
EUR million 2022 2021
Cash and cash equivalents 0 0
Investments 2 3
Other assets
1 1
Total assets
3 4
Other liabilities -1 -1
Total liabilities -1 -1
Net assets 5
5
Accrued share of non-controlling interests 3 4
Statement of comprehensive income in summary
Net sales -1 -1
Profit or loss of continuing operations after tax 0 0
Comprehensive income 0 0
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests 0 0
Share of profit paid to non-controlling interests 0 0
Cash flows in summary
Net cash flow from operating activities 0 1
Net cash flow from investing activities
Net cash flow from financing activities 0 -1
Net change in cash flows 0 0
Cash and cash equivalents at year start 0 0
Cash and cash equivalents at year end 0 0
EUR million 2022 2021
Property in own use 111 88
Investment property 561 724
Total assets 672 812
Total liabilities 3 3
Structured entities included in the consolidated financial statements
OP Financial Group both acts as investor and manages various mutual funds in order to gain investment income and various commissions. The financial statements of
OP Financial Group include the accounts of 2 (2) real estate funds. These funds that have been classified as structured entities because OP Financial Group's control is
not based on votes but the control of significant operations, exposure to variable returns from the fund, and organising the fund's management. These funds also
involve non-controlling interests most relevant to the Group.
The table below structured entities with a significant number of non-controlling interests
Some 647 (712) property companies are incorporated into OP Financial Group's financial statements as joint operations by consolidating the proportionate share of OP
Financial Group's holding of the property company's assets. Classification into joint operations has been made according to the nature of the business although OP
Financial Group has control over some of the property companies. The shares of the property companies entitle to the occupancy of certain apartments some of which
are in OP Financial Group's own use. Each shareholder of the mutual real estate company is responsible for their share of the company's loans. Some of these joint
operations form OP Financial Group’s branch network in Finland and they are included in Note 25 Property, plant and equipment on the balance sheet. The rest of the
property companies are investment property holdings included in Notes 21.
Main line of business
Real Estate Fund
Summary of financial information on subsidiaries with a significant proportion of non-controlling interests
The table below presents a summary of financial information on subsidiaries with a significant proportion of non-controlling interests from OP Financial Group's
perspective. The financial information corresponds to the figures presented in the financial statements of the subsidiaries to which, for example, fair value adjustments
have been made to correspond to OP Financial Group's accounting policies. The figures below are before the elimination of internal transactions.
Real EstateFund of Funds II Ky
Joint operations
Summary of the effect of consolidation of joint operations on the balance sheet
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
197
Name
Domicile
Sector
Holding, %
Asunto Oy Oulun Kalevankulma
Oulu
100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Ansatie 5 Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Hämeenkivi Tampere 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Jyväskylän Kassatalo Jyväskylä 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Koskikatu 9 Joensuu 56.9
Kiinteistö Oy Tampereen Hämeenkatu 12 Tampere 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Vammalan Torikeskus Vammala 100.0
Mikkelin Forum Oy Mikkeli 87.1
As Oy Lappeenrannan Mariankulma Lappeenranta 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Kanta-Sarvis II Tampere 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy STC Viinikkala Vantaa 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Grand Cargo Terminal 1 Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Grand Cargo Terminal 2 Vantaa 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Vantaan Kisällintie 13 Vantaa 100.0
Tikkurilan Kauppatalo Oy Vantaa 53.7
Kiinteistö Oy Kouvolan Karhut Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Vuosaaren Pohjoinen Shopping centres Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Kanta-Sarvis I Helsinki 50.0
Kiinteistö Oy Koskitammi Tampere 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Helsingin Frantseninkatu 13 Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Topeliuksenkatu 41b Helsinki 50.0
Kiinteistö Oy Tuusulan Jatke Tuusula 100.0
Keskinäinen Kiinteistö Oy Marikko Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Koivuhaan Yrityskeskus Vantaa 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Aleksis Kiven katu 21-23 Helsinki 50.0
Name
Domicile
Sector Holding, %
Asunto Oy Oulun Kalevankulma
Oulu
100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Ansatie 5 Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Hämeenkivi Tampere 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Jyväskylän Kassatalo Jyväskylä 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Koskikatu 9 Joensuu 56.9
Kiinteistö Oy Tampereen Hämeenkatu 12 Tampere 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Vammalan Torikeskus Vammala 100.0
Mikkelin Forum Oy Mikkeli 87.1
As Oy Lappeenrannan Mariankulma
Lappeenranta
100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Kanta-Sarvis II Tampere 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Helsingin Puutarhurinkuja 2 Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy STC Viinikkala Vantaa 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Grand Cargo Terminal 1 Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Grand Cargo Terminal 2 Vantaa 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Vantaan Kisällintie 13 Vantaa 100.0
Tikkurilan Kauppatalo Oy Vantaa 53.7
Kiinteistö Oy Kouvolan Karhut Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Vuosaaren Pohjoinen Shopping cent
Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Kanta-Sarvis I Helsinki 50.0
Kiinteistö Oy Koskitammi Tampere 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Kuopion Isabella Kuopio 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Oulun Kiilakivi Oulu 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Turun Joukahaisenkatu 9 Turku 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Helsingin Frantseninkatu 13 Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Topeliuksenkatu 41b Helsinki 50.0
Kiinteistö Oy Tuusulan Jatke Tuusula 100.0
Keskinäinen Kiinteistö Oy Marikko Helsinki 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Koivuhaan Yrityskeskus Vantaa 100.0
Kiinteistö Oy Aleksis Kiven katu 21-23 Helsinki 50.0
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Most significant joint operations consolidated into OP Financial Group's financial statements in 2022
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Most significant joint operations consolidated into OP Financial Group's financial statements in 2021
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
The consolidated financial statements include the share of assets and related liabilities under joint control.
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
Property holding and management
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
198
Name
Domicile
Branch Estonia
Branch Latvia
OP Corporate Bank plc Lithuanian Branch Branch Lithuania
Estonia Latvia Lithuania 31 Dec 2022 Total
Total operating income 19 18 30
67
Total EBIT 6 5 14
25
Total current tax 1 0 3
4
Total personnel in man-years 39 37 44
120
Name
Domicile
Branch Estonia
Branch Latvia
OP Corporate Bank plc Lithuanian Branch Branch Lithuania
Estonia Latvia Lithuania 31 Dec 2022 Total
Total operating income 16 19 21
56
Total EBIT 4 10 9
23
Total current tax 2 1 2
5
Total personnel in man-years 38 35 43
115
Interests in unconsolidated structured entities
OP Corporate Bank plc Estonian Branch
OP Corporate Bank plc Latvian Branch
Financial information 31 December 2022, EUR million
2021
OP Corporate Bank plc Estonian Branch
OP Fund Management Company Ltd within OP Financial Group manages OP Mutual Funds OP Fund Management Company Ltd uses OP Asset Management Ltd as
the portfolio manager for many of the mutual funds it manages In addition, OP Property Management Ltd within the Group manages several real estate funds. In
many funds, the fund management company controls significant operations by making investment decisions in accordance with the fund rules. OP Financial Group
companies have no interests in the funds managed by the abovementioned companies that would significantly expose the Group to the varying return on the
OP Financial Group receives management fee income from unconsolidated funds that is included in net commissions and fees in the income statement. In addition, OP
Financial Group as investor receives from unconsolidated funds income which is recognised in net investment income, depending on in which balance sheet item the
investments are recognised in the balance sheet.
OP Financial Group's investments in OP Mutual Funds and the funds of OP Property Management Ltd have been recognised in investment property in the balance
sheet. The Group's risk of loss is limited to the investment's balance sheet value. Investments in mutual funds managed by OP Financial Group totalled 244 million
Note 85. Information by country
OP Financial Group operates mainly in Finland. OP Corporate Bank plc has, however, branches engaged in banking and asset and sales finance operations in Estonia,
Latvia and Lithuania. On 10 February 2021, OP Corporate Bank plc’s Board of Directors approved a merger plan whereby the Baltic subsidiaries OP Finance AS
(Estonia), OP Finance SIA (Latvia) and AB OP Finance (Lithuania) will merge into their parent company OP Corporate Bank plc on 31 October 2021 through a cross-
border merger.
2022
OP Corporate Bank plc Latvian Branch
Financial information 31 December 2021, EUR million
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
199
Key management
personnel
Others
Loans 110,233 16,285
Deposits
3,936 10,720 32,856
Interest income 1,333 146
Interest expenses 142 8 36
Insurance premium revenue 62 6,073
Commission income 1 30
Salaries and other short-term benefits, and performance-based pay
Salaries and other short-term benefits 5,209
Related-party holdings
Number of holdings 240
Key management
personnel
Others
Loans 110,244 16,410
Deposits
6,554 8,022 32,118
Interest income 1,454 88 0
Interest expenses
5 0
Insurance premium revenue 56 7,928
Commission income 1 7 0
Commission expenses 1
Impairment losses on loans 6
Salaries and other short-term benefits, and performance-based pay
Salaries and other short-term benefits 5,763
Related-party holdings
Number of holdings 219
Transactions between OP and its subsidiaries belonging to its related parties have been eliminated in the consolidation of Group accounts and they are not included in
the figures of this Note.
Related-party transactions 2022
EUR 1,000
Related-party transactions 2021
Note 86. Related-party transactions
OP Financial Group's related parties comprise subsidiaries consolidated into OP Financial Group, associates, key management personnel and their close family
members, and other related-party entities. OP Financial Group’s key management personnel comprises OP Financial Group's President and Group Chief Executive
Officer, members of OP Cooperative’s Executive Management Team and directors directly reporting to the President and Group Chief Executive Officer, the Chair and
members of OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors as well as members of the Supervisory Council. Related parties of the management also include companies over
which key management persons or their close family member exercises significant influence. Other entities regarded as related parties include OP Financial Group's
Personnel Fund OP Bank Group Pension Foundation.
Standard terms and conditions for credit are applied to loans granted to the related parties. Loans are tied to generally used reference rates.
EUR 1,000
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
200
2021
2020
Pension costs of defined contribution plans under TyEL 1 678 1 519
IFRS expense of voluntary supplementary pension 481 577
Pension obligation of voluntary supplementary pension 8 643 13 124
Pension costs of supplementary defined contribution plans 411 336
Pension costs of defined contribution plans under TyEL include employee and employer shares.
Note 87. Events after the balance sheet date
OP Financial Group has applied IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts as of 1 January 2023. As a result of the IFRS 17 transition, OP Financial Group’s equity capital on 1
January 2022 decreased by EUR 52 million on the date of transition. At the same time, the Group ceased to apply the overlay approach. Solvency II valuations are
used in FiCo calculation, so the adoption of IFRS 17 did not affect the FiCo ratio. For more detailed information of the adoption of IFRS 17, see Note 3 to these
Financial Statements.
Employee benefits of key management persons
The central cooperative, OP Cooperative, has a Board of Directors comprising the incumbent President and Group Chief Executive Officer and 9–13 other members
appointed by the Supervisory Council. Every year, the Board of Directors appoints from among its members a Chair and Vice Chair. The President and Group Chief
Executive Officer may not be appointed to these positions. The President and Group Chief Executive Officer also acts as OP Cooperative’s CEO.
The Executive Management Team acts as the central cooperative’s management team and supports the President and Group Chief Executive Officer in managing the
central cooperative and its consolidation group, preparing strategic policies, preparing and implementing any operational issues of great significance or principal in
nature and ensuring effective internal control. In addition to the President and Group Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Management Team has members who are
subordinate to him. The Executive Management Team has seven other members, in addition to the President and Group Chief Executive Officer. Key persons in the
management also include three directors who directly report to the President and Group Chief Executive Officer.
The President and Group Chief Executive Officer’s retirement age is 65. Pension benefits are determined in accordance with pension laws and OP Financial Group’s
own pension plans. The President and Group Chief Executive Officer is covered by OP Bank Group Pension Foundation’s supplementary pension scheme. Pension
accrued under the supplementary pension scheme may begin to be disbursed as a paid-up pension before the old-age pension if employment with OP Financial Group
terminates. Pension costs under IAS 19 arising from the supplementary pension insurance of the President and Group Chief Executive Officer totalled EUR 324,000
(298,000). Compensation paid to members of the Board of Directors is within the scope of TyEL. No supplementary pension obligations apply to Board members.
The retirement age of other Executive Management Team members who became members before 2018 is 63 years. The retirement age of Executive Management
Team members who became members in 2018 corresponds to the lowest pensionable age under TyEL. Pension benefits are determined in accordance with pension
laws and OP Financial Group’s own pension plans. Note 34 provides more detailed information on OP Financial Group’s pension plans.
EUR 1,000
The period of notice observed by OP Financial Group’s Executive Chairman, other OP Central Cooperative’s Executive Board members and a deputy member and the
employer is a maximum of 6 months. Upon termination of employment in cases specifically stipulated in the executive contract, the Executive Chairman and CEO is
entitled to a severance pay and a sum equivalent to a maximum of 12 months’ pay, while other Board members, deputy members and the Chief Audit Officer are
entitled to a sum equivalent to a maximum of 6 months' pay.
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
201
Statement concerning the financial
statements
We have approved the Report by the Board of Directors and the consolidated Financial Statements for 1 January‒
31 December 2022 of OP Financial Group, a financial entity as referred to in section 9 of the Act on the Amalgamation of
Deposit Banks. The Report by the Board of Directors and the Financial Statements are presented to, and passed out at,
the Annual Cooperative Meeting of OP Cooperative.
Helsinki, 1 March 2023
OP Cooperative’s Board of Directors
Jaakko Pehkonen Timo Ritakallio
Chair of the Board of Directors OP Financial Group’s President and Group Chief Executive Officer
Jarna Heinonen Jari Himanen
Kati Levoranta Pekka Loikkanen
Tero Ojanperä Riitta Palomäki
Petri Sahlström Olli Tarkkanen
Mervi Väisänen
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
202
Auditors’ note
We have today issued an auditor’s report on the audit performed
Helsinki, 2 March 2023
KPMG Oy Ab
Audit firm
Juha-Pekka Mylén
Authorised Public Accountant
OP Financial Group
Financial Statements
1 January-31 December 2022
203
This document is an English translation of the Finnish auditor’s report. Only the Finnish version of the report is legally binding.
Auditor’s Report
To the members of OP Cooperative
Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of the amalgamation OP Financial Group pursuant to the Act on
the Amalgamation of Deposit Banks for the year ended on 31 December 2022. The financial statements
comprise the consolidated balance sheet, income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement
of changes in equity capital, cash flow statement and notes, including a summary of significant accounting
policies.
In our opinion the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of OP Financial Group’s financial
position and financial performance and cash flows in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU.
Our opinion is consistent with the additional report submitted to the Board of Directors and the Audit
Committee of OP Cooperative.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with good auditing practice in Finland. Our responsibilities under good
auditing practice are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
Statements section of our report.
We are independent of member institutions within OP Financial Group in accordance with the ethical
requirements that are applicable in Finland and are relevant to our audit, and we have fulfilled our other ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
In our best knowledge and understanding, the non-audit services that we have provided to member institutions
within OP Financial Group are in compliance with laws and regulations applicable in Finland regarding these
services, and we have not provided any prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of regulation
(EU) 537/2014. The non-audit services that we have provided have been disclosed in note 12 to the
consolidated financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. The materiality is determined based
on our professional judgement and is used to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures
and to evaluate the effect of identified misstatements on the financial statements as a whole. The level of
materiality we set is based on our assessment of the magnitude of misstatements that, individually or in
aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have influence on the economic decisions of the users of the
financial statements. We have also taken into account misstatements and/or possible misstatements that in
our opinion are material for qualitative reasons for the users of the financial statements.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit
of the financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of
the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters. The significant risks of material misstatement referred to in the EU Regulation No
537/2014 point (c) of Article 10(2) are included in the description of key audit matters below.
2
We have also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls. This includes consideration of
whether there was evidence of management bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to
fraud.
THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
HOW THE MATTER WAS ADDRESSED IN THE
AUDIT
Receivables from customers - measurement (notes 1, 13, 20 and 37 to the financial
statements)
Receivables from customers, totalling €98.5
billion, are the most significant item on the OP
Financial Group’s consolidated balance sheet
representing 56 percent of the total assets.
Calculation of expected credit losses (ECL) in
accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
involves assumptions, es
timates and
management judgement, for example, in respect
of determining the probability and amount of
expected credit losses as well as the significant
increases in credit risk.
The indirect effects of the war in Ukraine,
inflation, increase in interest rates as well as
weakened economic outlook may increase credit
risk, which can realize in higher impairment loss
on receivables.
The elements of accounting for expected credit
losses are updated and defined, based on
materialised credit risk developments, validation
and improvement of the accounting process as
well as on regulations and changes therein
Due to the significance of the carrying amount
involved, complexity of the accounting methods
used for measurement purposes and
management judgement involved, measurement
of receivables is addressed as a key audit
matter.
We evaluated compliance with the lending
instructions
and assessed
credit risk
management
as well as principles and controls
over recognition and monitoring of loan
receivables in the entities of OP Cooperative
Consolidated.
We assessed the methods and the key
assumptions for calculating expected credit
losses as well
as tested the controls related to the
calculation process and credit risk models for the
expected credit losses.
The main focus areas in our audit
of ECL were
the
most significant factors requiring
management judgement
in the
calculation of
ECL
, cash flow based ECL calculation based on
expert assessment
, as well as recalculation of
the most significant ECL models and sensitivity
analysis
.
We have also
assessed the basis for the
temporary
extra provisions formed
based on
managem
ent judgement (management overlay).
Our IFRS and financial
instruments specialists
were involved in the audit.
We also requested other auditors of OP Financial
Group entities to issue an opinion that the entities
within OP Financial Group have complied with
the instructions provided by OP Cooperative
for
the financing process.
Furthermore, we considered the
appropriateness
of the notes provided by OP Financial Group in
respect of receivables and expected credit
losses.
3
Measurement of investment assets and derivative contracts (notes 1, 8, 19, 21 and 37 to the
financial statements)
The carrying value of investment assets totals
€20.8 billion mainly consisting of investments
measured at fair value. The aggregate derivative
assets are €4.1 billion and derivative liabilities
€4.4 billion comprising contracts held for trading
and hedging purposes. Derivatives are
measured at fair value in preparing the financial
statements.
The fair value of financial instruments is
determined using either prices quoted in an
active market or OP Financial Group's own
valuation techniques where no active market
exists. Determining fair values for investments
and derivatives involves management
judgements, especially in respect of those
instruments for which market-based data is not
available. Fair values of private equity funds and
properties may also involve time delay.
Due to the significant carrying values of
investment assets and derivative positions
involved, and management judgements related
to measurement of illiquid investments,
measurement of these assets is addressed as a
key audit matter.
We evaluated the appropriateness of the
accounting principles applied and the valuation
techniques used by OP Financial Group, and
tested accounting and valuation of investments
and derivative contracts.
In respect of derivative contracts, we considered
the accounting treatment
and the valuation
process
applied in relation to the requirements
set under IFRS.
As part of our year
-end audit procedures, we
compared the fair values used in
measurement
of investment assets and derivatives with market
quotations and other external price ref
erences.
We assessed the
accuracy of the input data
us
ed in valuations as well as the reasonableness
of the assumptions and estimates applied.
We also
considered the impairment principles
applied and techniques used by OP Financial
Group in respect of inve
stments.
KPMG
IFRS and financial instruments
specialists were involved in the audit.
Finally, we considered the appropriateness of
the notes on investment assets and derivatives
.
Insurance liabilities (notes 1, 6 and 31 to the financial statements)
Measurement of insurance liabilities, amounting
to €7.6 billion on the OP Financial Group’s
balance sheet, is based on various actuarial
assumptions and calculation methods.
Calculation of insurance liabilities relies on data
processed in many IT systems and combination
of that data. The databases are extensive and
data volumes processed by the IT systems are
substantial.
Interest rate risk associated with insurance
liabilities is hedged with derivatives and interest
Our audit procedures included assessment of
the principles related to calculation and
recognition of insurance liabilities. Our actuary
specialist evaluated the appropriaten
ess of the
assumptions and methods used in determining
insurance liabilities
.
We assessed internal control p
rocesses for
insurance liability accounting and the accuracy
of underlying source data, as well as
interconnections between the insurance liability
accounting and financial reporting.
4
rate instruments, which are measured at fair
value in the financial statements.
Discount rate of the insurance liability for
annuities was increased in the financial year.
The change has decreased amount of the
insurance liability.
Due to the significant carrying value of insurance
liabilities involved, and the complexity associated
with actuarial models used, insurance liabilities
are addressed as a key audit matter.
We analysed the hedging principles of interest
rate risk for insurance liabilities
, market based
valuation
and the appropriateness of the
accounting treatment of hedging derivative
instruments.
W
e have also assessed the basis for the
increase in
the non-life company’s discount rate
and the
value change of the related
suppl
ementary interest rate provision as well as
the
ir accounting treatment.
Furthermore, we considered the
appropriateness of the notes on i
nsurance
liabilities.
Control environment relating to financial reporting process and IT systems
In respect of the accuracy of the financial
statements of OP Financial Group, the key
reporting processes are dependent on
information systems. Therefore, information
technology plays an essential role for business
continuity, incident management and the
accuracy of financial reporting. Consequently,
the IT environment related to the financial
reporting process and the application controls of
individual IT systems have a significant effect on
the selected audit approach.
As the consolidated financial statements of OP
Financial Group are based on a large number of
data flows from many systems, the financial
reporting IT environment is addressed as a key
audit matter.
We obtained an understanding of the IT systems
related to financial reporting and the associated
control environment and tested the effectiveness
of the related internal controls.
Our audit procedures also
concentrated on
monitoring key
data flows and transactions,
access management, change management,
interfaces and outsourcing management.
As part
of our audit, we performed extensive
substantive procedures and data analyses
relating to various aspects in the financial
reporting process.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director for the Financial Statements
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for the preparation of consolidated financial
statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) as adopted by the EU in a manner explained in more detail in the notes to the financial statements
and comply with statutory requirements. The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are also
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for
assessing OP Financial Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters
relating to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting. The financial statements are
prepared using the going concern basis of accounting unless there is an intention to liquidate OP Financial
Group, or there is no realistic alternative but to do so.
5
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted
in accordance with good auditing practice will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the
financial statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with good auditing practice, we exercise professional judgement and
maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:
— Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud
or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material
misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
— Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that
are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of OP Financial Group’s internal control.
— Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting
estimates and related disclosures made by management.
— Conclude on the appropriateness of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director’s use of the going
concern basis of accounting and based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty
exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on OP Financial Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such
disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence
obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause OP
Financial Group to cease to continue as a going concern.
— Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the
disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events so
that the financial statements give a true and fair view.
— Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business
activities within OP Financial Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We
remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
— Audit of the consolidated financial statements of amalgamation OP Financial Group is based on the
financial statements of OP Cooperative Consolidated and member cooperative banks, as well as the
auditor’s reports submitted for the audit of OP Financial Group’s consolidated financial statements.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control
that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical
requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that
may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were
of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key
audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not
6
be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected
to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Other Reporting Requirements
Information on our audit engagement
We were first appointed as auditors by the Cooperative Meeting of OP Cooperative in 2002 and our
appointment represents a total period of uninterrupted engagement of 21 years.
Other Information
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for the other information. The other
information comprises the report of the Board of Directors. Our opinion on the financial statements does not
cover the other information.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and,
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or
our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. Our responsibility also
includes considering whether the report of the Board of Directors has been prepared in accordance with the
applicable laws and regulations.
In our opinion, the information in the report of the Board of Directors is consistent with the information in the
financial statements and the report of the Board of Directors has been prepared in accordance with the
applicable laws and regulations.
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the report of
the Board of Directors, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Helsinki, 2 March 2023
KPMG OY AB
JUHA-PEKKA MYLÈN
Authorised Public Accountant, KHT
Independent Auditor’s Reasonable Assurance Report
on OP Financial Group’s ESEF Financial Statements
To the Board of Directors of OP Cooperative
We have undertaken a reasonable assurance engagement in respect of whether the consolidated financial
statements for the year ended 31 December, 2022 included in the digital financial statements OPRyhma-
2022-12-31-en.zip of OP Financial Group have been marked up with iXBRL markups
in accordance with the
requirements of Article 4 of EU Delegated Regulation 2018/815 (ESEF RTS).
The Responsibility of the Board of Directors and Managing Director
The Board of Directors and Managing Director are responsible for preparing the report of the Board of
Directors and financial statements (ESEF financial statements) that comply with the requirements of ESEF
RTS. This responsibility includes:
— preparation of ESEF financial statements in XHTML format in accordance with Article 3 of the ESEF RTS
— marking up the primary statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and the
company identification data included in the ESEF financial statements with iXBRL tags in accordance with
Article 4 of the ESEF RTS; and
— ensuring consistency between ESEF financial statements and audited financial statements.
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are also responsible for such internal control as they deem
necessary to prepare the ESEF financial statements in accordance with the requirements of the ESEF RTS.
Auditor’s Independence and Quality Management
We are independent of the company in accordance with the ethical requirements applicable in Finland, which
apply to the engagement we have performed, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in
accordance with these requirements.
The auditor applies International Standard on Quality Management ISQM 1, which requires the firm to design,
implement and operate a system of quality management including policies or procedures regarding
compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulations
requirements.
Auditor’s Responsibility
In accordance with the Engagement Letter our responsibility is to express an opinion on whether the marking
up of the consolidated financial statements included in the ESEF financial statements comply in all material
respects
with the Article 4 of the ESEF RTS. We conducted our reasonable assurance engagement in
accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000.
The engagement involves procedures to obtain evidence whether;
— the primary statements of the consolidated financial statements included in the ESEF financial statements
are, in all material respects, marked up with iXBRL tags in accordance with Article 4 of the ESEF RTS,
and;
— whether the notes to the consolidated financial statements and the company identification data included
in the ESEF financial statements data, have been marked up, in all material respects, with iXBRL tags in
accordance with Article 4 of the ESEF RTS; and
— whether the ESEF financial statements and the audited financial statements are consistent with each
other.
OP Financial Group
Independent Auditor’s Reasonable Assurance Report on
ESEF Financial Statements
7 March, 2023
2
The nature, timing and the extent of procedures selected depend on practitioner’s judgement. This includes
the assessment of the risks of material departures from the requirements set out in the ESEF RTS, whether
due to fraud or error.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the primary statements of the consolidated financial statements, the notes to the consolidated
financial statements and
the company identification data included in the ESEF financial statements of OP
Financial Group identified as
OPRyhma-2022-12-31-en.zip for the year ended 31 December, 2022 are, in all
material respects, marked up in compliance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard.
Our audit opinion on the audit of the consolidated financial statements of OP Financial Group for the year
ended 31 December, 2022 is set out in our Auditor’s Report dated 2 March, 2023. In this report, we do not
express any audit opinion or other assurance conclusion on the consolidated financial statements.
Helsinki 7 March, 2023
KPMG OY AB
Juha
-Pekka Mylén
Authori
sed Public Accountant, KHT
LEI code of reporting entity
7437003B5WFBOIEFY714
Name of reporting entity or other means of
identification
OP Ryhmä
Domicile of entity
Finland
Legal form of entity
Cooperative
Country of incorporation
Finland
Address of entity's registered office
Gebhardinaukio 1, 00510 HELSINKI
Principal place of business
Finland
Description of nature of entity's operations and
principal activities
Retail banking, corporate banking and
insurance
Name of parent entity
OP Osuuskunta
Name of ultimate parent of group
OP Osuuskunta
7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-01-012022-12-317437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-01-012021-12-317437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-12-317437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-12-317437003B5WFBOIEFY7142020-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142020-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142020-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142020-12-317437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember7437003B5WFBOIEFY7142022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberiso4217:EUR